Mathematical Methods Handbook

Stochastic processes

Markov chains, Poisson processes, Brownian motion and stochastic differential equations.

In this chapter 11

Tick a unit to add it to your PDF basket.

  1. Markov processes
  2. Diffusions and stochastic calculus

Markov processes

5

Definition

Discrete-time Markov chains

Adapted

Sets up a chain on a countable state space through its transition matrix, derives the Chapman-Kolmogorov equations that make the n-step probabilities matrix powers, classifies states by recurrence, mean recurrence time and period, and characterises the stationary distribution as the left eigenvector of the transition matrix with eigenvalue one.

Prerequisites: Conditional expectation, Generating functions, Eigenvalues and eigenvectors

Note(What a Markov chain buys you)Original

A random process is in general an unmanageable object: the joint law of X0,X1,…,XnX_0, X_1, \dots, X_n needs a number for every path. A Markov chain is the case in which that joint law collapses into a single matrix of one-step probabilities, because the chain's memory of its past is entirely contained in where it is now. Everything in this unit is a consequence of that collapse: nn-step probabilities become matrix powers, long-run behaviour becomes a statement about eigenvalues, and the equilibrium of the chain becomes a left eigenvector.

The limit theorem that says the chain actually converges to that equilibrium is the subject of Convergence of Markov chains; the walk on Zd\mathbb{Z}^d, the canonical example with an infinite state space, is treated in Random walks. Here we fix the objects and the bookkeeping.

Definition(The Markov property, transition matrices and nn-step probabilities)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.1, Definitions (6.1.1), (6.1.4) and (6.1.6), and Theorem (6.1.5), pp. 239-241

Let SS be a countable set, the state space, whose elements we may and do take to be integers. A sequence X={Xn:n≥0}X = \{X_n : n \ge 0\} of random variables taking values in SS, defined on a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega, \mathcal{F}, \mathbb{P}), is a Markov chain if

P(Xn=s∣X0=x0, X1=x1, …, Xn−1=xn−1) = P(Xn=s∣Xn−1=xn−1)\mathbb{P}\bigl(X_n = s \mid X_0 = x_0, \ X_1 = x_1, \ \dots, \ X_{n-1} = x_{n-1}\bigr) \ = \ \mathbb{P}\bigl(X_n = s \mid X_{n-1} = x_{n-1}\bigr)

for every n≥1n \ge 1 and all states s,x1,…,xn−1s, x_1, \dots, x_{n-1} for which the conditioning event has positive probability. Grimmett and Stirzaker record two equivalent forms: one may condition on the values at any finite increasing set of past epochs n1<n2<⋯<nk≤nn_1 < n_2 < \dots < n_k \le n and only the last one survives, and one may ask for Xm+nX_{m+n} given X0,…,XmX_0, \dots, X_m and only XmX_m survives. The conditional probabilities here are those of Conditional expectation, taken with respect to the discrete conditioning events.

The chain is homogeneous if P(Xn+1=j∣Xn=i)\mathbb{P}(X_{n+1} = j \mid X_n = i) does not depend on nn. Its transition matrix is then P=(pij)i,j∈SP = (p_{ij})_{i,j \in S} with

pij=P(Xn+1=j∣Xn=i).p_{ij} = \mathbb{P}(X_{n+1} = j \mid X_n = i) .

Every chain in this unit is homogeneous. The matrix PP is stochastic: its entries are non-negative and each of its rows sums to 11, since from state ii the chain must go somewhere. Conversely every stochastic matrix is the transition matrix of some chain.

The nn-step transition probabilities are pij(n)=P(Xm+n=j∣Xm=i)p_{ij}(n) = \mathbb{P}(X_{m+n} = j \mid X_m = i), which by homogeneity and the Chapman-Kolmogorov statement below do not depend on mm; we write PnP_n for the matrix (pij(n))(p_{ij}(n)) and set pij(0)=δijp_{ij}(0) = \delta_{ij}. Finally, write μi(n)=P(Xn=i)\mu^{(n)}_i = \mathbb{P}(X_n = i) and let μ(n)\mu^{(n)} be the row vector of these numbers.

A warning on conventions: pijp_{ij} is the probability of a jump from ii to jj, so that probability mass is propagated by multiplying a row vector on the right by PP. Some older texts, and much of the physics literature on master equations, use the transposed convention in which the transition matrix acts on column vectors from the left. Grimmett and Stirzaker note that the transposed convention was formerly in use and warn the reader about it. We use the row convention throughout the handbook.

Definition(Chapman-Kolmogorov: nn-step probabilities are matrix powers)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.1, Theorem (6.1.7) and Lemma (6.1.8), pp. 241-242

Let XX be a homogeneous Markov chain with transition matrix PP. Then for all states i,ji, j and all integers n,r≥0n, r \ge 0,

pij(n+r) = ∑k∈Spik(n) pkj(r),p_{ij}(n + r) \ = \ \sum_{k \in S} p_{ik}(n)\, p_{kj}(r) ,

the Chapman-Kolmogorov equations. In matrix form Pn+r=PnPrP_{n+r} = P_n P_r, and therefore

Pn=P n,n≥0.P_n = P^{\,n} , \qquad n \ge 0 .

Moreover the distribution of the chain evolves by μ(m+n)=μ(m)P n\mu^{(m+n)} = \mu^{(m)} P^{\,n}, and in particular

μ(n)=μ(0)P n.\mu^{(n)} = \mu^{(0)} P^{\,n} .

Thus the law of the whole process is determined by the pair (μ(0),P)(\mu^{(0)}, P).

Definition(Recurrence, mean recurrence time, period, irreducibility)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.2, Definitions (6.2.1), (6.2.7), (6.2.8), (6.2.10), (6.2.11) and the first-passage probabilities (6.2.2), pp. 246-249; Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.3, Definition (6.3.1) and Theorem (6.3.2), pp. 250-251

Write Pi\mathbb{P}_i for P( ⋅∣X0=i)\mathbb{P}(\,\cdot \mid X_0 = i) and Ei\mathbb{E}_i for the corresponding expectation, and let

Tj=min⁡{n≥1:Xn=j}T_j = \min\{n \ge 1 : X_n = j\}

be the first passage time to jj, with Tj=∞T_j = \infty if the chain never visits jj after time 00. Put fij(n)=Pi(Tj=n)f_{ij}(n) = \mathbb{P}_i(T_j = n) and fij=∑n≥1fij(n)=Pi(Tj<∞)f_{ij} = \sum_{n \ge 1} f_{ij}(n) = \mathbb{P}_i(T_j < \infty).

  • State ii is recurrent (Grimmett and Stirzaker also write persistent) if fii=1f_{ii} = 1, that is, if return to ii from ii is certain; otherwise fii<1f_{ii} < 1 and ii is transient.
  • The mean recurrence time of ii is μi=Ei(Ti)=∑nnfii(n)\mu_i = \mathbb{E}_i(T_i) = \sum_n n f_{ii}(n) when ii is recurrent, and μi=∞\mu_i = \infty when ii is transient. A recurrent state is positive (or non-null) if μi<∞\mu_i < \infty and null if μi=∞\mu_i = \infty; a recurrent state can be null, so certainty of return does not imply a finite expected return time.
  • The period of ii is d(i)=gcd⁡{n≥1:pii(n)>0}d(i) = \gcd\{n \ge 1 : p_{ii}(n) > 0\}. The state is aperiodic if d(i)=1d(i) = 1 and periodic otherwise. A state that is recurrent, positive and aperiodic is called ergodic.

Say ii leads to jj, written i→ji \to j, if pij(m)>0p_{ij}(m) > 0 for some m≥0m \ge 0, and that ii and jj intercommunicate, i↔ji \leftrightarrow j, if each leads to the other. Intercommunication is an equivalence relation, and intercommunicating states share their period, their transience or recurrence, and their nullity or positivity. The chain is irreducible if SS is a single equivalence class.

Grimmett and Stirzaker record the following for a finite state space SS, with no irreducibility assumed: some state of the chain must be recurrent, and nullity is impossible, every recurrent state being positive. Combining this with the class properties, every state of a finite irreducible chain is positive recurrent.

Definition(When a state is recurrent, and the stationary distribution)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.2, Theorem (6.2.3) and Corollary (6.2.4), pp. 247-248; Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.4, Definition (6.4.1) and Theorem (6.4.3) with equation (6.4.11), pp. 254-257; Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.6, Theorem (6.6.1), p. 269

(a) A summability criterion. Define the generating functions Pij(s)=∑n≥0snpij(n)P_{ij}(s) = \sum_{n \ge 0} s^n p_{ij}(n) and Fij(s)=∑n≥0snfij(n)F_{ij}(s) = \sum_{n \ge 0} s^n f_{ij}(n) for ∣s∣<1\lvert s \rvert < 1, with fij(0)=0f_{ij}(0) = 0. Then

Pii(s)=1+Fii(s)Pii(s),Pij(s)=Fij(s)Pjj(s)  (i≠j).P_{ii}(s) = 1 + F_{ii}(s) P_{ii}(s) , \qquad P_{ij}(s) = F_{ij}(s) P_{jj}(s) \ \ (i \ne j) .

Consequently state jj is recurrent if and only if ∑npjj(n)=∞\sum_n p_{jj}(n) = \infty. If jj is recurrent then ∑npij(n)=∞\sum_n p_{ij}(n) = \infty for every ii with fij>0f_{ij} > 0; if jj is transient then ∑npij(n)<∞\sum_n p_{ij}(n) < \infty, and hence pij(n)→0p_{ij}(n) \to 0, for every ii.

(b) Stationary distributions. A row vector π=(πj:j∈S)\pi = (\pi_j : j \in S) is a stationary distribution of the chain if πj≥0\pi_j \ge 0, ∑jπj=1\sum_j \pi_j = 1, and

π=πP,that isπj=∑i∈Sπipij  for all j.\pi = \pi P , \qquad \text{that is} \qquad \pi_j = \sum_{i \in S} \pi_i p_{ij} \ \text{ for all } j .

Iterating gives πP n=π\pi P^{\,n} = \pi for all nn, so a chain started with X0∼πX_0 \sim \pi has Xn∼πX_n \sim \pi for every nn. Note that π\pi is a left eigenvector of PP with eigenvalue 11, not a right one.

(c) Existence and uniqueness. A stationary distribution exists for an irreducible chain exactly when every one of its states is positive recurrent. In that case π\pi is unique and

πi=1μifor every i∈S,\pi_i = \frac{1}{\mu_i} \qquad \text{for every } i \in S ,

where μi\mu_i is the mean recurrence time. No assumption of aperiodicity is needed for this.

(d) The finite case. If SS is finite with N=∣S∣N = \lvert S \rvert and the chain is irreducible with period dd, the Perron-Frobenius theorem says that λ1=1\lambda_1 = 1 is an eigenvalue of PP; that the dd complex dd-th roots of unity are eigenvalues; that the remaining eigenvalues λd+1,…,λN\lambda_{d+1}, \dots, \lambda_N satisfy ∣λr∣<1\lvert \lambda_r \rvert < 1; and that there is a unique π\pi with πP=π\pi P = \pi, all of whose entries are strictly positive.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Two ideas carry the whole unit.

The first is that conditioning on where the chain is at an intermediate time decomposes a long journey into two independent-looking short ones. Summing over the intermediate state is exactly a matrix product, which is why Pn=PnP_n = P^n and why the long-run questions turn into linear algebra.

The second is that a renewal happens at every return to a fixed state kk: by the Markov property the chain starts afresh there, so the excursions between consecutive visits to kk are independent and identically distributed. The time between visits has mean μk\mu_k, so in a long run of nn steps the chain makes about n/μkn/\mu_k visits to kk, and the fraction of time spent at kk is about 1/μk1/\mu_k. That heuristic is the content of πk=1/μk\pi_k = 1/\mu_k, and it also explains the summability criterion: ∑npkk(n)\sum_n p_{kk}(n) is the expected number of visits to kk, which is infinite exactly when return is certain and the visits never stop.

Proof(Chapman-Kolmogorov, the evolution of μ(n)\mu^{(n)}, and the summability criterion)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.1, proofs of Theorem (6.1.7) and Lemma (6.1.8), pp. 241-242; Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.2, proofs of Theorem (6.2.3) and Corollary (6.2.4), pp. 247-248

Chapman-Kolmogorov. Fix i,ji, j and m,n,r≥0m, n, r \ge 0. Partition the event {Xm+n+r=j}\{X_{m+n+r} = j\} according to the state occupied at the intermediate epoch m+nm+n:

P(Xm+n+r=j∣Xm=i) = ∑k∈SP(Xm+n+r=j, Xm+n=k∣Xm=i),\mathbb{P}(X_{m+n+r} = j \mid X_m = i) \ = \ \sum_{k \in S} \mathbb{P}(X_{m+n+r} = j, \ X_{m+n} = k \mid X_m = i) ,

which is legitimate because SS is countable and the events are disjoint. Each summand factorises as

P(Xm+n+r=j∣Xm+n=k, Xm=i) P(Xm+n=k∣Xm=i),\mathbb{P}(X_{m+n+r} = j \mid X_{m+n} = k,\, X_m = i)\ \mathbb{P}(X_{m+n} = k \mid X_m = i) ,

by the elementary identity P(A∩B∣C)=P(A∣B∩C) P(B∣C)\mathbb{P}(A \cap B \mid C) = \mathbb{P}(A \mid B \cap C)\,\mathbb{P}(B \mid C). The Markov property, in the form that allows conditioning on any finite set of past epochs, lets us drop the condition Xm=iX_m = i from the first factor; homogeneity then identifies the two factors as pkj(r)p_{kj}(r) and pik(n)p_{ik}(n). This is the displayed equation, and in matrix language Pn+r=PnPrP_{n+r} = P_n P_r. Taking r=1r = 1 and inducting on nn gives Pn=P nP_n = P^{\,n}, and in particular the right-hand side does not depend on the starting epoch mm.

Evolution of the distribution. Condition on XmX_m:

μj(m+n)=P(Xm+n=j)=∑i∈SP(Xm+n=j∣Xm=i) P(Xm=i)=∑iμi(m)pij(n),\mu^{(m+n)}_j = \mathbb{P}(X_{m+n} = j) = \sum_{i \in S} \mathbb{P}(X_{m+n} = j \mid X_m = i)\, \mathbb{P}(X_m = i) = \sum_i \mu^{(m)}_i p_{ij}(n) ,

which is the jj-th entry of the row vector μ(m)P n\mu^{(m)} P^{\,n}. Setting m=0m = 0 gives μ(n)=μ(0)P n\mu^{(n)} = \mu^{(0)} P^{\,n}. □\square

The summability criterion. Fix ii and jj. Decompose a visit to jj at time m≥1m \ge 1 according to the time rr of the first visit to jj. These mm possibilities are disjoint and exhaust the event, so by the Markov property applied at the first-passage time,

pij(m) = ∑r=1mfij(r) pjj(m−r),m≥1.p_{ij}(m) \ = \ \sum_{r=1}^{m} f_{ij}(r)\, p_{jj}(m - r) , \qquad m \ge 1 .

The right-hand side is a convolution. Multiplying by sms^m and summing over m≥1m \ge 1, and recalling pij(0)=δijp_{ij}(0) = \delta_{ij}, turns it into the product of generating functions (see Generating functions):

Pij(s)−δij=Fij(s)Pjj(s),P_{ij}(s) - \delta_{ij} = F_{ij}(s) P_{jj}(s) ,

which is both displayed identities at once. Taking i=ji = j and solving,

Pjj(s)=11−Fjj(s)(∣s∣<1).P_{jj}(s) = \frac{1}{1 - F_{jj}(s)} \qquad (\lvert s \rvert < 1) .

Now let s↑1s \uparrow 1. Both PjjP_{jj} and FjjF_{jj} have non-negative coefficients, so Abel's theorem lets us pass to the limit termwise: Fjj(s)→fjjF_{jj}(s) \to f_{jj} and Pjj(s)→∑npjj(n)P_{jj}(s) \to \sum_n p_{jj}(n), the two limits being finite or infinite together with the sums. Hence ∑npjj(n)=∞\sum_n p_{jj}(n) = \infty precisely when fjj=1f_{jj} = 1, that is, precisely when jj is recurrent. The statements for i≠ji \ne j follow from Pij(s)=Fij(s)Pjj(s)P_{ij}(s) = F_{ij}(s) P_{jj}(s) by letting s↑1s \uparrow 1 again: the left side blows up iff PjjP_{jj} does and fij=Fij(1)>0f_{ij} = F_{ij}(1) > 0. □\square

Remark(Where each hypothesis is used)Original

Countability of SS. It enters at the first line of the Chapman-Kolmogorov proof, where the event is split into a countable disjoint union and summed. For an uncountable state space the sum must be replaced by an integral against a transition kernel, and the result is the same equation in integral form.

Homogeneity. Used only to identify P(Xm+n+r=j∣Xm+n=k)\mathbb{P}(X_{m+n+r} = j \mid X_{m+n} = k) with pkj(r)p_{kj}(r). Without it the Chapman-Kolmogorov equations still hold in the form P(m,m+n+r)=P(m,m+n)P(m+n,m+n+r)P(m, m+n+r) = P(m, m+n) P(m+n, m+n+r), but the matrices depend on the epoch and are no longer powers of a single PP, so the eigenvalue analysis is lost.

The Markov property. Used exactly once in each proof: to delete the condition Xm=iX_m = i in Chapman-Kolmogorov, and to restart the chain at the first passage time in the convolution identity. If it fails, the convolution identity fails and the generating-function criterion with it.

Irreducibility in part (c). Without it the conclusion is false in both directions. The two-state chain with p11=p22=1p_{11} = p_{22} = 1 is positive recurrent in every state yet has infinitely many stationary distributions, namely every π=(a,1−a)\pi = (a, 1-a); so uniqueness genuinely needs irreducibility. And a chain with an absorbing state 00 reachable from a transient part has a stationary distribution concentrated on 00 while other states are transient, so "has a stationary distribution" does not by itself make every state positive recurrent.

Positive recurrence in part (c). Null recurrence is not an exotic pathology: the symmetric simple random walk on Z\mathbb{Z} is irreducible and recurrent, every μi\mu_i is infinite, and it has no stationary distribution at all, only the stationary measure xi≡1x_i \equiv 1, which cannot be normalised (see Random walks). This is where the finiteness of SS does real work: by the lemma above, a finite irreducible chain cannot be null recurrent, so it always has exactly one π\pi.

Aperiodicity. Deliberately not assumed anywhere in this unit. The chain on {1,2}\{1,2\} with p12=p21=1p_{12} = p_{21} = 1 is irreducible and positive recurrent, has the unique stationary distribution π=(12,12)\pi = (\tfrac12, \tfrac12), and yet p11(n)p_{11}(n) alternates between 11 and 00 and converges to nothing. Stationarity is an algebraic statement; convergence to π\pi is a separate analytic statement that does need aperiodicity, and it is proved in Convergence of Markov chains.

Method(Analysing a chain given its transition matrix)Original
  1. Write PP down and check it is stochastic. Every row must sum to 11. An arithmetic slip here invalidates everything after it.
  2. Draw the directed graph with an arrow i→ji \to j whenever pij>0p_{ij} > 0, and find its communicating classes. The chain is irreducible exactly when the graph is strongly connected.
  3. Classify. For a finite irreducible chain, stop: all states are positive recurrent (lemma above). Otherwise identify the closed recurrent classes and the transient states; from a transient state the chain eventually enters one of the closed classes and stays there, so analyse each closed class as a chain in its own right.
  4. Find the period of one state in each class; all states in a class share it. In practice: if pii>0p_{ii} > 0 for some ii in the class, the class is aperiodic. Otherwise take the gcd of the lengths of the cycles through ii in the graph.
  5. Solve πP=π\pi P = \pi with ∑jπj=1\sum_j \pi_j = 1. Because PP is stochastic, the all-ones column vector satisfies P1=1P\mathbf{1} = \mathbf{1}, so P−IP - I is singular and the NN equations π(P−I)=0\pi(P - I) = 0 are linearly dependent. Discard any one of them and append the normalisation ∑jπj=1\sum_j \pi_j = 1 in its place.
  6. Read off the mean recurrence times as μi=1/πi\mu_i = 1/\pi_i.
  7. For nn-step probabilities, diagonalise PP if you can: with P=B−1ΛBP = B^{-1} \Lambda B one has P n=B−1ΛnBP^{\,n} = B^{-1} \Lambda^n B, and the eigenvalues other than 11 control how fast pij(n)p_{ij}(n) settles down. If PP is not diagonalisable, use its Jordan form (Jordan normal form); the extra polynomial factors nkn^{k} do not change which terms decay.
Example(A three-state chain: classification, stationary distribution, and a three-step probability)Original

A turbulence monitor samples a flow once per minute and records which of three regimes it is in: 11 = laminar, 22 = intermittent, 33 = fully turbulent. The record is modelled as a homogeneous Markov chain with

P = (1212013131301434).P \ = \ \begin{pmatrix} \tfrac12 & \tfrac12 & 0 \\[2pt] \tfrac13 & \tfrac13 & \tfrac13 \\[2pt] 0 & \tfrac14 & \tfrac34 \end{pmatrix} .

Step 1: PP is stochastic. The row sums are 12+12=1\tfrac12 + \tfrac12 = 1, 13⋅3=1\tfrac13 \cdot 3 = 1 and 14+34=1\tfrac14 + \tfrac34 = 1.

Step 2: irreducibility. The arrows are 1→21 \to 2, 2→12 \to 1, 2→32 \to 3, 3→23 \to 2, together with the loops at 11, 22 and 33. So 1↔2↔31 \leftrightarrow 2 \leftrightarrow 3 and the chain is irreducible. The state space is finite, so every state is positive recurrent.

Step 3: aperiodicity. p11=12>0p_{11} = \tfrac12 > 0, so d(1)=1d(1) = 1; by the class property all three states are aperiodic, hence all three are ergodic.

Step 4: the stationary distribution. Solve πP=π\pi P = \pi, that is

12π1+13π2=π1,12π1+13π2+14π3=π2,13π2+34π3=π3.\begin{aligned} \tfrac12 \pi_1 + \tfrac13 \pi_2 &= \pi_1 , \\ \tfrac12 \pi_1 + \tfrac13 \pi_2 + \tfrac14 \pi_3 &= \pi_2 , \\ \tfrac13 \pi_2 + \tfrac34 \pi_3 &= \pi_3 . \end{aligned}

The first equation gives 13π2=12π1\tfrac13 \pi_2 = \tfrac12 \pi_1, so π2=32π1\pi_2 = \tfrac32 \pi_1. The third gives 13π2=14π3\tfrac13 \pi_2 = \tfrac14 \pi_3, so π3=43π2=2π1\pi_3 = \tfrac43 \pi_2 = 2 \pi_1. The second equation is then automatically satisfied, as it must be. Normalising, π1(1+32+2)=1\pi_1(1 + \tfrac32 + 2) = 1, so π1=29\pi_1 = \tfrac29 and

π = (29, 13, 49).\pi \ = \ \Bigl( \tfrac29, \ \tfrac13, \ \tfrac49 \Bigr) .

A check: πP\pi P has first entry 29⋅12+13⋅13=19+19=29\tfrac29 \cdot \tfrac12 + \tfrac13 \cdot \tfrac13 = \tfrac19 + \tfrac19 = \tfrac29. Correct.

Step 5: mean recurrence times. By part (c) of the statement, μi=1/πi\mu_i = 1/\pi_i, so

μ1=92=4.5,μ2=3,μ3=94=2.25 minutes.\mu_1 = \tfrac92 = 4.5 , \qquad \mu_2 = 3 , \qquad \mu_3 = \tfrac94 = 2.25 \ \text{minutes}.

The monitor returns to full turbulence on average every 2.252.25 minutes, and to laminar flow every 4.54.5 minutes.

Step 6: a three-step probability by Chapman-Kolmogorov. First square PP. Its top row is

p11(2)=p11p11+p12p21=12⋅12+12⋅13=14+16=512,p12(2)=p11p12+p12p22=12⋅12+12⋅13=512,p13(2)=p12p23=12⋅13=16.\begin{aligned} p_{11}(2) &= p_{11}p_{11} + p_{12}p_{21} = \tfrac12 \cdot \tfrac12 + \tfrac12 \cdot \tfrac13 = \tfrac14 + \tfrac16 = \tfrac{5}{12}, \\ p_{12}(2) &= p_{11}p_{12} + p_{12}p_{22} = \tfrac12 \cdot \tfrac12 + \tfrac12 \cdot \tfrac13 = \tfrac{5}{12}, \\ p_{13}(2) &= p_{12}p_{23} = \tfrac12 \cdot \tfrac13 = \tfrac16 . \end{aligned}

These sum to 11, as they must. Now apply Chapman-Kolmogorov with n=2n = 2, r=1r = 1:

p13(3)=∑k=13p1k(2) pk3=512⋅0+512⋅13+16⋅34=536+18=1072+972=1972≈0.2639.p_{13}(3) = \sum_{k=1}^{3} p_{1k}(2)\, p_{k3} = \tfrac{5}{12}\cdot 0 + \tfrac{5}{12}\cdot \tfrac13 + \tfrac16 \cdot \tfrac34 = \tfrac{5}{36} + \tfrac18 = \tfrac{10}{72} + \tfrac{9}{72} = \boxed{\tfrac{19}{72}} \approx 0.2639 .

So a flow observed laminar now is fully turbulent three minutes later with probability 19/7219/72. For comparison, the stationary value is π3=4/9≈0.4444\pi_3 = 4/9 \approx 0.4444: three steps is not yet long enough to forget the laminar start. The eigenvalues of PP are 11 and 7±7324\tfrac{7 \pm \sqrt{73}}{24}, numerically 0.647670.64767 and −0.06433-0.06433; the largest of these in modulus is 0.647670.64767, and since 0.64767 n0.64767^{\,n} falls below 0.010.01 only at n=11n = 11, the chain needs of order ten minutes to settle. Direct computation confirms this: p13(8)=0.42387p_{13}(8) = 0.42387 and p13(20)=0.44433p_{13}(20) = 0.44433, against π3=0.44444\pi_3 = 0.44444.

Application(Kinetic Monte Carlo and Markov state models)Original

Discrete-time chains are the standard coarse-graining of a complicated continuous dynamics onto a manageable set of labels.

In Markov state models of molecular dynamics one partitions the configuration space of a protein into a few hundred metastable sets, runs many short molecular-dynamics trajectories, and estimates pijp_{ij} as the observed fraction of trajectories that are in set jj a lag time τ\tau after being in set ii. The payoff is exactly the content of this unit: the stationary vector π\pi gives the equilibrium populations of the conformations (and hence their free-energy differences, ΔFij=−kBTlog⁡(πj/πi)\Delta F_{ij} = -k_{\mathrm{B}} T \log(\pi_j/\pi_i)), the mean recurrence times 1/πi1/\pi_i give residence statistics, and the eigenvalues of PP other than 11 give the relaxation timescales −τ/log⁡∣λr∣-\tau/\log \lvert \lambda_r \rvert of the slow conformational transitions, all from short simulations that individually never see a full folding event.

In lattice models of surface growth and radiation damage, kinetic Monte Carlo evolves an adatom configuration by hopping moves; recording the configuration after each sweep gives a chain whose stationary distribution is the equilibrium ensemble. Whether such a chain actually relaxes to π\pi, and how fast, is the subject of Convergence of Markov chains; the design principle that makes π\pi come out right in the first place is detailed balance, treated there.

The same bookkeeping, with SS the set of web pages and PP the hyperlink matrix smoothed by a small uniform term, is the PageRank computation: the ranking vector is the left eigenvector π\pi of PP with eigenvalue 11, computed by the power iteration μ(n)=μ(0)P n\mu^{(n)} = \mu^{(0)} P^{\,n} of the evolution lemma.

Theorem

Convergence of Markov chains

Adapted

Proves by coupling that the n-step probabilities of an irreducible aperiodic chain converge to the reciprocal of the mean recurrence time, shows that a distribution in detailed balance with the transition matrix is automatically stationary and makes the chain reversible, and gives a geometric bound on the remaining total-variation distance in terms of the second-largest eigenvalue modulus.

Prerequisites: Discrete-time Markov chains, Convergence of random variables, Spectral theorem for Hermitian matrices

Note(What is being proved, and what is not)Original

Discrete-time Markov chains produced a stationary distribution π\pi as a solution of the algebraic equation π=πP\pi = \pi P. Nothing there said that a chain started anywhere else ever approaches π\pi. This unit supplies the missing analytic statement, identifies the extra hypothesis it needs (aperiodicity), and then asks the practical question that follows: how long must one wait.

Three things are proved. First, the limit theorem: pij(n)→1/μjp_{ij}(n) \to 1/\mu_j for an irreducible aperiodic chain, with no positivity assumption, so that the transient and null recurrent cases are included as the statement pij(n)→0p_{ij}(n) \to 0. Second, a sufficient condition, detailed balance, which both identifies π\pi cheaply and makes the chain reversible. Third, a geometric bound on the error, controlled by the second largest eigenvalue modulus of PP.

Definition(Total variation distance, reversibility, detailed balance)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §4.12, equations (4.12.7) and (4.12.8) with the footnote on normalisation, p. 145; Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.5, Definition (6.5.2) and the equations (6.5.3), pp. 265-266

Let XX be an irreducible homogeneous Markov chain on a countable state space SS with transition matrix P=(pij)P = (p_{ij}), and write pi⋅(n)p_{i\cdot}(n) for the mass function k↦pik(n)k \mapsto p_{ik}(n).

The total variation distance between two mass functions ff and gg on SS is

dTV(f,g) = ∑k∈S∣fk−gk∣ = 2sup⁡A⊆S∣∑k∈Afk−∑k∈Agk∣.d_{\mathrm{TV}}(f, g) \ = \ \sum_{k \in S} \lvert f_k - g_k \rvert \ = \ 2 \sup_{A \subseteq S} \bigl\lvert \textstyle\sum_{k \in A} f_k - \sum_{k \in A} g_k \bigr\rvert .

Convention. Grimmett and Stirzaker define dTVd_{\mathrm{TV}} without a factor of one half, and note in a footnote that some authors halve it; much of the mixing-time literature uses the halved version, for which the supremum form has no factor 22 and the distance never exceeds 11. We follow Grimmett and Stirzaker throughout this unit, so our dTVd_{\mathrm{TV}} lies in [0,2][0,2]. Halve every displayed bound to convert.

Suppose XX has stationary distribution π\pi and X0∼πX_0 \sim \pi, so that Xn∼πX_n \sim \pi for every nn. For a finite horizon NN, the time-reversal of XX is Yn=XN−nY_n = X_{N-n}, 0≤n≤N0 \le n \le N. The chain is reversible if YY has the same transition matrix as XX, which (by the time-reversal statement below) is the same as requiring the detailed balance equations

πi pij = πj pjifor all i,j∈S.\pi_i\, p_{ij} \ = \ \pi_j\, p_{ji} \qquad \text{for all } i, j \in S .

More generally, a transition matrix PP and a distribution λ\lambda are said to be in detailed balance if λipij=λjpji\lambda_i p_{ij} = \lambda_j p_{ji} for all i,ji, j; an irreducible chain whose PP is in detailed balance with its stationary distribution is called reversible in equilibrium.

Theorem(The Markov chain limit theorem)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.4(B), Example (6.4.19) and Theorem (6.4.20) with remarks (a)-(d), pp. 259-260; Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.4(A), Theorem (6.4.3), p. 254

Let XX be a Markov chain on a countable state space SS which is irreducible and aperiodic, with transition matrix PP and mean recurrence times μj=Ej(Tj)\mu_j = \mathbb{E}_j(T_j). Then

pij(n) ⟶ 1μjas n→∞,  for every i,j∈S,p_{ij}(n) \ \longrightarrow \ \frac{1}{\mu_j} \qquad \text{as } n \to \infty, \ \text{ for every } i, j \in S ,

with the convention 1/∞=01/\infty = 0. Four consequences are worth separating.

  1. When the chain is transient, or recurrent with every μj\mu_j infinite, the limit is pij(n)→0p_{ij}(n) \to 0 for all i,ji, j: a limit exists, but it is not a probability distribution.
  2. If the chain is positive recurrent then it has a unique stationary distribution π\pi, with πj=1/μj\pi_j = 1/\mu_j, and pij(n)→πjp_{ij}(n) \to \pi_j.
  3. The limit does not depend on the starting state ii. Hence for any initial distribution μ(0)\mu^{(0)}, P(Xn=j)=∑iμi(0)pij(n) ⟶ 1μj,\mathbb{P}(X_n = j) = \sum_i \mu^{(0)}_i p_{ij}(n) \ \longrightarrow \ \frac{1}{\mu_j} , so the chain forgets where it started.
  4. Aperiodicity cannot be dropped, but it can be worked around. If XX is irreducible with period dd, then {Xnd:n≥0}\{X_{nd} : n \ge 0\} is aperiodic and pjj(nd)→d/μjp_{jj}(nd) \to d/\mu_j.
Theorem(Detailed balance, reversibility, and a cheap route to π\pi)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.5, Theorem (6.5.1), Definition (6.5.2) and Theorem (6.5.4), pp. 265-266

Let XX be irreducible and positive recurrent with stationary distribution π\pi, and let X0∼πX_0 \sim \pi.

(a) The reversed chain is a chain. Yn=XN−nY_n = X_{N-n} is a Markov chain, with transition probabilities

P(Yn+1=j∣Yn=i) = πjπi pji.\mathbb{P}(Y_{n+1} = j \mid Y_n = i) \ = \ \frac{\pi_j}{\pi_i}\, p_{ji} .

In particular XX is reversible exactly when πipij=πjpji\pi_i p_{ij} = \pi_j p_{ji} for all i,ji, j.

(b) Detailed balance implies stationarity. Suppose an irreducible chain with transition matrix PP admits some distribution π\pi for which the balance relation πipij=πjpji\pi_i p_{ij} = \pi_j p_{ji} holds at every pair of states i,j∈Si, j \in S. That π\pi is then stationary, and the chain is reversible in equilibrium.

This is the practical content: detailed balance is a system of two-term equations, one for each edge of the transition graph, whereas π=πP\pi = \pi P couples every state to every other. When a guess satisfies detailed balance one has found π\pi with no linear algebra at all. The converse fails: a stationary distribution need not be in detailed balance with PP, and a chain that is not reversible still has its π\pi.

Theorem(Geometric rate of convergence for a finite reversible chain)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.6, Theorem (6.6.1) and the bound following it, pp. 269-270; Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.14, Theorem (6.14.9) and the expansion (6.14.11), pp. 333-334

Let SS be finite with ∣S∣=N\lvert S \rvert = N and let XX be irreducible and aperiodic with transition matrix PP and stationary distribution π\pi. By the Perron-Frobenius theorem the eigenvalues of PP may be listed as λ1=1,λ2,…,λN\lambda_1 = 1, \lambda_2, \dots, \lambda_N with ∣λr∣<1\lvert \lambda_r \rvert < 1 for r≥2r \ge 2; order them so that λ2\lambda_2 has the largest modulus among these. The quantity ∣λ2∣\lvert \lambda_2 \rvert is called the second largest eigenvalue modulus, or SLEM. If the eigenvalues are distinct, so that P=B−1ΛBP = B^{-1}\Lambda B is diagonalisable, then P n=B−1ΛnBP^{\,n} = B^{-1}\Lambda^n B, every row of P nP^{\,n} tends to π\pi, and there is a constant c<∞c < \infty with

∣pij(n)−πj∣ ≤ c ∣λ2∣ nfor all i,j and all n.\lvert p_{ij}(n) - \pi_j \rvert \ \le \ c \,\lvert \lambda_2 \rvert^{\,n} \qquad \text{for all } i, j \text{ and all } n .

Grimmett and Stirzaker state the bound in this diagonalisable setting; more generally, if λ2\lambda_2 has multiplicity mm one must allow a polynomial factor, and the entries of P nP^{\,n} approach their limits with an error of order nm−1∣λ2∣ nn^{m-1}\lvert \lambda_2\rvert^{\,n}.

If in addition XX is reversible in equilibrium, the constant can be made explicit. Equip RN\mathbb{R}^N with the inner product ⟨x,y⟩=∑i∈Sπixiyi\langle x, y \rangle = \sum_{i \in S} \pi_i x_i y_i; reversibility makes PP self-adjoint for this inner product, so its eigenvalues are real and its right eigenvectors v1,…,vNv_1, \dots, v_N may be taken to form an orthonormal basis, with v1≡1v_1 \equiv \mathbf{1}. Writing vr(i)v_r(i) for the ii-th entry of vrv_r,

∑k∈S∣pik(n)−πk∣ ≤ N ∣λ2∣ n sup⁡{∣vr(i)∣:r∈S},i∈S, n≥1.\sum_{k \in S} \lvert p_{ik}(n) - \pi_k \rvert \ \le \ N \,\lvert \lambda_2 \rvert^{\,n} \, \sup\bigl\{ \lvert v_r(i) \rvert : r \in S \bigr\} , \qquad i \in S, \ n \ge 1 .

The left-hand side is the total variation distance between pi⋅(n)p_{i\cdot}(n) and π\pi. So convergence is geometric at rate ∣λ2∣\lvert \lambda_2 \rvert, and the number of steps needed to bring the distance below a tolerance ε\varepsilon grows like log⁡(1/ε)/log⁡(1/∣λ2∣)\log(1/\varepsilon) / \log(1/\lvert\lambda_2\rvert). A chain with ∣λ2∣\lvert \lambda_2 \rvert close to 11 is said to be slowly mixing.

Idea of the proofOriginal

The limit theorem is proved by coupling, which replaces an analytic estimate by a construction. Run two copies of the chain side by side and independently, one started at ii and one started at jj. If the two copies ever occupy the same state at the same time, then from that moment on they have the same conditional law, because a chain's future depends on nothing but its present position and the matrix PP. So the difference pik(n)−pjk(n)p_{ik}(n) - p_{jk}(n) can only come from the event that they have not yet met, and it is enough to show that they meet almost surely. The pair is itself a Markov chain on S×SS \times S, and it is irreducible exactly because the original chain is aperiodic: if XX had period 22, the two copies started at even and odd distance could never be at the same place at the same time. That one sentence is where aperiodicity is used, and it is the only place.

Once the limit is known to be independent of the start, averaging over the start against π\pi identifies it as π\pi itself, because averaging a constant sequence changes nothing.

Detailed balance is a different kind of statement and needs no limit at all. It says that in equilibrium the probability flux from ii to jj matches the flux back, edge by edge. Stationarity only demands that the total flux into each node matches the total flux out. Local balance obviously implies global balance, and that one-line implication is the whole proof.

Proof(The limit theorem, by coupling)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.4(B), proof of Theorem (6.4.20) including the coupling inequality (6.4.21) and the bounded convergence step (6.4.22), pp. 260-262

Assume first that XX is positive recurrent; the transient and null recurrent cases are dealt with at the end.

Step 1: the coupled chain. Let X={Xn}X = \{X_n\} and Y={Yn}Y = \{Y_n\} be independent chains, each with state space SS and transition matrix PP, and set Zn=(Xn,Yn)Z_n = (X_n, Y_n). Then ZZ is a Markov chain on S×SS \times S with transition probabilities

P(Zn+1=(k,l)∣Zn=(i,j))=pik pjl,\mathbb{P}\bigl(Z_{n+1} = (k,l) \mid Z_n = (i,j)\bigr) = p_{ik}\,p_{jl} ,

the product arising from the independence of the two copies.

Step 2: ZZ is irreducible — this is where aperiodicity enters. For an irreducible aperiodic chain and any pair of states a,ba, b there is an N(a,b)N(a,b) with pab(n)>0p_{ab}(n) > 0 for all n≥N(a,b)n \ge N(a,b): the set {n:paa(n)>0}\{n : p_{aa}(n) > 0\} is closed under addition and has greatest common divisor 11, so it contains every sufficiently large integer, and composing with one path from aa to bb shifts this to bb. Hence for any (i,j)(i,j) and (k,l)(k,l) and all nn beyond the maximum of the two thresholds, pik(n) pjl(n)>0p_{ik}(n)\,p_{jl}(n) > 0, so ZZ can get from (i,j)(i,j) to (k,l)(k,l). Without aperiodicity this fails: for the chain on {1,2}\{1,2\} with p12=p21=1p_{12} = p_{21} = 1, the pair started at (1,2)(1,2) visits only (1,2)(1,2) and (2,1)(2,1).

Step 3: ZZ is positive recurrent. XX has a unique stationary distribution π\pi. The product νij=πiπj\nu_{ij} = \pi_i \pi_j is a distribution on S×SS \times S, and it is stationary for ZZ because

∑i,jνij pikpjl=(∑iπipik)(∑jπjpjl)=πkπl=νkl.\sum_{i,j} \nu_{ij}\, p_{ik}p_{jl} = \Bigl(\sum_i \pi_i p_{ik}\Bigr)\Bigl(\sum_j \pi_j p_{jl}\Bigr) = \pi_k \pi_l = \nu_{kl} .

Since ZZ is irreducible and possesses a stationary distribution, it is positive recurrent.

Step 4: the two copies meet. Fix any s∈Ss \in S, start the pair at Z0=(i,j)Z_0 = (i,j), and let

T=min⁡{n≥1:Zn=(s,s)}.T = \min\{n \ge 1 : Z_n = (s,s)\} .

By recurrence of the irreducible chain ZZ, the state (s,s)(s,s) is reached from (i,j)(i,j) with probability one, so P(T<∞)=1\mathbb{P}(T < \infty) = 1.

Step 5: the coupling inequality. Suppose T≤nT \le n. At time TT the two copies are both at ss; from then on, their conditional distributions coincide, since each depends only on PP and on the common current position. Therefore, conditionally on {T≤n}\{T \le n\}, XnX_n and YnY_n have the same law, and

pik(n)=P(Xn=k,T≤n)+P(Xn=k,T>n)=P(Yn=k,T≤n)+P(Xn=k,T>n).p_{ik}(n) = \mathbb{P}(X_n = k, T \le n) + \mathbb{P}(X_n = k, T > n) = \mathbb{P}(Y_n = k, T \le n) + \mathbb{P}(X_n = k, T > n) .

Bounding the first term by P(Yn=k)=pjk(n)\mathbb{P}(Y_n = k) = p_{jk}(n) and the second by P(T>n)\mathbb{P}(T > n) gives pik(n)≤pjk(n)+P(T>n)p_{ik}(n) \le p_{jk}(n) + \mathbb{P}(T > n), and the same argument with ii and jj exchanged gives

∣pik(n)−pjk(n)∣ ≤ P(T>n) ⟶ 0,\bigl\lvert p_{ik}(n) - p_{jk}(n) \bigr\rvert \ \le \ \mathbb{P}(T > n) \ \longrightarrow \ 0 ,

since TT is almost surely finite. So if the limit of pik(n)p_{ik}(n) exists it cannot depend on ii.

Step 6: identifying the limit. Average the last display against π\pi in the variable ii. Since ∑iπipik(n)=πk\sum_i \pi_i p_{ik}(n) = \pi_k by stationarity,

∣πk−pjk(n)∣ = ∣∑iπi(pik(n)−pjk(n))∣ ≤ ∑iπi∣pik(n)−pjk(n)∣.\lvert \pi_k - p_{jk}(n) \rvert \ = \ \Bigl\lvert \sum_i \pi_i \bigl( p_{ik}(n) - p_{jk}(n) \bigr) \Bigr\rvert \ \le \ \sum_i \pi_i \bigl\lvert p_{ik}(n) - p_{jk}(n) \bigr\rvert .

The summands are bounded by 11 and tend to 00. To pass to the limit on an infinite SS, split the sum at a finite set FF: the part over FF is a finite sum of terms tending to zero, and the part outside is at most 2∑i∉Fπi2\sum_{i \notin F}\pi_i, which enlarging FF forces below any prescribed tolerance, because π\pi is a probability distribution. Hence pjk(n)→πk=1/μkp_{jk}(n) \to \pi_k = 1/\mu_k.

Step 7: the remaining cases. If XX is transient then ∑npij(n)<∞\sum_n p_{ij}(n) < \infty for all i,ji, j, so pij(n)→0=1/μjp_{ij}(n) \to 0 = 1/\mu_j. If XX is null recurrent the coupled chain ZZ cannot be positive recurrent: starting from (i,i)(i,i), the return time of ZZ to (i,i)(i,i) is at least the return time of XX to ii, whose mean is infinite. If ZZ is transient then pij(n)2=P(Zn=(j,j)∣Z0=(i,i))→0p_{ij}(n)^2 = \mathbb{P}(Z_n = (j,j) \mid Z_0 = (i,i)) \to 0 and we are done; if ZZ is null recurrent, Step 5 still applies, and Grimmett and Stirzaker complete the argument by a diagonal-selection device which shows that a non-zero subsequential limit would produce a stationary distribution and so contradict null recurrence. □\square

Proof(Reversal and detailed balance)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.5, proofs of Theorem (6.5.1) and Theorem (6.5.4), pp. 265-266

(a) The reversed chain. Write a trajectory of YY as a trajectory of XX read backwards. For states i0,…,in+1i_0, \dots, i_{n+1},

P(Yn+1=in+1∣Yn=in,…,Y0=i0)=P(XN−n−1=in+1, XN−n=in,…,XN=i0)P(XN−n=in,…,XN=i0).\mathbb{P}\bigl(Y_{n+1} = i_{n+1} \mid Y_n = i_n, \dots, Y_0 = i_0\bigr) = \frac{\mathbb{P}(X_{N-n-1} = i_{n+1},\, X_{N-n} = i_n, \dots, X_N = i_0)}{\mathbb{P}(X_{N-n} = i_n, \dots, X_N = i_0)} .

Because X0∼πX_0 \sim \pi and π\pi is stationary, every XmX_m has distribution π\pi, and the numerator is the product πin+1pin+1inpinin−1⋯pi1i0\pi_{i_{n+1}} p_{i_{n+1} i_n} p_{i_n i_{n-1}} \cdots p_{i_1 i_0} while the denominator is πinpinin−1⋯pi1i0\pi_{i_n} p_{i_n i_{n-1}} \cdots p_{i_1 i_0}. All the factors pimim−1p_{i_m i_{m-1}} with m≤nm \le n cancel, leaving πin+1pin+1in/πin\pi_{i_{n+1}} p_{i_{n+1} i_n}/\pi_{i_n}. This depends on ini_n and in+1i_{n+1} only, which proves both that YY is Markov and that its transition probabilities are (πj/πi)pji(\pi_j/\pi_i)p_{ji}. Equality of these with pijp_{ij} is exactly πipij=πjpji\pi_i p_{ij} = \pi_j p_{ji}.

(b) Detailed balance implies stationarity. Suppose π\pi is a distribution with πipij=πjpji\pi_i p_{ij} = \pi_j p_{ji} for all i,ji, j. Sum this over ii, holding jj fixed:

∑i∈Sπipij = ∑i∈Sπjpji = πj∑i∈Spji = πj,\sum_{i \in S} \pi_i p_{ij} \ = \ \sum_{i \in S} \pi_j p_{ji} \ = \ \pi_j \sum_{i \in S} p_{ji} \ = \ \pi_j ,

the last step because PP is stochastic, so row jj sums to one. The left side is the jj-th entry of πP\pi P; hence πP=π\pi P = \pi and π\pi is stationary. Reversibility then follows from part (a). □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used, and what fails without them)Original

Aperiodicity is used once, in Step 2, to make the coupled chain irreducible. Its necessity is visible in the simplest example: on S={1,2}S = \{1,2\} with p12=p21=1p_{12} = p_{21} = 1, the chain is irreducible and positive recurrent, π=(12,12)\pi = (\tfrac12, \tfrac12) is the unique stationary distribution, and yet p11(n)p_{11}(n) equals 11 for even nn and 00 for odd nn. The Cesaro averages still converge to π\pi, and part 4 of the limit theorem recovers the full statement along multiples of the period. A standard repair is to make the chain lazy: replace PP by L=aP+(1−a)IL = aP + (1-a)I with 0<a<10 < a < 1. Then LL is irreducible and aperiodic, has the same stationary distribution, and is reversible whenever PP is.

Irreducibility is used in Step 4 (to reach (s,s)(s,s)) and in Step 3 (uniqueness of π\pi). Without it, different starting states can have genuinely different limits: a chain with two absorbing states converges to whichever one it is started in.

Positivity of π\pi in Step 6 is where the chain's being a probability distribution matters. For a null recurrent chain there is still a stationary measure, but it has infinite total mass and cannot be used to average; that is why Step 7 needs a separate argument.

Independence of the two copies in Step 1 is a choice, not a necessity. The coupling only has to be a joint construction of two processes with the right marginals which meet quickly; cleverer, dependent couplings are how sharp mixing-time bounds are actually obtained.

Reversibility is not needed for the limit theorem at all; it is needed only for the explicit constant in the spectral bound, because it is what makes PP self-adjoint for the inner product ⟨x,y⟩=∑iπixiyi\langle x,y\rangle = \sum_i \pi_i x_i y_i and hence gives real eigenvalues and an orthonormal eigenbasis (see The spectral theorem for Hermitian operators). An irreversible PP may have complex eigenvalues and may fail to be diagonalisable; the bound c∣λ2∣nc\lvert\lambda_2\rvert^n survives, with a polynomial correction nm−1n^{m-1} when λ2\lambda_2 has multiplicity mm in a Jordan block, but the constant cc is no longer explicit.

Finiteness of SS is needed for the spectral statements only. The limit theorem itself holds on any countable SS, and there the rate can be anything at all: an infinite chain may converge sub-geometrically.

Method(Getting a chain to converge to a prescribed π\pi, and estimating how long it takes)Original

Given a target distribution π\pi on a finite set SS:

  1. Choose a proposal matrix H=(hij)H = (h_{ij}) that is irreducible and easy to sample from; symmetry (hij=hjih_{ij} = h_{ji}) is convenient but not required.
  2. Accept with the Hastings probability. From state ii, draw a proposal jj with probability hijh_{ij} and accept it with probability aij=min⁡{1, πjhjiπihij};a_{ij} = \min\left\{1, \ \frac{\pi_j h_{ji}}{\pi_i h_{ij}}\right\} ; on rejection stay at ii. The resulting matrix is pij=hijaijp_{ij} = h_{ij}a_{ij} for i≠ji \ne j, with piip_{ii} whatever is left over. Only ratios πj/πi\pi_j/\pi_i are needed, so an unknown normalising constant in π\pi is irrelevant. When HH is symmetric this reduces to the Metropolis rule aij=min⁡{1,πj/πi}a_{ij} = \min\{1, \pi_j/\pi_i\}.
  3. Verify detailed balance, which is immediate from the form of aija_{ij}: for i≠ji \neq j, πihijaij=min⁡{πihij,πjhji}\pi_i h_{ij} a_{ij} = \min\{\pi_i h_{ij}, \pi_j h_{ji}\}, an expression symmetric in ii and jj. By the statement above, π\pi is then stationary.
  4. Check aperiodicity. If any proposal is ever rejected with positive probability then some pii>0p_{ii} > 0 and the chain is aperiodic. If not, make the chain lazy.
  5. Estimate the rate. Compute, or bound, the SLEM ∣λ2∣\lvert \lambda_2 \rvert. The number of steps to reach total variation distance ε\varepsilon is of order log⁡(1/ε)/log⁡(1/∣λ2∣)\log(1/\varepsilon)/\log(1/\lvert\lambda_2\rvert), and the reversible bound above turns this into an inequality with explicit constants.
  6. Discard the burn-in. Estimate ∑θg(θ)πθ\sum_\theta g(\theta)\pi_\theta by n−1∑r=MM+n−1g(Xr)n^{-1}\sum_{r=M}^{M+n-1} g(X_r), with MM chosen large enough that the bound in step 5 is below the accuracy wanted.
Example(A lazy Ehrenfest chain: exact convergence against the spectral bound)Original

A partition with a small hole separates two chambers, AA and BB, which hold m=2m = 2 gas molecules between them. A fair coin is tossed at each tick of a clock; heads leaves the configuration alone, while tails sends one molecule, chosen uniformly from the two, through the hole. Take XnX_n to be chamber AA's occupancy at time nn, so that S={0,1,2}S = \{0,1,2\}. From state ii the chosen molecule is in AA with probability i/2i/2, so

pi,i−1=12⋅i2,pi,i+1=12(1−i2),pii=12,p_{i,i-1} = \tfrac12 \cdot \tfrac{i}{2}, \qquad p_{i,i+1} = \tfrac12\Bigl(1 - \tfrac{i}{2}\Bigr), \qquad p_{ii} = \tfrac12 ,

that is

P = (1212014121401212).P \ = \ \begin{pmatrix} \tfrac12 & \tfrac12 & 0 \\[2pt] \tfrac14 & \tfrac12 & \tfrac14 \\[2pt] 0 & \tfrac12 & \tfrac12 \end{pmatrix} .

Stationary distribution by detailed balance. Rather than solve π=πP\pi = \pi P, look for π\pi with πipi,i+1=πi+1pi+1,i\pi_i p_{i,i+1} = \pi_{i+1}p_{i+1,i}; for a chain that only moves to neighbours these are the only non-trivial detailed balance equations. They read π0⋅12=π1⋅14\pi_0 \cdot \tfrac12 = \pi_1 \cdot \tfrac14 and π1⋅14=π2⋅12\pi_1 \cdot \tfrac14 = \pi_2 \cdot \tfrac12, giving π1=2π0\pi_1 = 2\pi_0 and π2=π0\pi_2 = \pi_0. Normalising,

π=(14, 12, 14),\pi = \Bigl( \tfrac14, \ \tfrac12, \ \tfrac14 \Bigr) ,

the binomial distribution (2i)2−2\binom{2}{i}2^{-2}, as physical intuition demands. By the detailed balance theorem π\pi is stationary and the chain is reversible in equilibrium. The chain is irreducible and p00=12>0p_{00} = \tfrac12 > 0, so it is aperiodic, and the limit theorem applies: the mean recurrence times are μ0=μ2=4\mu_0 = \mu_2 = 4 and μ1=2\mu_1 = 2 ticks.

Eigenvalues and eigenvectors. One checks directly that

P(111)=1⋅(111),P(10−1)=12(10−1),P(1−11)=0.P\begin{pmatrix}1\\1\\1\end{pmatrix} = 1 \cdot \begin{pmatrix}1\\1\\1\end{pmatrix}, \qquad P\begin{pmatrix}1\\0\\-1\end{pmatrix} = \tfrac12\begin{pmatrix}1\\0\\-1\end{pmatrix}, \qquad P\begin{pmatrix}1\\-1\\1\end{pmatrix} = 0 .

For instance the middle one: the first row gives 12⋅1+12⋅0=12\tfrac12 \cdot 1 + \tfrac12 \cdot 0 = \tfrac12, the second 14⋅1+14⋅(−1)=0\tfrac14 \cdot 1 + \tfrac14 \cdot (-1) = 0, the third 12⋅0+12⋅(−1)=−12\tfrac12 \cdot 0 + \tfrac12 \cdot (-1) = -\tfrac12. So the spectrum is {1,12,0}\{1, \tfrac12, 0\} and the SLEM is ∣λ2∣=12\lvert \lambda_2 \rvert = \tfrac12. Normalising in the inner product ⟨x,y⟩=∑iπixiyi\langle x,y\rangle = \sum_i \pi_i x_i y_i: the first vector has ⟨v,v⟩=14+12+14=1\langle v,v\rangle = \tfrac14 + \tfrac12 + \tfrac14 = 1; the second has 14⋅1+12⋅0+14⋅1=12\tfrac14 \cdot 1 + \tfrac12 \cdot 0 + \tfrac14 \cdot 1 = \tfrac12, so v2=2 (1,0,−1)v_2 = \sqrt{2}\,(1,0,-1); the third has 14+12+14=1\tfrac14 + \tfrac12 + \tfrac14 = 1 already. They are mutually orthogonal, as reversibility guarantees.

Exact nn-step probabilities. Expanding pik(n)=∑rvr(k)πkλr nvr(i)p_{ik}(n) = \sum_r v_r(k)\pi_k \lambda_r^{\,n} v_r(i) from state i=0i = 0:

p00(n)=14(1+2⋅2−n)=14+2−(n+1),p01(n)=12,p02(n)=14−2−(n+1),p_{00}(n) = \tfrac14\bigl(1 + 2 \cdot 2^{-n}\bigr) = \tfrac14 + 2^{-(n+1)} , \qquad p_{01}(n) = \tfrac12 , \qquad p_{02}(n) = \tfrac14 - 2^{-(n+1)} ,

valid for n≥1n \ge 1. (Check at n=1n = 1: 14+14=12\tfrac14 + \tfrac14 = \tfrac12, 12\tfrac12, 00 — the first row of PP.) Hence the exact total variation distance from the stationary distribution, started from the empty chamber, is

dTV(p0⋅(n),π)=2−(n+1)+0+2−(n+1)=2−n.d_{\mathrm{TV}}\bigl(p_{0\cdot}(n), \pi\bigr) = 2^{-(n+1)} + 0 + 2^{-(n+1)} = 2^{-n} .

At n=5n = 5 this equals 132=0.03125\tfrac{1}{32} = 0.03125.

Comparison with the bound. The reversible bound gives, with N=3N = 3, ∣λ2∣=12\lvert\lambda_2\rvert = \tfrac12 and sup⁡r∣vr(0)∣=max⁡{1,2,1}=2\sup_r \lvert v_r(0)\rvert = \max\{1, \sqrt2, 1\} = \sqrt2,

dTV(p0⋅(n),π) ≤ 32 ⋅2−n,d_{\mathrm{TV}}\bigl(p_{0\cdot}(n), \pi\bigr) \ \le \ 3\sqrt{2}\, \cdot 2^{-n} ,

which at n=5n = 5 is 32/32=0.13263\sqrt2/32 = 0.1326. The bound holds, and overestimates the true distance by the factor 32≈4.243\sqrt2 \approx 4.24 — it gets the geometric rate exactly right and only the prefactor is loose. To force dTV≤10−3d_{\mathrm{TV}} \le 10^{-3} the bound demands n≥log⁡2(32×103)=12.05n \ge \log_2(3\sqrt2 \times 10^{3}) = 12.05, so n=13n = 13; the truth is n=10n = 10.

Application(Markov chain Monte Carlo and detailed balance in statistical physics)Original

Every Monte Carlo simulation of a thermal system is an instance of this unit. One wants averages ⟨g⟩=∑θg(θ)π(θ)\langle g \rangle = \sum_\theta g(\theta)\pi(\theta) over the Boltzmann distribution π(θ)=Z−1exp⁡(−βE(θ))\pi(\theta) = Z^{-1}\exp(-\beta E(\theta)) on a configuration space far too large to enumerate, and the partition function ZZ is unknown. The Metropolis recipe in the method above builds a chain whose stationary distribution is exactly π\pi, using only the energy differences E(θ′)−E(θ)E(\theta') - E(\theta), because the acceptance probability min⁡{1,e−βΔE}\min\{1, e^{-\beta \Delta E}\} depends on π\pi only through ratios and ZZ cancels. Detailed balance is the condition physicists impose on the update rule precisely because it guarantees, by the theorem above, that the Boltzmann weight is left invariant; it is a sufficient condition, imposed for convenience, not a law of nature, and schemes that are stationary without being reversible are also in use.

The limit theorem is then the statement that the simulation gives the right answer at all, and aperiodicity is the fine print: a deterministic sweep through the lattice in a model with no self-transitions can be periodic, which is one reason random site selection or a laziness parameter is standard.

The rate statement is where the physics gets hard. Near a continuous phase transition the SLEM of a local-update chain for the Ising model approaches 11 as the system size grows, the relaxation time diverges as LzL^{z} with a dynamical exponent z≈2z \approx 2 for Metropolis dynamics, and the simulation suffers critical slowing down. Cluster algorithms are designed to keep detailed balance while drastically reducing ∣λ2∣\lvert \lambda_2 \rvert. The eigenvalue λ2\lambda_2 and its eigenvector also carry physical meaning away from criticality: they identify the slowest collective mode of the dynamics, which in a chain built from molecular dynamics (see Discrete-time Markov chains) is the rate-limiting conformational change.

Finally, the same bound tells an experimentalist when an equilibration protocol is long enough. For the Ehrenfest model of the example, generalised to mm molecules, the SLEM of the lazy chain is 1−1/m1 - 1/m, so equilibration takes of order mlog⁡mm \log m ticks: the characteristic time grows only a little faster than the number of molecules, which is why gases equilibrate fast.

Theorem

Random walks

Adapted

Solves the gambler's ruin problem for a simple random walk between two absorbing barriers, and proves Polya's trichotomy: the symmetric nearest-neighbour walk returns to its starting point with probability one on the line and on the plane, but not in space, where the return probability is about 0.34.

Prerequisites: Discrete-time Markov chains, Generating functions, Characteristic functions

Definition(Simple random walk, on the line and on the lattice)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §3.9, equations (3.9.1)-(3.9.2) and Lemmas (3.9.3)-(3.9.5), pp. 77-79; Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), Problem (6.15.9), p. 340

Let X1,X2,…X_1, X_2, \dots be independent, all carrying the same two-point law, which puts mass pp on the value +1+1 and mass q=1−pq = 1 - p on the value −1-1, with 0<p<10 < p < 1. The simple random walk started at a∈Za \in \mathbb{Z} is the sequence

S0=a,Sn=a+∑i=1nXi(n≥1).S_0 = a , \qquad S_n = a + \sum_{i=1}^{n} X_i \quad (n \ge 1) .

The walk is symmetric if p=q=12p = q = \tfrac12. It is spatially homogeneous (P(Sn=j∣S0=a)\mathbb{P}(S_n = j \mid S_0 = a) depends only on j−aj - a), temporally homogeneous, and has the Markov property, so it is a Markov chain on Z\mathbb{Z} in the sense of Discrete-time Markov chains, with transition probabilities pi,i+1=pp_{i,i+1} = p, pi,i−1=qp_{i,i-1} = q and all others zero.

Two variants are needed below.

Absorbing barriers. Fix an integer N≥1N \ge 1 and restrict to the state space {0,1,…,N}\{0, 1, \dots, N\}, declaring 00 and NN to be absorbing: p00=pNN=1p_{00} = p_{NN} = 1. In gambling language, a player holding kk units stakes one unit on each of a sequence of independent bets won with probability pp, and stops on reaching 00 (ruin) or NN (the target).

The lattice walk in dd dimensions. Let S0=0\mathbf{S}_0 = \mathbf{0} and Sn=∑i≤nϵi\mathbf{S}_n = \sum_{i \le n}\boldsymbol{\epsilon}_i, where the steps ϵi\boldsymbol{\epsilon}_i are independent and uniform on the 2d2d unit vectors ±e1,…,±ed\pm \mathbf{e}_1, \dots, \pm \mathbf{e}_d of Zd\mathbb{Z}^d, each with probability 1/(2d)1/(2d). For d=1d = 1 this is the symmetric walk above.

Occupation and first-return probabilities. Whichever of these unrestricted walks is under discussion — the walk on Z\mathbb{Z} with parameter pp, started at a=0a = 0, or the symmetric lattice walk in dd dimensions — we write

p0(n)=P(walk is at the origin at time n),f0(n)=P(the first return to the origin occurs at time n),p_0(n) = \mathbb{P}(\text{walk is at the origin at time } n) , \qquad f_0(n) = \mathbb{P}(\text{the first return to the origin occurs at time } n) ,

with p0(0)=1p_0(0) = 1 and f0(0)=0f_0(0) = 0. In every case a single step changes the parity of the sum of the coordinates, so p0(n)=0p_0(n) = 0 for odd nn and every state has period 22.

The walk is called recurrent if it returns to its starting point with probability one and transient otherwise; by spatial homogeneity this does not depend on the starting point, and it is the recurrence of the origin as a state of the chain.

Theorem(Gambler's ruin)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §3.9, Example (3.9.6), the difference equations (3.9.7) and (3.9.8) and their solutions, including (3.9.9), pp. 79-80; Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), Exercise (3.9.1), p. 80

Take the walk of the definition, confined as described to the states 0,1,…,N0, 1, \dots, N and absorbed at whichever end it reaches first, and start it from kk, where 0≤k≤N0 \le k \le N. Write Pk\mathbb{P}_k and Ek\mathbb{E}_k for probabilities and expectations of the walk so started, write pkp_k for the chance that it finishes at 00 rather than at NN (the ruin probability, indexed by the starting state; it has nothing to do with the occupation probabilities p0(n)p_0(n) of the definition, which are indexed by time, and the clash of the two at p0=p0(0)=1p_0 = p_0(0) = 1 is a coincidence of values), write DkD_k for the mean number of steps it makes before stopping, and put ρ=q/p\rho = q/p. Then

pk = {ρ k−ρ N1−ρ N,p≠12,1−kN,p=12,Dk = {1q−p(k−N 1−ρ k1−ρ N),p≠12,k (N−k),p=12.p_k \ = \ \begin{cases} \dfrac{\rho^{\,k} - \rho^{\,N}}{1 - \rho^{\,N}} , & p \ne \tfrac12 , \\[10pt] 1 - \dfrac{k}{N} , & p = \tfrac12 , \end{cases} \qquad\qquad D_k \ = \ \begin{cases} \dfrac{1}{q - p}\left( k - N\,\dfrac{1 - \rho^{\,k}}{1 - \rho^{\,N}} \right) , & p \ne \tfrac12 , \\[10pt] k\,(N - k) , & p = \tfrac12 . \end{cases}

Absorption is certain, and the time TT it takes has a geometric tail: writing δ=min⁡(p,q)N>0\delta = \min(p, q)^N > 0,

Pk(T>mN) ≤ (1−δ)m(m=0,1,2,… ).\mathbb{P}_k(T > mN) \ \le \ (1 - \delta)^m \qquad (m = 0, 1, 2, \dots) .

In particular Pk(T<∞)=1\mathbb{P}_k(T < \infty) = 1 and every moment of TT is finite, so Dk=Ek(T)D_k = \mathbb{E}_k(T) is the finite number displayed above, and 1−pk1 - p_k is the probability of reaching the upper barrier NN.

Theorem(Polya's trichotomy: recurrence in one and two dimensions, transience in three)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §5.3, Theorem (5.3.1) and Corollary (5.3.4), pp. 183-185; Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.2, Corollary (6.2.4) and Example (6.2.12), pp. 248-249; Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), Problems (5.12.5), (5.12.6), p. 231, and Problem (6.15.9), p. 340

(a) The criterion, specialised to the walk. By the summability criterion of Discrete-time Markov chains, a state jj is recurrent exactly when ∑npjj(n)=∞\sum_n p_{jj}(n) = \infty. Here p0(n)=0p_0(n) = 0 at odd nn, so the lattice walk is recurrent exactly when

∑n≥0p0(2n)=∞,\sum_{n \ge 0} p_0(2n) = \infty ,

and this sum is the expected number of visits the walk makes to the origin.

(b) One dimension, general pp. For the simple random walk on Z\mathbb{Z}, the generating functions P0(s)=∑nsnp0(n)P_0(s) = \sum_n s^n p_0(n) and F0(s)=∑nsnf0(n)F_0(s) = \sum_n s^n f_0(n) of the occupation and first-return probabilities satisfy

P0(s)=1+P0(s)F0(s),P0(s)=(1−4pqs2)−1/2,F0(s)=1−(1−4pqs2)1/2,P_0(s) = 1 + P_0(s)F_0(s), \qquad P_0(s) = (1 - 4pqs^2)^{-1/2}, \qquad F_0(s) = 1 - (1 - 4pqs^2)^{1/2} ,

so that the chance of a return to the origin ever occurring is

F0(1)=1−∣p−q∣.F_0(1) = 1 - \lvert p - q \rvert .

Recurrence therefore holds precisely at p=12p = \tfrac12, and there the mean time until the walk first comes back diverges: the symmetric walk on Z\mathbb{Z} is null recurrent, and every state has period 22. For p≠12p \neq \tfrac12 every state is transient. Equivalently, p0(2n)∼(4pq)n/πnp_0(2n) \sim (4pq)^n/\sqrt{\pi n}, which is summable precisely when 4pq<14pq < 1, that is when p≠12p \neq \tfrac12.

(c) Two dimensions. For the symmetric walk on Z2\mathbb{Z}^2,

p0(2n) = [(2nn)4−n]2 ∼ 1πn,p_0(2n) \ = \ \left[ \binom{2n}{n} 4^{-n} \right]^2 \ \sim \ \frac{1}{\pi n} ,

so ∑np0(2n)=∞\sum_n p_0(2n) = \infty and the walk is recurrent: it returns to the origin with probability one.

(d) Three dimensions. For the symmetric walk on Z3\mathbb{Z}^3,

p0(2n) = (2nn)2−2n∑i+j+k=n(n!3 n i! j! k!)2 ≤ Cn3/2p_0(2n) \ = \ \binom{2n}{n} 2^{-2n} \sum_{i+j+k=n} \left( \frac{n!}{3^{\,n}\, i!\,j!\,k!} \right)^{2} \ \le \ \frac{C}{n^{3/2}}

for a finite constant CC, so ∑np0(2n)<∞\sum_n p_0(2n) < \infty and the walk is transient.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Both halves of the unit come from the Markov property, used in two different ways.

For gambler's ruin, condition on the first bet. The walk started at kk is, after one step, a walk started at k+1k+1 or at k−1k-1, with no memory of how it got there. So the unknown pkp_k satisfies a linear second-order difference equation in kk — the discrete analogue of Laplace's equation — with boundary values 11 at 00 and 00 at NN. Its characteristic equation pθ2−θ+q=0p\theta^2 - \theta + q = 0 has the roots 11 and q/pq/p. When p≠qp \ne q the two roots are distinct and the powers 1k1^k and (q/p)k(q/p)^k span the solutions; in the symmetric case the root 11 is repeated, the second solution is kk rather than a second power, and the general solution reads A1+A2kA_1 + A_2 k. The expected duration satisfies the same equation with an inhomogeneous term 11, because one step has been used up.

For recurrence, condition instead on the time of first return. That turns the sequence p0(n)p_0(n) into the convolution of itself with the first-return sequence, and convolution is multiplication of generating functions, which inverts to P0=1/(1−F0)P_0 = 1/(1 - F_0). Letting s↑1s \uparrow 1 converts the question "is return certain?" into the question "is ∑np0(n)\sum_n p_0(n) infinite?" — a question about the size of the walk, not its combinatorics. And the size is set by the central limit scaling: after nn steps the walk is spread over a region of diameter n\sqrt{n} in each direction, so the chance of being at any one named site, the origin included, is of order n−d/2n^{-d/2}. The series ∑n−d/2\sum n^{-d/2} diverges for d=1,2d = 1, 2 and converges for d≥3d \ge 3. Everything below is this one-line dimension count made exact.

Proof(Gambler's ruin)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §3.9, Example (3.9.6) and the solution of (3.9.7) and (3.9.8), pp. 79-80

Absorption is certain and DkD_k is finite. This has to come first, because the difference equations below are solved in the real numbers, which presupposes that their solutions are finite; the recursions themselves are also satisfied by D≡∞D \equiv \infty. Let TT be the absorption time and δ=min⁡(p,q)N\delta = \min(p,q)^N. Whatever the walk has done so far, if it is not yet absorbed it sits at some ii with 0<i<N0 < i < N, and if its next NN steps are all +1+1 it reaches NN after N−i<NN - i < N of them and is absorbed. That block of steps has probability pN≥δp^N \ge \delta, and the steps are independent of the past, so from any position not yet absorbed the chance of absorption within the next NN steps is at least δ\delta. Iterating over mm disjoint blocks of NN steps gives Pk(T>mN)≤(1−δ)m\mathbb{P}_k(T > mN) \le (1-\delta)^m. Hence Pk(T=∞)=0\mathbb{P}_k(T = \infty) = 0, and summing the tail,

Dk=Ek(T)=∑n≥0Pk(T>n) ≤ N∑m≥0(1−δ)m=Nδ < ∞.D_k = \mathbb{E}_k(T) = \sum_{n \ge 0}\mathbb{P}_k(T > n) \ \le \ N\sum_{m \ge 0}(1-\delta)^m = \frac{N}{\delta} \ < \ \infty .

(The same bound makes every moment of TT finite, which is the content of Exercise (3.9.1) of the source.) Since absorption is certain, pkp_k and 1−pk1 - p_k are the probabilities of the two alternatives, finishing at 00 and finishing at NN.

The difference equation. Let 1≤k≤N−11 \le k \le N-1 and condition on the first step. With probability pp the walk moves to k+1k+1, and by the Markov property and temporal homogeneity it is then absorbed at 00 with probability pk+1p_{k+1}; with probability qq it moves to k−1k-1 and is absorbed at 00 with probability pk−1p_{k-1}. Hence

pk=p pk+1+q pk−1,1≤k≤N−1,p_k = p\,p_{k+1} + q\,p_{k-1} , \qquad 1 \le k \le N-1 ,

with p0=1p_0 = 1 and pN=0p_N = 0 because those states are absorbing.

Solving it. Substituting the trial solution pk=θ kp_k = \theta^{\,k} and dividing by θ k−1\theta^{\,k-1} gives the characteristic equation pθ2−θ+q=0p\theta^2 - \theta + q = 0, whose roots are θ=1\theta = 1 and θ=q/p=ρ\theta = q/p = \rho, since p+q=1p + q = 1.

Case p≠12p \ne \tfrac12. The roots are distinct, so the general solution is pk=A1+A2ρ kp_k = A_1 + A_2\rho^{\,k}. The boundary conditions give A1+A2=1A_1 + A_2 = 1 and A1+A2ρ N=0A_1 + A_2\rho^{\,N} = 0, so A2=1/(1−ρ N)A_2 = 1/(1 - \rho^{\,N}) and A1=−ρ N/(1−ρ N)A_1 = -\rho^{\,N}/(1-\rho^{\,N}), which is the stated formula.

Case p=12p = \tfrac12. The root θ=1\theta = 1 is repeated, so the general solution is pk=A1+A2kp_k = A_1 + A_2 k, and the boundary conditions give A1=1A_1 = 1, A2=−1/NA_2 = -1/N.

The duration. Condition on the first step again, this time keeping track of the step taken. From kk, one step is spent and the walk then needs Dk±1D_{k\pm1} further steps on average, so

Dk=p (1+Dk+1)+q (1+Dk−1)=1+pDk+1+qDk−1,1≤k≤N−1,D_k = p\,(1 + D_{k+1}) + q\,(1 + D_{k-1}) = 1 + p D_{k+1} + q D_{k-1} , \qquad 1 \le k \le N-1 ,

with D0=DN=0D_0 = D_N = 0. This is the same homogeneous equation with the constant forcing term 11, so the general solution is a particular solution plus A1+A2ρ kA_1 + A_2\rho^{\,k} (or A1+A2kA_1 + A_2 k when p=12p = \tfrac12).

Case p≠12p \ne \tfrac12. Try the particular solution Dk=ckD_k = ck. Then ck=1+cp(k+1)+cq(k−1)=1+ck+c(p−q)ck = 1 + cp(k+1) + cq(k-1) = 1 + ck + c(p - q), so c=1/(q−p)c = 1/(q-p). Imposing D0=DN=0D_0 = D_N = 0 on Dk=k/(q−p)+A1+A2ρ kD_k = k/(q-p) + A_1 + A_2\rho^{\,k} gives A1+A2=0A_1 + A_2 = 0 and N/(q−p)+A1+A2ρ N=0N/(q-p) + A_1 + A_2\rho^{\,N} = 0, so A2=−A1A_2 = -A_1 and A1(1−ρ N)=−N/(q−p)A_1 (1 - \rho^{\,N}) = -N/(q-p). Substituting back,

Dk=1q−p(k−N 1−ρ k1−ρ N).D_k = \frac{1}{q-p}\left( k - N\,\frac{1 - \rho^{\,k}}{1 - \rho^{\,N}} \right) .

Case p=12p = \tfrac12. Now p−q=0p - q = 0, so a linear particular solution cannot work; try Dk=ck2D_k = ck^2, giving ck2=1+c2[(k+1)2+(k−1)2]=1+ck2+cck^2 = 1 + \tfrac{c}{2}[(k+1)^2 + (k-1)^2] = 1 + ck^2 + c, so c=−1c = -1. With Dk=−k2+A1+A2kD_k = -k^2 + A_1 + A_2 k and D0=DN=0D_0 = D_N = 0 we get A1=0A_1 = 0 and A2=NA_2 = N, that is Dk=k(N−k)D_k = k(N-k).

Both solutions are legitimate because the tail bound at the head of the proof has already made pkp_k and DkD_k finite. □\square

Proof(Recurrence in one and two dimensions, transience in three)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §5.3, Theorem (5.3.1) and Corollary (5.3.4), pp. 183-185; Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.2, Corollary (6.2.4), p. 248; Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), Problems (5.12.5), (5.12.6), p. 231, and Problem (6.15.9), p. 340

The criterion. This part is taken over from the prerequisite rather than reproved: the renewal decomposition and its generating-function consequence are established for a general chain in Discrete-time Markov chains, and we record only what they say for the walk. Splitting a visit to the origin at time n≥1n \ge 1 according to the time rr of the first return gives nn disjoint possibilities that exhaust the event. On each of them the walk starts afresh at the origin at time rr — note that {first return at r}\{\text{first return at } r\} is not an event about the state at a single time but a condition on the whole path up to rr, so the Markov property is applied at the fixed time rr to each such path separately and the contributions are then summed — and therefore

p0(n)=∑r=1nf0(r) p0(n−r).p_0(n) = \sum_{r=1}^{n} f_0(r)\, p_0(n-r) .

Multiplying by sns^n, summing over n≥1n \ge 1 and using p0(0)=1p_0(0) = 1 turns this convolution into P0(s)=1+F0(s)P0(s)P_0(s) = 1 + F_0(s)P_0(s), that is P0(s)=1/(1−F0(s))P_0(s) = 1/(1 - F_0(s)) for ∣s∣<1\lvert s \rvert < 1; letting s↑1s \uparrow 1 termwise, which Abel's theorem permits because all coefficients are non-negative,

∑n≥0p0(n)=11−f,f:=∑n≥1f0(n)=P(ever return),\sum_{n \ge 0} p_0(n) = \frac{1}{1 - f} , \qquad f := \sum_{n \ge 1} f_0(n) = \mathbb{P}(\text{ever return}) ,

read with the convention 1/0=∞1/0 = \infty: if f=1f = 1 then F0(s)↑1F_0(s) \uparrow 1 and P0(s)=1/(1−F0(s))↑∞P_0(s) = 1/(1 - F_0(s)) \uparrow \infty, so the left-hand side, a series of non-negative terms, diverges. So the sum is infinite exactly when f=1f = 1, which is part (a); the left-hand side is also the expected number of visits to the origin. What is left to do, and what the rest of the proof does, is to compute p0(n)p_0(n) in each dimension.

(b) One dimension. The walk is at the origin at time nn only if n=2mn = 2m is even and exactly mm of the steps were +1+1, so

p0(2m)=(2mm)(pq)m.p_0(2m) = \binom{2m}{m}(pq)^m .

The generating function of (2mm)xm\binom{2m}{m}x^m is (1−4x)−1/2(1-4x)^{-1/2}, so P0(s)=(1−4pqs2)−1/2P_0(s) = (1 - 4pqs^2)^{-1/2} and therefore F0(s)=1−1/P0(s)=1−(1−4pqs2)1/2F_0(s) = 1 - 1/P_0(s) = 1 - (1-4pqs^2)^{1/2}. At s=1s = 1,

f=F0(1)=1−1−4pq=1−(p+q)2−4pq=1−∣p−q∣,f = F_0(1) = 1 - \sqrt{1 - 4pq} = 1 - \sqrt{(p+q)^2 - 4pq} = 1 - \lvert p - q\rvert ,

using p+q=1p + q = 1. Hence f=1f = 1 if and only if p=q=12p = q = \tfrac12. When p=12p = \tfrac12, F0(s)=1−(1−s2)1/2F_0(s) = 1 - (1-s^2)^{1/2} and F0′(s)=s(1−s2)−1/2→∞F_0'(s) = s(1-s^2)^{-1/2} \to \infty as s↑1s \uparrow 1, so the mean return time is infinite and the walk is null recurrent. The same conclusion follows from the criterion: Stirling's formula m!∼mm+1/2e−m2πm! \sim m^{m+1/2}e^{-m}\sqrt{2\pi} gives (2mm)∼4m/πm\binom{2m}{m} \sim 4^m/\sqrt{\pi m} and hence

p0(2m)∼(4pq)mπm,p_0(2m) \sim \frac{(4pq)^m}{\sqrt{\pi m}} ,

which sums to ∞\infty iff 4pq=14pq = 1, that is iff p=12p = \tfrac12.

(c) Two dimensions. The walk is at the origin at time 2n2n exactly when, for some kk, it made kk steps east, kk west, n−kn-k north and n−kn-k south. The number of orderings is the multinomial coefficient, and each of the 42n4^{2n} step sequences is equally likely, so

p0(2n)=4−2n∑k=0n(2n)!k! k! (n−k)! (n−k)!.p_0(2n) = 4^{-2n}\sum_{k=0}^{n}\frac{(2n)!}{k!\,k!\,(n-k)!\,(n-k)!} .

Factor the summand as (2nn)(nk)2\binom{2n}{n}\binom{n}{k}^2, which is an identity between factorials:

(2nn)(nk)2=(2n)!n! n!⋅(n!k! (n−k)!)2=(2n)!k!2 (n−k)!2.\binom{2n}{n}\binom{n}{k}^2 = \frac{(2n)!}{n!\,n!}\cdot\left(\frac{n!}{k!\,(n-k)!}\right)^2 = \frac{(2n)!}{k!^2\,(n-k)!^2} .

By Vandermonde's identity ∑k=0n(nk)2=(2nn)\sum_{k=0}^n \binom{n}{k}^2 = \binom{2n}{n}, so the sum collapses and

p0(2n)=4−2n(2nn)2=[(2nn)4−n]2∼(1πn)2=1πn,p_0(2n) = 4^{-2n}\binom{2n}{n}^{2} = \left[\binom{2n}{n}4^{-n}\right]^{2} \sim \left(\frac{1}{\sqrt{\pi n}}\right)^{2} = \frac{1}{\pi n} ,

again by Stirling. Since ∑n1/(πn)\sum_n 1/(\pi n) diverges, the criterion gives recurrence, and the return probability is 11.

(d) Three dimensions. Now the walk is at the origin at time 2n2n exactly when, for some i,j,k≥0i, j, k \ge 0 with i+j+k=ni + j + k = n, it made ii steps along each of ±e1\pm\mathbf{e}_1, jj along each of ±e2\pm\mathbf{e}_2 and kk along each of ±e3\pm\mathbf{e}_3. There are 62n6^{2n} equally likely step sequences, so

p0(2n)=6−2n∑i+j+k=n(2n)!(i! j! k!)2=(2nn)2−2n∑i+j+k=n(n!3 n i! j! k!)2,p_0(2n) = 6^{-2n}\sum_{i+j+k=n}\frac{(2n)!}{(i!\,j!\,k!)^{2}} = \binom{2n}{n}2^{-2n}\sum_{i+j+k=n}\left(\frac{n!}{3^{\,n}\,i!\,j!\,k!}\right)^{2} ,

where the second form follows by writing 6−2n=4−n9−n6^{-2n} = 4^{-n}9^{-n} and (2n)!/(i!j!k!)2=(2nn) (n!/(i!j!k!))2(2n)!/(i!j!k!)^2 = \binom{2n}{n}\,(n!/(i!j!k!))^2. The rewriting is the point: the numbers wijk=n!/(3ni! j! k!)w_{ijk} = n!/(3^n i!\,j!\,k!) are non-negative and sum to 11, because ∑i+j+k=nn!/(i!j!k!)=3n\sum_{i+j+k=n} n!/(i!j!k!) = 3^n by the multinomial theorem. Therefore

∑i+j+k=nwijk2 ≤ (max⁡i+j+k=nwijk)∑i+j+k=nwijk = max⁡i+j+k=nwijk.\sum_{i+j+k=n} w_{ijk}^{2} \ \le \ \Bigl(\max_{i+j+k=n} w_{ijk}\Bigr)\sum_{i+j+k=n} w_{ijk} \ = \ \max_{i+j+k=n} w_{ijk} .

The multinomial coefficient n!/(i!j!k!)n!/(i!j!k!) is largest when the three parts are as equal as possible, since replacing a pair (i,j)(i, j) with i≥j+2i \ge j+2 by (i−1,j+1)(i-1, j+1) multiplies it by i/(j+1)>1i/(j+1) > 1. So the maximum is attained at the nearest-to-equal split, whose parts differ from n/3n/3 by less than 11. For nn divisible by 33 that split is (n/3,n/3,n/3)(n/3, n/3, n/3), and Stirling applied to n!/((n/3)!)3n!/((n/3)!)^3 gives

max⁡i+j+k=nn!i! j! k! ∼ 3 n+3/22πn,somax⁡i+j+k=nwijk ∼ 332πn.\max_{i+j+k=n} \frac{n!}{i!\,j!\,k!} \ \sim \ \frac{3^{\,n+3/2}}{2\pi n} , \qquad\text{so}\qquad \max_{i+j+k=n} w_{ijk} \ \sim \ \frac{3\sqrt3}{2\pi n} .

For the other two residues each part is n/3+O(1)n/3 + O(1), which changes the Stirling estimate by a factor 1+O(1/n)1 + O(1/n) only, so the same asymptotic holds for every nn; numerically the maximum is in fact slightly smaller off the divisible case, nmax⁡i+j+k=nwijkn\max_{i+j+k=n} w_{ijk} being 0.81580.8158 at n=121n = 121 and 0.82240.8224 at n=120n = 120, both below the limiting value 33/(2π)=0.82703\sqrt3/(2\pi) = 0.8270.

Combining this with (2nn)2−2n∼1/πn\binom{2n}{n}2^{-2n} \sim 1/\sqrt{\pi n} gives

p0(2n) ≤ Cn3/2(1+o(1)),C=332ππ=0.4666.p_0(2n) \ \le \ \frac{C}{n^{3/2}}\bigl(1 + o(1)\bigr), \qquad C = \frac{3\sqrt3}{2\pi\sqrt{\pi}} = 0.4666 .

The series ∑nn−3/2\sum_n n^{-3/2} converges, so ∑np0(2n)<∞\sum_n p_0(2n) < \infty and the origin is transient. By spatial homogeneity every state is transient. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used, and how sharp the conclusions are)Original

Symmetry in parts (c) and (d). Only the symmetric walk is treated there, and for good reason: a lattice walk with any non-zero mean drift is transient in every dimension, because the strong law of large numbers of Laws of large numbers already pushes Sn/n\mathbf{S}_n/n away from the origin. Recurrence in d=1,2d = 1, 2 is a statement about the borderline case of zero drift.

Independence of the steps. Used in the counting: every sequence of 2n2n steps has the same probability. For a self-avoiding walk, or any walk with memory, none of the formulas survive, and even the two-dimensional case becomes a hard open problem.

Finiteness of NN in gambler's ruin. Letting N→∞N \to \infty at fixed kk in the ruin formula recovers the one-barrier answer: for p>12p > \tfrac12 we have ρ<1\rho < 1, so pk→ρ k<1p_k \to \rho^{\,k} < 1 and the player survives forever with positive probability, while for p≤12p \le \tfrac12 we get pk→1p_k \to 1 and ruin is certain. The mean duration does not follow that pattern, and the three cases must be kept apart. For p<12p < \tfrac12 we have ρ>1\rho > 1, so in DkD_k the ratio N(1−ρ k)/(1−ρ N)N(1-\rho^{\,k})/(1-\rho^{\,N}) has a numerator linear in NN and a denominator geometric in NN and therefore tends to 00, leaving

Dk ⟶ kq−p(p<12):D_k \ \longrightarrow \ \frac{k}{q-p} \qquad (p < \tfrac12) :

ruin is certain and quick (at p=25p = \tfrac25, k=5k = 5 the limit is 2525 steps, and the finite-NN values 19.1819.18, 24.8024.80, 25.0025.00 at N=10,20,50N = 10, 20, 50 climb to it). At p=12p = \tfrac12, by contrast, Dk=k(N−k)→∞D_k = k(N-k) \to \infty: ruin is certain while the expected time to it is infinite, so there "ruin is certain" and "ruin happens quickly" come apart. That single case is the null recurrence of part (b) seen from another side; at p<12p < \tfrac12 the walk is transient, not null recurrent, and the analogy does not apply to it. (For p>12p > \tfrac12 also Dk→∞D_k \to \infty, but for the opposite reason: in the limit absorption at 00 is not certain at all.)

Higher dimensions. The cited treatment stops at d=3d = 3, and what follows is our own extension. The central limit scaling of the idea block can be made local: after 2n2n steps of the symmetric walk on Zd\mathbb{Z}^d each coordinate has variance 2n/d2n/d, the coordinates are uncorrelated, and the Gaussian density at the origin is (4πn/d)−d/2(4\pi n/d)^{-d/2}, which has to be shared between the two parity classes of sites, giving

p0(2n) ∼ 2(d4πn)d/2.p_0(2n) \ \sim \ 2\left(\frac{d}{4\pi n}\right)^{d/2} .

For d=1,2,3d = 1, 2, 3 this returns 1/πn1/\sqrt{\pi n}, 1/(πn)1/(\pi n) and 0.2333 n−3/20.2333\,n^{-3/2}, the values computed above, and for every d≥3d \ge 3 it makes ∑np0(2n)\sum_n p_0(2n) converge: all the higher-dimensional walks are transient too, with the exponent d/2d/2 in place of 3/23/2.

The exponent versus the constant. The estimate in (d) is an upper bound, not an asymptotic. Its constant C=0.4666C = 0.4666 is exactly twice the true asymptotic constant 33/(4ππ)=0.23333\sqrt3/(4\pi\sqrt\pi) = 0.2333, because bounding one factor wijkw_{ijk} by its maximum throws away a factor 22 in the limit: a direct computation of the exact multinomial sum gives p0(80)=9.136×10−4p_0(80) = 9.136\times10^{-4} against the bound C⋅40−3/2=1.844×10−3C\cdot 40^{-3/2} = 1.844\times10^{-3}. Transience needs only the exponent 3/23/2, so the slack costs nothing.

How transient is three-dimensional space? The criterion gives the return probability exactly: f=1−1/Gf = 1 - 1/G with G=∑n≥0p0(n)G = \sum_{n\ge0}p_0(n) the expected number of visits. By the Fourier inversion formula for a lattice-valued sum (see Characteristic functions, and Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §30.6, eq. (30.64), p. 1155) for the same representation of the displacement of a general multi-step walk), p0(n)=(2π)−3∫[−π,π]3φ(k)n d3kp_0(n) = (2\pi)^{-3}\int_{[-\pi,\pi]^3}\varphi(\mathbf{k})^n \, d^3k with single-step characteristic function φ(k)=13(cos⁡k1+cos⁡k2+cos⁡k3)\varphi(\mathbf{k}) = \tfrac13(\cos k_1 + \cos k_2 + \cos k_3), so summing the geometric series gives

G=1(2π)3∫[−π,π]3d3k1−13(cos⁡k1+cos⁡k2+cos⁡k3).G = \frac{1}{(2\pi)^3}\int_{[-\pi,\pi]^3}\frac{d^3 k}{1 - \tfrac13(\cos k_1 + \cos k_2 + \cos k_3)} .

Numerical integration gives G=1.51639G = 1.51639 and hence f=0.34054f = 0.34054: a walker on the cubic lattice comes back to where it started about one time in three, and otherwise never. The partial sums of the exact series agree: ∑n=140p0(2n)=0.44330\sum_{n=1}^{40} p_0(2n) = 0.44330, and estimating the remainder from the true asymptotic constant C′=33/(4ππ)=0.2333C' = 3\sqrt3/(4\pi\sqrt\pi) = 0.2333 of the previous paragraph,

∑n>40p0(2n) ≈ ∫40∞C′n3/2 dn=2C′40=0.0738,\sum_{n > 40} p_0(2n) \ \approx \ \int_{40}^{\infty} \frac{C'}{n^{3/2}}\,dn = \frac{2C'}{\sqrt{40}} = 0.0738 ,

which brings the total to 0.51710.5171 against the exact G−1=0.51639G - 1 = 0.51639.

Periodicity. Every state of the lattice walk has period 22, so the limit theorem of Convergence of Markov chains applies only along even times — and in any case its conclusion here is the uninformative p0(2n)→0p_0(2n) \to 0, since the walk is null recurrent or transient and has no stationary distribution.

Method(First-passage and absorption problems by conditioning on the first step)Original

The gambler's ruin calculation is a template. For a Markov chain on a finite or semi-infinite set of integers with nearest-neighbour steps:

  1. Name the unknown as a function of the starting state, hkh_k, and make sure it is a quantity to which the Markov property applies: an absorption probability, an expected hitting time, an expected reward collected before absorption.
  2. Condition on the first step. Each possible first step leads to a state from which the chain starts afresh, so hk=∑jpkj hjh_k = \sum_j p_{kj}\,h_j for an absorption probability, and hk=1+∑jpkj hjh_k = 1 + \sum_j p_{kj}\,h_j for an expected time (the 11 being the step just taken).
  3. Write the boundary conditions at the absorbing states: h=1h = 1 or 00 for a probability, h=0h = 0 for a hitting time.
  4. Solve the difference equation. Substitute hk=θ kh_k = \theta^{\,k} into the homogeneous part to get the characteristic polynomial; distinct roots θ1≠θ2\theta_1 \ne \theta_2 give A1θ1 k+A2θ2 kA_1\theta_1^{\,k} + A_2\theta_2^{\,k}, a repeated root θ\theta gives (A1+A2k)θ k(A_1 + A_2 k)\theta^{\,k}. For an inhomogeneous equation add a particular solution, raising the degree of the polynomial trial by one each time it is annihilated by the homogeneous operator.
  5. Fix the constants from the boundary conditions, then sanity-check the limits: the symmetric case, the N→∞N \to \infty case, and the cases k=0k = 0 and k=Nk = N should all give the obvious answers.
Example(A bounded betting run at the roulette wheel)Original

A player arrives at a European roulette table with 2020 chips and decides to bet one chip on red on each spin, stopping when he reaches 5050 chips or loses everything. A European wheel has 3737 pockets, of which 1818 are red, so

p=1837,q=1937,ρ=qp=1918=1.05‾.p = \tfrac{18}{37}, \qquad q = \tfrac{19}{37}, \qquad \rho = \frac{q}{p} = \frac{19}{18} = 1.0\overline{5} .

Here k=20k = 20 and N=50N = 50.

Ruin probability. We need ρ20\rho^{20} and ρ50\rho^{50}. From log⁡ρ=log⁡(19/18)=0.0540672\log \rho = \log(19/18) = 0.0540672, we get 20log⁡ρ=1.081344420\log\rho = 1.0813444 and 50log⁡ρ=2.703361150\log\rho = 2.7033611, so

ρ20=e1.0813444=2.948641,ρ50=e2.7033611=14.929828.\rho^{20} = e^{1.0813444} = 2.948641 , \qquad \rho^{50} = e^{2.7033611} = 14.929828 .

Hence

p20=ρ20−ρ501−ρ50=2.948641−14.9298281−14.929828=−11.981187−13.929828=0.860110.p_{20} = \frac{\rho^{20} - \rho^{50}}{1 - \rho^{50}} = \frac{2.948641 - 14.929828}{1 - 14.929828} = \frac{-11.981187}{-13.929828} = 0.860110 .

So the player is ruined with probability 0.86010.8601, and reaches 5050 chips with probability 0.13990.1399.

Expected length of the session.

D20=1q−p(20−50 1−ρ201−ρ50).D_{20} = \frac{1}{q-p}\left(20 - 50\,\frac{1 - \rho^{20}}{1-\rho^{50}}\right) .

Now q−p=1/37q - p = 1/37, so 1/(q−p)=371/(q-p) = 37, and

1−ρ201−ρ50=1−2.9486411−14.929828=−1.948641−13.929828=0.139890.\frac{1-\rho^{20}}{1-\rho^{50}} = \frac{1 - 2.948641}{1 - 14.929828} = \frac{-1.948641}{-13.929828} = 0.139890 .

Therefore

D20=37 (20−50×0.139890)=37×(20−6.99450)=37×13.00550=481.204.D_{20} = 37\,\bigl(20 - 50 \times 0.139890\bigr) = 37 \times \bigl(20 - 6.99450\bigr) = 37 \times 13.00550 = 481.204 .

(The exact rational value is 481.2038481.2038, so the six-figure intermediate quantities have cost nothing.) The session lasts about 481481 spins on average.

The fair game for comparison. Had the wheel had no zero, p=q=12p = q = \tfrac12 would give

p20=1−2050=0.6,D20=20×30=600.p_{20} = 1 - \tfrac{20}{50} = 0.6 , \qquad D_{20} = 20 \times 30 = 600 .

The single green pocket, a house edge of 1/37=2.7%1/37 = 2.7\% per spin, raises the chance of ruin from 0.6000.600 to 0.8600.860 and shortens the expected session from 600600 spins to 481481. A useful way to see where the money goes: the expected loss is q−p=37−1q - p = 37^{-1} chips per spin, so over 481.204481.204 spins the player expects to lose 481.204/37=13.0055481.204/37 = 13.0055 chips. Independently, the expected final holding is 0×0.860110+50×0.139890=6.99450 \times 0.860110 + 50 \times 0.139890 = 6.9945 chips, which is 20−13.005520 - 13.0055. The two calculations agree to five figures, which checks the ruin probability and the mean duration against each other.

Application(Diffusion, polymers, and why chemistry is different in two dimensions)Original

Dimension decides whether diffusing particles find each other. Polya's trichotomy is the reason a diffusion-limited reaction behaves differently on a surface and in a bulk fluid. Two reactants performing independent lattice walks meet exactly when their difference walk, itself a random walk, visits the origin. In three dimensions the difference walk is transient, so a pair that fails to react on a first encounter is likely never to meet again, and the reaction rate is governed by fresh encounters: this is the classical Smoluchowski regime, with a rate constant that settles to a finite value. In two dimensions — a lipid membrane, an adsorbed layer, a thin film — the difference walk is recurrent, so a pair that has once come close will come close again and again, the same partners re-collide many times, and the effective rate constant acquires a logarithmic dependence on time and on system size. Membrane biochemistry and surface catalysis are quantitatively different from bulk chemistry for exactly this reason, and it is a statement about ∑n−d/2\sum n^{-d/2}.

The same trichotomy controls exciton trapping and defect capture in crystals: a randomly walking excitation in a three-dimensional lattice has a positive chance of escaping a trap forever, while in a one- or two-dimensional conductor capture is certain and only the time matters.

Polymer physics uses the walk as the model of an ideal chain: the positions of the monomers of a flexible polymer in a theta solvent are a random walk with nn the degree of polymerisation, giving the end-to-end distance ⟨∣Sn∣2⟩=n ℓ\sqrt{\langle \lvert \mathbf{S}_n\rvert^2\rangle} = \sqrt{n}\,\ell for step length ℓ\ell. The characteristic-function representation of the displacement after nn independent steps of arbitrary length, used above for the lattice Green function and worked out for a general step density by Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §30.6, eq. (30.64), p. 1155), is precisely the tool used in the polymer literature to get the distribution of the end-to-end vector for a general segment distribution. What the excluded-volume interaction acts on is not recurrence but the number of self-contacts, and the two have different thresholds. The ideal chain in space is transient by part (d) — it comes back to its first monomer only with probability 0.34050.3405 — and yet it touches itself without limit, because there are many pairs of monomers and each pair has its own chance of coinciding. The expected number of coincident pairs is ∑m≥1(n+1−2m) p0(2m)\sum_{m \ge 1}(n + 1 - 2m)\,p_0(2m), there being n+1−2mn+1-2m pairs of monomers 2m2m apart along the chain, and since ∑mp0(2m)=G−1\sum_m p_0(2m) = G - 1 converges this grows linearly in nn with slope G−1=0.5164G - 1 = 0.5164: it is 5.805.80 at n=20n = 20, 39.939.9 at n=100n = 100 and 476476 at n=1000n = 1000, that is 0.290.29, 0.400.40 and 0.480.48 contacts per monomer, climbing towards 0.51640.5164. Whether forbidding those contacts changes the exponent is settled by a different count, Flory's: the order of n2n^2 monomer pairs each interact with strength vv while confined to the volume Rd=nd/2R^d = n^{d/2} that the ideal chain occupies, so the dimensionless interaction parameter is

z ∼ v n2R d = v n(4−d)/2,z \ \sim \ \frac{v\,n^2}{R^{\,d}} \ = \ v\,n^{(4-d)/2} ,

which grows with nn for d<4d < 4, is marginal at d=4d = 4 and dies away above. So the swollen exponent ν\nu in ∣Sn∣∼nν\lvert\mathbf{S}_n\rvert \sim n^{\nu} replaces the ideal 12\tfrac12 for d<4d < 4 (ν=34\nu = \tfrac34 in two dimensions, ν≈0.588\nu \approx 0.588 in three), while at d=4d = 4 the ideal value survives up to logarithmic corrections. Both questions are governed by the same family of sums ∑n−d/2\sum n^{-d/2}, but they weight it differently and their thresholds differ: d=2d = 2 for return to the origin, d=4d = 4 for excluded volume.

Gambler's ruin is the first-passage problem for an absorbing boundary, and reappears whenever a fluctuating quantity is watched against two thresholds: the survival of a small population against extinction and a carrying capacity, the sequential probability ratio test in statistics, the voltage of an integrate-and-fire neuron between reset and threshold, and the risk of ruin of an insurer. The formulas above are the discrete, two-barrier ancestors of the exit-time problems for diffusions solved in The Fokker-Planck equation, and the scaling limit that connects them is Brownian motion.

Definition

The Poisson process

Adapted

Gives the infinitesimal and interarrival definitions of the Poisson process and shows they describe the same process, derives the Poisson law of the counts and the exponential law of the gaps, proves the conditional property that fixes the number of points and leaves their positions an independent sample, and proves that superposing independent Poisson streams and independently thinning one both return Poisson processes with the obvious intensities.

Prerequisites: Random variables and distributions, Expectation, variance and covariance, Joint distributions and transformations, Conditional expectation, Generating functions, Laws of large numbers

Note(Why this process and no other)Original

A Poisson process is the mathematics of events that happen at a steady average rate and otherwise take no notice of one another: clicks on a Geiger counter, photons at a faint detector, calls at an exchange, raindrops on a tile. Three demands pin it down completely. Events are counted, never un-counted. In a short interval the chance of one event is proportional to the length of the interval, and the chance of two or more is smaller than that by an order. And what happens after a given time is unaffected by what happened before it.

Those three demands are stated below as the definition. Everything else in this unit is a consequence: the number of events in a window has a Poisson distribution, the gaps between events are independent and exponential, two independent streams merged give a third stream of the same kind, and a stream from which events are deleted by independent coin tosses is again of the same kind. The last two facts are what make the process so useful in practice, because real detectors miss particles and real signals are mixtures of sources.

Definition(The Poisson process, infinitesimally)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.8, Definition (6.8.1), p. 277

Let λ>0\lambda > 0. A Poisson process with intensity (or rate) λ\lambda is a family N={N(t):t≥0}N = \{N(t) : t \ge 0\} of random variables taking values in {0,1,2,… }\{0, 1, 2, \dots\} such that:

  1. N(0)=0N(0) = 0, and N(s)≤N(t)N(s) \le N(t) whenever s<ts < t;
  2. for every n≥0n \ge 0, as h↓0h \downarrow 0, P(N(t+h)=n+m ∣ N(t)=n)={λh+o(h),m=1,o(h),m>1,1−λh+o(h),m=0;\mathbb{P}\bigl(N(t+h) = n+m \,\big|\, N(t) = n\bigr) = \begin{cases} \lambda h + o(h) , & m = 1 , \\[2pt] o(h) , & m > 1 , \\[2pt] 1 - \lambda h + o(h) , & m = 0 ; \end{cases} with the o(h)o(h) terms uniform in the base time tt — which is what time-homogeneity is meant to encode, and what lets the proof below re-read the relation at a shifted base point rather than only pointwise in tt.
  3. whenever s<ts < t, the count N(t)−N(s)N(t) - N(s) of arrivals falling in (s,t](s,t] is independent of everything the process did on [0,s][0,s], the instants of those earlier arrivals included.

The three clauses are, in order: the process counts; it counts one at a time, at a rate that does not vary; and it has no memory. We call N(t)N(t) the number of arrivals (or events, or counts) by time tt. The arrival times and interarrival times are

T0=0,Tn=inf⁡{t:N(t)=n},Un=Tn+1−Tn(n≥0),T_0 = 0 , \qquad T_n = \inf\{t : N(t) = n\} , \qquad U_n = T_{n+1} - T_n \quad (n \ge 0) ,

so that Tn=U0+U1+⋯+Un−1T_n = U_0 + U_1 + \cdots + U_{n-1} and, in the other direction, N(t)=max⁡{n:Tn≤t}N(t) = \max\{n : T_n \le t\}. Each of the two descriptions therefore determines the other: to know the whole path of NN is to know the whole sequence U0,U1,…U_0, U_1, \dots, and conversely. The second description is the one used in simulation, and it is the subject of part 2 of the statement below.

Definition(Poisson processes on a region)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.13, Definitions (6.13.1) and (6.13.4) and the remark at (6.13.2), pp. 319-320

The time axis plays no special role, and for superposition and thinning it is cleaner to count points in sets. Let d≥1d \ge 1 and let λ:Rd→R\lambda : \mathbb{R}^d \to \mathbb{R} be a non-negative measurable function whose integral

Λ(A)  =  ∫Aλ(x) dx,A∈Bd,\Lambda(A) \;=\; \int_A \lambda(x)\,dx , \qquad A \in \mathcal{B}^d ,

over the Borel σ\sigma-field Bd\mathcal{B}^d of Rd\mathbb{R}^d is finite for every bounded AA. A random countable subset Π⊆Rd\Pi \subseteq \mathbb{R}^d is a non-homogeneous Poisson process with intensity function λ\lambda if the counts N(A)=∣Π∩A∣N(A) = \lvert \Pi \cap A\rvert satisfy:

  1. N(A)N(A) has the Poisson distribution with parameter Λ(A)\Lambda(A), for every A∈BdA \in \mathcal{B}^d, where a Poisson distribution of parameter +∞+\infty is to be read as the statement P(N(A)=∞)=1\mathbb{P}(N(A) = \infty) = 1. That convention is the one Grimmett and Stirzaker print on p. 319 for their constant-intensity definition; we carry it over to a varying intensity function, where they do not repeat it. It is needed because the hypothesis on λ\lambda makes Λ\Lambda finite on bounded sets only: an unbounded AA may well have Λ(A)=∞\Lambda(A) = \infty, and then AA holds infinitely many points almost surely;
  2. N(A1),…,N(An)N(A_1), \dots, N(A_n) are independent whenever A1,…,An∈BdA_1, \dots, A_n \in \mathcal{B}^d are disjoint.

Λ\Lambda is the mean measure of Π\Pi. The constant-intensity case λ(x)≡λ\lambda(x) \equiv \lambda, in which Λ(A)=λ∣A∣\Lambda(A) = \lambda\lvert A\rvert is λ\lambda times the volume of AA, is the homogeneous Poisson process. Grimmett and Stirzaker record that in the constant-intensity case with d=1d = 1 the present definition and the previous one describe the same object: if Π\Pi is a Poisson process on R\mathbb{R} with constant intensity λ\lambda then M(t)=N([0,t])M(t) = N([0,t]) satisfies the infinitesimal definition, and conversely every process satisfying the infinitesimal definition arises this way from some Π\Pi. For a genuinely varying intensity function no such comparison is available, since clause 2 of the infinitesimal definition fixes one rate λ\lambda for all times.

Definition(The counts and the gaps)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.8, Theorem (6.8.2), p. 277, Theorem (6.8.10), p. 279, the converse remark and the calculation at the top of p. 280, and Theorem (6.8.11), p. 280

Let NN be a Poisson process with intensity λ\lambda, with arrival times TnT_n and interarrival times UnU_n as above.

  1. The counts are Poisson. For each t≥0t \ge 0, P(N(t)=j)=(λt)jj! e−λt,j=0,1,2,…,\mathbb{P}\bigl(N(t) = j\bigr) = \frac{(\lambda t)^{j}}{j!}\,e^{-\lambda t} , \qquad j = 0, 1, 2, \dots , so EN(t)=var⁡N(t)=λt\mathbb{E}N(t) = \operatorname{var}N(t) = \lambda t.
  2. The gaps are independent and exponential. The random variables U0,U1,U2,…U_0, U_1, U_2, \dots are independent, each with the exponential distribution of parameter λ\lambda.
  3. The converse. If U0,U1,…U_0, U_1, \dots are independent, each exponential with parameter λ\lambda, and NN is built from them by Tn=∑i<nUiT_n = \sum_{i<n} U_i and N(t)=max⁡{n:Tn≤t}N(t) = \max\{n : T_n \le t\}, then NN is a Poisson process with intensity λ\lambda. Consequently TnT_n has the gamma distribution Γ(λ,n)\Gamma(\lambda, n), with density λ(λx)n−1e−λx/(n−1)!\lambda(\lambda x)^{n-1}e^{-\lambda x}/(n-1)! on x>0x > 0, mean n/λn/\lambda and variance n/λ2n/\lambda^{2}.
  4. Conditional uniformity. Conditional on {N(t)=n}\{N(t) = n\}, the vector (T1,…,Tn)(T_1, \dots, T_n) is distributed as the order statistics V(1)≤⋯≤V(n)V_{(1)} \le \cdots \le V_{(n)} of nn independent random variables V1,…,VnV_1, \dots, V_n, each uniform on [0,t][0, t].

Statements 1-3 say that the infinitesimal description and the exponential-gaps description are two presentations of one process; statement 4 says that, once the number of arrivals in a window is fixed, their positions carry no further structure.

Definition(The conditional property)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.13, Theorem (6.13.11) and the remark following it, p. 323

Take Π\Pi as in the region-based definition, with intensity function λ\lambda and mean measure Λ\Lambda, and fix a Borel set AA with 0<Λ(A)<∞0 < \Lambda(A) < \infty. Write

Q(B)  =  Λ(B)Λ(A),B⊆A,Q(B) \;=\; \frac{\Lambda(B)}{\Lambda(A)} , \qquad B \subseteq A ,

for the mean measure restricted to AA and normalized to total mass 11; its density at a point xx of AA is λ(x)/Λ(A)\lambda(x)/\Lambda(A). Given that N(A)=nN(A) = n, the configuration Π∩A\Pi \cap A is then an independent sample of size nn from QQ. For a constant intensity QQ is uniform on AA, so in that case one conditions on the number of points and gets nn positions thrown independently and uniformly into AA.

Part 4 of the previous statement is the case d=1d = 1, A=[0,t]A = [0,t], λ\lambda constant, rewritten in terms of the arrival times; it is proved separately below, directly from parts 1 and 2, so that the one-dimensional theory does not lean on the region-based definition. The general form stated here is what the thinning proof needs, because there the intensity is allowed to vary with position.

Definition(Superposition and thinning)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.13, Superposition theorem (6.13.5) and Colouring theorem (6.13.14), pp. 320 and 324, and §6.8, Exercises (6.8.1) and (6.8.2), p. 287

Superposition. Take two independent Poisson processes Π′\Pi' and Π′′\Pi'' on Rd\mathbb{R}^d, with intensity functions λ′\lambda' and λ′′\lambda'' respectively. Their union Π=Π′∪Π′′\Pi = \Pi' \cup \Pi'' is then itself Poisson, with intensity function λ′+λ′′\lambda' + \lambda''. The same argument covers countably many independent processes with mean measures Λi\Lambda_i, provided ∑iΛi(A)<∞\sum_i \Lambda_i(A) < \infty for every bounded AA.

Thinning (the colouring theorem). Now take a single Poisson process Π\Pi on Rd\mathbb{R}^d with intensity function λ\lambda. Give the point sitting at xx the colour green, with probability γ(x)\gamma(x), or else scarlet, with probability σ(x)=1−γ(x)\sigma(x) = 1-\gamma(x), and make that choice separately for each point, independently of every other choice. Writing Γ\Gamma for the green points and Σ\Sigma for the scarlet ones, the two sets Γ\Gamma and Σ\Sigma are independent Poisson processes, with intensity functions γ(x)λ(x)\gamma(x)\lambda(x) and σ(x)λ(x)\sigma(x)\lambda(x).

On the time axis these read: two independent Poisson streams of rates λ\lambda and μ\mu merge into a Poisson stream of rate λ+μ\lambda + \mu; and if each arrival of a rate-λ\lambda stream is retained with probability pp, independently of the others, the retained arrivals form a Poisson stream of rate λp\lambda p, independent of the stream of discarded ones. Grimmett and Stirzaker set these two one-dimensional statements as exercises (flies and wasps landing on a plate; green insects in the soup) and prove the general versions as theorems.

Idea of the proofAdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.8, the two solution methods for Theorem (6.8.2) and the proof of Theorem (6.8.10), pp. 277-279, and §6.13, the route of the proofs of (6.13.5) and (6.13.14), pp. 320 and 324; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §30.8.2, the binomial limit on p. 1175

Why the counts are Poisson. Condition on the state a short time earlier. Clause 2 of the definition says that in (t,t+h](t, t+h] the process either stays put or moves up one, with probabilities 1−λh1 - \lambda h and λh\lambda h to first order, whatever count it has reached by time tt — the clause is stated conditionally on that count, which is all this first argument needs of the hypotheses. That turns pj(t)=P(N(t)=j)p_j(t) = \mathbb{P}(N(t)=j) into a chain of differential equations, each coupling pjp_j to pj−1p_{j-1} only. Packing them into the generating function G(s,t)=E(sN(t))G(s,t) = \mathbb{E}(s^{N(t)}) collapses the chain to one first-order equation in tt, whose solution eλt(s−1)e^{\lambda t(s-1)} is recognisably the generating function of a Poisson variable with mean λt\lambda t. Riley, Hobson and Bence reach the same formula from the other direction, by cutting [0,t][0,t] into nn slices each carrying one event with probability p=λt/np = \lambda t/n and letting n→∞n \to \infty; the binomial limit and the differential-equation route are two views of the same first-order bookkeeping.

Why the gaps are exponential. No arrival in [0,t][0, t] is exactly the event {N(t)=0}\{N(t) = 0\}, whose probability is e−λte^{-\lambda t} by statement 1; so the first gap is exponential. For the later gaps, the point is that the event {U0=t0}\{U_0 = t_0\} is decided by what happens up to time t0t_0 while {U1>t}\{U_1 > t\} is decided by what happens after it, and clause 3 makes these independent. Induction then peels off one gap at a time.

Why superposition and thinning work. Both are statements that a certain count is Poisson and that counts in disjoint sets are independent, so in both cases there are exactly two things to check. For superposition, the sum of two independent Poisson variables is Poisson with the summed parameters, and independence across disjoint sets is inherited from the two ingredients. For thinning, condition on the total count in a set: by the conditional property the points are then an independent sample from the normalized mean measure, so their colours are independent coin tosses and the counts of the two colours are jointly binomial; multiplying the binomial probability by the Poisson probability of the total makes the joint distribution factorise, and a product of two Poisson factors is exactly what independence of the two colours means.

Proof(1: the counts are Poisson)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.8, proof of Theorem (6.8.2), Method B, pp. 277-278; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §30.8.2, eqs. (30.101)-(30.102), p. 1176

Write pj(t)=P(N(t)=j)p_j(t) = \mathbb{P}(N(t) = j).

Step 1: a differential-difference system. Split the event {N(t+h)=j}\{N(t+h) = j\} according to the value of N(t)N(t), which produces the conditional probabilities P(N(t+h)=j∣N(t)=i)\mathbb{P}(N(t+h) = j \mid N(t) = i). Clause 2 of the definition is stated in exactly that conditional form, so it evaluates them directly, with no appeal to clause 3: 1−λh+o(h)1 - \lambda h + o(h) for j=ij = i, λh+o(h)\lambda h + o(h) for j=i+1j = i+1, and o(h)o(h) for j>i+1j > i+1. Since NN is non-decreasing, no term with i>ji > j contributes. Hence, for j≥1j \ge 1,

pj(t+h)=λh pj−1(t)+(1−λh) pj(t)+o(h),p_j(t+h) = \lambda h\, p_{j-1}(t) + (1 - \lambda h)\,p_j(t) + o(h) ,

and for j=0j = 0 the first term is absent, so p0(t+h)=(1−λh)p0(t)+o(h)p_0(t+h) = (1 - \lambda h)p_0(t) + o(h). Subtracting pj(t)p_j(t), dividing by hh and letting h↓0h \downarrow 0 gives

pj′(t)=λpj−1(t)−λpj(t) (j≥1),p0′(t)=−λp0(t),p_j'(t) = \lambda p_{j-1}(t) - \lambda p_j(t) \ (j \ge 1) , \qquad p_0'(t) = -\lambda p_0(t) ,

with pj(0)=δj0p_j(0) = \delta_{j0} because N(0)=0N(0) = 0.

The limit just taken is one-sided, so what it delivers is the right-hand derivative of pjp_j, whereas step 2 differentiates in tt and solves an ordinary differential equation, which asks for the two-sided one. The gap closes because the error terms in clause 2 depend on the length hh of the window and not on where the window sits — the rate λ\lambda is the same at all times, and this is the same reading of the clause that step 2 of the next proof uses. Granting that, the displayed relation holds with tt replaced by t−ht - h for any t>0t > 0 and small h>0h > 0:

pj(t)=λh pj−1(t−h)+(1−λh) pj(t−h)+o(h).p_j(t) = \lambda h\, p_{j-1}(t-h) + (1-\lambda h)\,p_j(t-h) + o(h) .

Read as it stands it gives pj(t)−pj(t−h)→0p_j(t) - p_j(t-h) \to 0, so each pjp_j is continuous from the left as well as from the right; divided by hh it then gives λpj−1(t)−λpj(t)\lambda p_{j-1}(t) - \lambda p_j(t) for the left-hand derivative too. So pjp_j is differentiable on (0,∞)(0,\infty) and right-differentiable at 00, which is what step 2 uses.

Step 2: collapse the system with a generating function. Put G(s,t)=∑j≥0pj(t)sj=E(sN(t))G(s,t) = \sum_{j \ge 0} p_j(t)s^{j} = \mathbb{E}\bigl(s^{N(t)}\bigr), which converges for ∣s∣≤1\lvert s\rvert \le 1. Fix r<1r < 1 and work on the disc ∣s∣≤r\lvert s\rvert \le r. Multiply the jjth equation of step 1 by sjs^{j} and add over j≥0j \ge 0. Summing the left-hand sides gives ∂G/∂t\partial G/\partial t, and this is the one step that needs an argument, since it differentiates a power series term by term: the equations themselves bound the derivatives, ∣pj′(t)∣≤λ(pj−1(t)+pj(t))≤2λ\lvert p_j'(t)\rvert \le \lambda\bigl(p_{j-1}(t) + p_j(t)\bigr) \le 2\lambda for every jj and every tt, so on ∣s∣≤r\lvert s\rvert \le r the differentiated series is dominated term by term by the convergent numerical series 2λ∑jrj2\lambda\sum_j r^{j}, with a bound independent of tt. The differentiated series therefore converges uniformly in tt, which is exactly the hypothesis that licenses ∑jpj′(t)sj=∂G/∂t\sum_j p_j'(t)s^{j} = \partial G/\partial t. On the right-hand sides, ∑j≥1λpj−1(t)sj\sum_{j\ge 1}\lambda p_{j-1}(t)s^{j} equals λs G(s,t)\lambda s\,G(s,t) and ∑j≥0λpj(t)sj\sum_{j \ge 0}\lambda p_j(t)s^j equals λG(s,t)\lambda G(s,t), so

∂G∂t=λ(s−1) G,G(s,0)=1,\frac{\partial G}{\partial t} = \lambda(s-1)\,G , \qquad G(s,0) = 1 ,

the boundary value being 11 because N(0)=0N(0) = 0 almost surely. Since r<1r < 1 was arbitrary, this holds for every ∣s∣<1\lvert s \rvert < 1.

Step 3: solve and read off the distribution. For fixed ss this is a linear first-order equation in tt with constant coefficient λ(s−1)\lambda(s-1), so G(s,t)=eλt(s−1)G(s,t) = e^{\lambda t (s-1)}. Expanding the exponential,

G(s,t)=e−λt∑j=0∞(λt)jj! sj,G(s,t) = e^{-\lambda t}\sum_{j=0}^{\infty}\frac{(\lambda t)^{j}}{j!}\,s^{j} ,

and matching coefficients of sjs^j against the definition of GG gives pj(t)=(λt)je−λt/j!p_j(t) = (\lambda t)^{j}e^{-\lambda t}/j!. The mean and variance of a Poisson variable with parameter λt\lambda t are both λt\lambda t (see Generating functions). □\square

Grimmett and Stirzaker also record the slower route: solve p0′=−λp0p_0' = -\lambda p_0 to get p0(t)=e−λtp_0(t) = e^{-\lambda t}, feed it into the equation for p1p_1, and induct. Riley, Hobson and Bence derive the same system (their eq. (30.101)) from the switchboard picture and iterate it in that way.

Proof(2 and 3: the gaps, and the converse)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.8, proof of Theorem (6.8.10), p. 279, and the derivation at the top of p. 280; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §30.9.3, eqs. (30.116) and (30.118), pp. 1190-1191

Step 1: the first gap. The first arrival occurs after time tt exactly when there is no arrival in [0,t][0,t], so by part 1,

P(U0>t)=P(N(t)=0)=e−λt,t≥0,\mathbb{P}(U_0 > t) = \mathbb{P}\bigl(N(t) = 0\bigr) = e^{-\lambda t} , \qquad t \ge 0 ,

which is the exponential law with parameter λ\lambda.

Step 2: the second gap, given the first. Condition on U0=t0U_0 = t_0. By step 1 the conditioning event has probability zero, so what follows is a statement about conditional densities and the conditional probabilities computed from them, in the sense of Conditional expectation: we evaluate P(U1>t∣U0=t0)\mathbb{P}(U_1 > t \mid U_0 = t_0) as a function of t0t_0, and finding that it does not depend on t0t_0 is what independence of U0U_0 and U1U_1 means. The event {U1>t}\{U_1 > t\} says that no arrival falls in (t0,t0+t](t_0, t_0+t]. The conditioning event is decided by the arrival pattern in [0,t0][0, t_0], and clause 3 of the definition makes the number of arrivals in (t0,t0+t](t_0, t_0+t] independent of that pattern. Hence

P(U1>t∣U0=t0)=P(no arrival in (t0,t0+t])=e−λt,\mathbb{P}(U_1 > t \mid U_0 = t_0) = \mathbb{P}\bigl(\text{no arrival in } (t_0, t_0+t]\bigr) = e^{-\lambda t} ,

the last equality because the right-hand probability does not depend on where the window sits: clause 2 refers only to the length hh of the window, so repeating step 1 on (t0,t0+t](t_0, t_0+t] gives e−λte^{-\lambda t}. The answer does not involve t0t_0, so U1U_1 is independent of U0U_0 and has the same law.

Step 3: induction. Suppose U0=t0,…,Un−1=tn−1U_0 = t_0, \dots, U_{n-1} = t_{n-1} — again a null event, and again read through the conditional densities of Conditional expectation — and set T=t0+⋯+tn−1T = t_0 + \cdots + t_{n-1}. Then {Un>t}\{U_n > t\} is the event of no arrival in (T,T+t](T, T+t], which by the same two reasons has probability e−λte^{-\lambda t} regardless of the conditioning values. So UnU_n is exponential with parameter λ\lambda and independent of U0,…,Un−1U_0, \dots, U_{n-1}, which completes the induction. □\square

Step 4: the converse. Suppose instead that we are given independent exponential gaps and define NN by N(t)=max⁡{n:Tn≤t}N(t) = \max\{n : T_n \le t\} with Tn=∑i<nUiT_n = \sum_{i<n}U_i. Then TnT_n, a sum of nn independent exponential variables of parameter λ\lambda, has the gamma distribution Γ(λ,n)\Gamma(\lambda, n); this is the law Riley, Hobson and Bence obtain as their eq. (30.118) by asking for r−1r-1 events in [0,x][0,x] and one more in [x,x+dx][x, x+dx]. The construction gives the identity

{N(t)≥j}={Tj≤t},\{N(t) \ge j\} = \{T_j \le t\} ,

since having at least jj arrivals by time tt is precisely the jjth arrival occurring by then, whence

P(N(t)=j)=P(Tj≤t)−P(Tj+1≤t)=(λt)jj!e−λt,\mathbb{P}\bigl(N(t) = j\bigr) = \mathbb{P}(T_j \le t) - \mathbb{P}(T_{j+1}\le t) = \frac{(\lambda t)^{j}}{j!}e^{-\lambda t} ,

by integrating the two gamma densities by parts.

Step 5: the converse, clause 1. T1=U0>0T_1 = U_0 > 0 almost surely, so no arrival has occurred at time 00 and N(0)=0N(0) = 0; and {n:Tn≤t}\{n : T_n \le t\} grows with tt, so NN is non-decreasing. That N(t)N(t) is finite needs Tn→∞T_n \to \infty: by the strong law of large numbers (Laws of large numbers) Tn/n→1/λT_n/n \to 1/\lambda almost surely, and 1/λ>01/\lambda > 0, so Tn→∞T_n \to \infty and only finitely many arrivals fall in [0,t][0,t].

Step 6: the converse, the restart at a fixed time. The one fact about the exponential law we need is that it forgets: for u,v≥0u, v \ge 0,

P(U>u+v∣U>u)=e−λ(u+v)e−λu=e−λv,\mathbb{P}(U > u+v \mid U > u) = \frac{e^{-\lambda(u+v)}}{e^{-\lambda u}} = e^{-\lambda v} ,

so the unexpired part of a gap that has already lasted uu is again exponential with parameter λ\lambda. Now fix t≥0t \ge 0 and condition on the entire arrival pattern on [0,t][0,t]: on N(t)=nN(t) = n and on T1∈dt1,…,Tn∈dtnT_1 \in dt_1, \dots, T_n \in dt_n with tn≤tt_n \le t. As at steps 2 and 3, this conditioning event has probability zero, and the dtkdt_k are the usual shorthand: the statement being proved is one about the conditional law of the gaps that follow time tt given the vector (T1,…,Tn)(T_1, \dots, T_n) and the event {N(t)=n}\{N(t) = n\}, read through the conditional densities of Conditional expectation, and its content is that this conditional law does not depend on nn or on the values t1,…,tnt_1, \dots, t_n. Written in terms of the gaps, the conditioning event is

{U0∈dt1}∩{U1∈d(t2−t1)}∩⋯∩{Un−1∈d(tn−tn−1)}∩{Un>t−tn}.\{U_0 \in dt_1\} \cap \{U_1 \in d(t_2-t_1)\} \cap \cdots \cap \{U_{n-1} \in d(t_n - t_{n-1})\} \cap \{U_n > t - t_n\} .

It pins down U0,…,Un−1U_0, \dots, U_{n-1}, constrains UnU_n only through the one-sided event {Un>t−tn}\{U_n > t-t_n\}, and says nothing whatever about Un+1,Un+2,…U_{n+1}, U_{n+2}, \dots. Since the gaps are independent, two things follow: Un+1,Un+2,…U_{n+1}, U_{n+2}, \dots are untouched by the conditioning and remain independent exponentials of parameter λ\lambda; and, by the lack-of-memory calculation just made, the residual

R=Tn+1−t=Un−(t−tn)R = T_{n+1} - t = U_n - (t - t_n)

is exponential with parameter λ\lambda and independent of them. So, conditionally on the pattern on [0,t][0,t], the sequence R,Un+1,Un+2,…R, U_{n+1}, U_{n+2}, \dots is a sequence of independent exponential variables of parameter λ\lambda.

Step 7: the converse, clauses 3 and 2. The arrivals after time tt are at t+Rt + R, t+R+Un+1t + R + U_{n+1}, and so on, so the shifted process s↦N(t+s)−N(t)s \mapsto N(t+s) - N(t) is built from the sequence R,Un+1,…R, U_{n+1}, \dots by exactly the recipe that built NN from U0,U1,…U_0, U_1, \dots. By step 6 that sequence has the same law whatever the conditioning pattern was, so the shifted process has the law of NN and is independent of the arrival pattern on [0,t][0,t]. That is clause 3, and it also shows that the law of an increment depends only on the length of its window. Clause 2 follows: averaging over the patterns compatible with N(t)=nN(t) = n,

P(N(t+h)=n+m∣N(t)=n)=P(N(h)=m)=(λh)mm!e−λh,\mathbb{P}\bigl(N(t+h) = n+m \mid N(t) = n\bigr) = \mathbb{P}\bigl(N(h) = m\bigr) = \frac{(\lambda h)^{m}}{m!}e^{-\lambda h} ,

by step 4. Expanding the exponential gives 1−λh+o(h)1 - \lambda h + o(h) for m=0m = 0 and λh+o(h)\lambda h + o(h) for m=1m = 1, while the whole tail m≥2m \ge 2 carries probability 1−e−λh−λhe−λh=12(λh)2+O(h3)=o(h)1 - e^{-\lambda h} - \lambda h e^{-\lambda h} = \tfrac12(\lambda h)^{2} + O(h^{3}) = o(h). All three lines of clause 2 hold, so NN is a Poisson process with intensity λ\lambda. □\square

Proof(4: conditional uniformity, and the conditional property on a region)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.8, proof of Theorem (6.8.11), pp. 280-281, and §6.13, proof of Theorem (6.13.11), the partition calculation (6.13.13), pp. 323-324

Part 4: the arrival times, given their number. Fix n≥1n \ge 1 and t>0t > 0.

Step 1: the joint density of the first nn arrival times. By part 2 the gaps U0,…,Un−1U_0, \dots, U_{n-1} are independent exponentials of parameter λ\lambda, so their joint density is λne−λ(u0+⋯+un−1)\lambda^{n}e^{-\lambda(u_0+\cdots+u_{n-1})} on (0,∞)n(0,\infty)^{n}. Now apply the multivariate density-transformation rule of Joint distributions and transformations: under a smooth bijective change of variables, the new density is the old one composed with the inverse map and divided by the modulus of the Jacobian determinant. The map (u0,…,un−1)↦(t1,…,tn)(u_0, \dots, u_{n-1}) \mapsto (t_1, \dots, t_n) given by tk=u0+⋯+uk−1t_k = u_0 + \cdots + u_{k-1} is linear and triangular with 11s on the diagonal, so its Jacobian determinant is 11; it carries (0,∞)n(0,\infty)^n bijectively onto the ordered region {0<t1<⋯<tn}\{0 < t_1 < \cdots < t_n\}, and it turns the sum in the exponent into tnt_n. Hence T=(T1,…,Tn)T = (T_1, \dots, T_n) has density

fT(t1,…,tn)=λne−λtnon {0<t1<⋯<tn}.f_T(t_1, \dots, t_n) = \lambda^{n}e^{-\lambda t_n} \qquad \text{on } \{0 < t_1 < \cdots < t_n\} .

Step 2: impose the condition N(t)=nN(t) = n. Let CC be a Borel subset of {0<t1<⋯<tn≤t}\{0 < t_1 < \cdots < t_n \le t\}. Given the values of TT, the event {N(t)=n}\{N(t) = n\} says precisely that the next gap outlasts the time remaining, Un>t−tnU_n > t - t_n; and UnU_n is independent of U0,…,Un−1U_0, \dots, U_{n-1}, hence of TT, so that event has conditional probability e−λ(t−tn)e^{-\lambda(t-t_n)} given T=(t1,…,tn)T = (t_1, \dots, t_n). Integrating that conditional probability against the density of TT, which is how a probability is recovered from a conditional probability given a continuous vector (Conditional expectation),

P(N(t)=n, T∈C)=∫Ce−λ(t−tn) λne−λtn dt1⋯dtn=λne−λt ∣C∣,\mathbb{P}\bigl(N(t) = n, \ T \in C\bigr) = \int_C e^{-\lambda(t - t_n)}\,\lambda^{n}e^{-\lambda t_n}\,dt_1\cdots dt_n = \lambda^{n}e^{-\lambda t}\,\lvert C\rvert ,

the two exponentials combining into one that no longer depends on the integration variables; ∣C∣\lvert C\rvert is the volume of CC in Rn\mathbb{R}^{n}.

Step 3: divide by the probability of the condition. By part 1, P(N(t)=n)=(λt)ne−λt/n!\mathbb{P}(N(t) = n) = (\lambda t)^{n}e^{-\lambda t}/n!, so

P(T∈C∣N(t)=n)=λne−λt∣C∣(λt)ne−λt/n!=∫Cn!tn dt1⋯dtn.\mathbb{P}\bigl(T \in C \mid N(t) = n\bigr) = \frac{\lambda^{n}e^{-\lambda t}\lvert C\rvert}{(\lambda t)^{n}e^{-\lambda t}/n!} = \int_C \frac{n!}{t^{n}}\,dt_1 \cdots dt_n .

The conditional density of TT is the constant n!/tnn!/t^{n} on the ordered region, and 00 off it. Note that λ\lambda has disappeared.

Step 4: recognize the answer. Let V1,…,VnV_1, \dots, V_n be independent and uniform on [0,t][0,t]; their joint density is t−nt^{-n} on [0,t]n[0,t]^{n}. The ordered vector (V(1),…,V(n))(V_{(1)}, \dots, V_{(n)}) lives on the ordered region, and each point of that region receives the mass of the n!n! rearrangements of its coordinates, each contributing t−nt^{-n}; so the order statistics have joint density n!/tnn!/t^{n} there. That is the density found in step 3, which proves part 4. □\square

The conditional property on a region. Let 0<Λ(A)<∞0 < \Lambda(A) < \infty.

Step 1: count over a partition. Let A1,…,AkA_1, \dots, A_k be disjoint Borel sets with union AA, and let n1+⋯+nk=nn_1 + \cdots + n_k = n. The counts N(Ai)N(A_i) are independent, each Poisson with parameter Λ(Ai)\Lambda(A_i), and their sum is N(A)N(A), which is Poisson with parameter Λ(A)=∑iΛ(Ai)\Lambda(A) = \sum_i \Lambda(A_i). Dividing the joint mass function by that of the sum,

P(N(A1)=n1,…,N(Ak)=nk ∣ N(A)=n)=∏iΛ(Ai)nie−Λ(Ai)/ni!Λ(A)ne−Λ(A)/n!=n!n1!⋯nk!∏i=1kQ(Ai)ni,\mathbb{P}\bigl(N(A_1) = n_1, \dots, N(A_k) = n_k \,\big|\, N(A) = n\bigr) = \frac{\prod_i \Lambda(A_i)^{n_i}e^{-\Lambda(A_i)}/n_i!}{\Lambda(A)^{n}e^{-\Lambda(A)}/n!} = \frac{n!}{n_1!\cdots n_k!}\prod_{i=1}^{k} Q(A_i)^{n_i} ,

the exponential factors cancelling because the Λ(Ai)\Lambda(A_i) add up to Λ(A)\Lambda(A).

Step 2: read the right-hand side. It is the multinomial probability that nn points thrown into AA independently, each with law QQ, land n1n_1 in A1A_1, ..., nkn_k in AkA_k.

Step 3: a classical input. What remains is to pass from the partition probabilities of step 1 to the law of the whole configuration, and generating a σ\sigma-field is by itself not enough for that: two probability measures can agree on a generating family and differ on the σ\sigma-field it generates. The standard repair is to work with a family closed under finite intersections.

Quoted classical input: Dynkin's π\pi-λ\lambda theorem. Call a family C\mathcal{C} of events a π\pi-system if E,F∈CE, F \in \mathcal{C} implies E∩F∈CE \cap F \in \mathcal{C}. Then (i) two probability measures that agree on a π\pi-system agree on the σ\sigma-field it generates, and (ii) if C1,…,Ck\mathcal{C}_1, \dots, \mathcal{C}_k are π\pi-systems, each containing Ω\Omega, with P(E1∩⋯∩Ek)=∏iP(Ei)\mathbb{P}(E_1 \cap \cdots \cap E_k) = \prod_i \mathbb{P}(E_i) for every choice of Ei∈CiE_i \in \mathcal{C}_i, then the σ\sigma-fields σ(C1),…,σ(Ck)\sigma(\mathcal{C}_1), \dots, \sigma(\mathcal{C}_k) are independent. The condition Ω∈Ci\Omega \in \mathcal{C}_i is not decoration. Without it the single full-intersection identity does not give independence once k≥3k \ge 3: on Ω={1,…,8}\Omega = \{1,\dots,8\} with the uniform measure, the one-element families C1={A}\mathcal{C}_1 = \{A\}, C2={B}\mathcal{C}_2 = \{B\}, C3={C}\mathcal{C}_3 = \{C\} with A={1,2,3,4}A = \{1,2,3,4\}, B={1,2,3,5}B = \{1,2,3,5\}, C={1,5,6,7}C = \{1,5,6,7\} are π\pi-systems satisfying P(A∩B∩C)=18=P(A)P(B)P(C)\mathbb{P}(A \cap B \cap C) = \tfrac18 = \mathbb{P}(A)\mathbb{P}(B)\mathbb{P}(C), yet P(A∩B)=38≠14\mathbb{P}(A \cap B) = \tfrac38 \neq \tfrac14, so the three σ\sigma-fields are not independent. With Ω\Omega available, the identity for any subcollection follows from the full one by padding the missing slots with Ω\Omega, and that is what the proof of independence needs. This theorem is proved in no unit of this handbook and is not in the sources followed here; it is used, in both parts, as a quoted classical result, in the way the σ\sigma-field machinery of Sigma-algebras and measures is used generally.

Step 4: a π\pi-system of count events. For a Borel set AA write

C(A)  =  { {N(B1)=m1}∩⋯∩{N(Br)=mr}  :  r≥1, B1,…,Br⊆A Borel, mj≥0 }.\mathcal{C}(A) \;=\; \Bigl\{\, \{N(B_1) = m_1\} \cap \cdots \cap \{N(B_r) = m_r\} \;:\; r \ge 1,\ B_1,\dots,B_r \subseteq A \text{ Borel},\ m_j \ge 0 \,\Bigr\} .

(a) It is a π\pi-system, by construction: an intersection of two finite intersections of events {N(B)=m}\{N(B) = m\} is again a finite intersection of such events, and so is again in C(A)\mathcal{C}(A) — including when it is empty, as for {N(B)=0}∩{N(B)=1}\{N(B)=0\}\cap\{N(B)=1\}. It also contains Ω\Omega, as the case r=1r = 1, B1=∅B_1 = \emptyset, m1=0m_1 = 0, since N(∅)=0N(\emptyset) = 0 identically; this is the hypothesis part (ii) above needs.

Arbitrary Borel sets are used here, and not the cells of one partition, for a definite reason. The cylinders of step 1 — events {N(B1)=n1,…,N(Br)=nr}\{N(B_1)=n_1,\dots,N(B_r)=n_r\} in which B1,…,BrB_1,\dots,B_r are the cells of a single finite partition of AA — are the natural family to try, and it is tempting to argue that they are closed under intersection because two partitions have a common refinement. That argument is wrong. Take two partitions {B1,B2}\{B_1,B_2\} and {B1′,B2′}\{B_1',B_2'\} of AA in general position, so that all four refinement cells Bj∩Bk′B_j \cap B_k' carry positive mean measure. Then

{N(B1)=1, N(B2)=1}  ∩  {N(B1′)=1, N(B2′)=1}\{N(B_1)=1,\,N(B_2)=1\} \;\cap\; \{N(B_1')=1,\,N(B_2')=1\}

is the union of exactly two cylinders over the refinement {Bj∩Bk′}\{B_j\cap B_k'\} — one point in B1∩B1′B_1\cap B_1' and one in B2∩B2′B_2\cap B_2', or one point in B1∩B2′B_1\cap B_2' and one in B2∩B1′B_2\cap B_1' — and both have positive probability, so the intersection is a union of two distinct refinement cylinders and is therefore not one of them. Passing to a common refinement makes the two generated σ\sigma-fields sit inside a third; it does not turn an intersection of cylinders into a cylinder. Rather than try to repair that route we avoid it: C(A)\mathcal{C}(A) is closed under intersection by its very definition, and by (b) it generates the same σ\sigma-field.

(b) It generates the σ\sigma-field of the configuration. That σ\sigma-field is σ(N(B):B⊆A Borel)\sigma\bigl(N(B) : B \subseteq A \text{ Borel}\bigr), and each N(B)N(B) takes values in {0,1,2,… }∪{∞}\{0,1,2,\dots\}\cup\{\infty\}, so it is generated by the events {N(B)=m}\{N(B) = m\} alone, every one of which lies in C(A)\mathcal{C}(A).

(c) The two laws agree on C(A)\mathcal{C}(A). Fix B1,…,Br⊆AB_1,\dots,B_r \subseteq A and m1,…,mrm_1,\dots,m_r, and let P\mathcal{P} be the finite Borel partition of AA that they generate: the nonempty sets B1±∩⋯∩Br±B_1^{\pm} \cap \cdots \cap B_r^{\pm}, where Bj+=BjB_j^{+} = B_j and Bj−=A∖BjB_j^{-} = A \setminus B_j. Each BjB_j is the union of the cells of P\mathcal{P} it contains, so N(Bj)=∑D⊆BjN(D)N(B_j) = \sum_{D \subseteq B_j} N(D). Under either law all nn points lie in AA, so

⋂j=1r{N(Bj)=mj}  =  ⨄  {N(D)=nD for all D∈P},\bigcap_{j=1}^{r}\{N(B_j) = m_j\} \;=\; \biguplus\;\bigl\{ N(D) = n_D \text{ for all } D \in \mathcal{P} \bigr\} ,

a disjoint union over the count vectors (nD)D∈P(n_D)_{D\in\mathcal{P}} with ∑DnD=n\sum_D n_D = n and ∑D⊆BjnD=mj\sum_{D \subseteq B_j} n_D = m_j for each jj. Every event in that union is of the step-1 form, and step 1 gives it the same probability under the conditioned process as under the independent QQ-sample; summing the finitely many terms gives the same probability for the left-hand side.

By (a), (b), (c) and part (i) of the quoted theorem, the conditioned process and the independent QQ-sample have the same law. □\square

In the constant-intensity case Q(B)=∣B∣/∣A∣Q(B) = \lvert B\rvert/\lvert A\rvert is the uniform distribution on AA, which for d=1d=1 and A=[0,t]A = [0,t] returns part 4 once the sample is written in increasing order.

Proof(Superposition and thinning)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.13, proof of the Superposition theorem (6.13.5), p. 320, and proof of the Colouring theorem (6.13.14), p. 324; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), p. 1179, additivity of independent Poisson variables

Superposition. Fix A∈BdA \in \mathcal{B}^d and put N′(A)=∣Π′∩A∣N'(A) = \lvert\Pi'\cap A\rvert, N′′(A)=∣Π′′∩A∣N''(A) = \lvert\Pi''\cap A\rvert. These are independent, and Poisson with parameters Λ′(A)\Lambda'(A) and Λ′′(A)\Lambda''(A).

Step 1: the count in one set. The sum of two independent Poisson variables is Poisson with the sum of the parameters — the generating functions multiply, eΛ′(A)(s−1)eΛ′′(A)(s−1)=e(Λ′(A)+Λ′′(A))(s−1)e^{\Lambda'(A)(s-1)}e^{\Lambda''(A)(s-1)} = e^{(\Lambda'(A)+\Lambda''(A))(s-1)} — so S(A)=N′(A)+N′′(A)S(A) = N'(A) + N''(A) is Poisson with parameter Λ′(A)+Λ′′(A)=∫A(λ′+λ′′)\Lambda'(A)+\Lambda''(A) = \int_A(\lambda'+\lambda''). This is the fact Riley, Hobson and Bence state for sums of independent Poisson variables.

Step 2: independence across disjoint sets. If A1,A2,…A_1, A_2, \dots are disjoint then the families {N′(Ai)}\{N'(A_i)\} and {N′′(Ai)}\{N''(A_i)\} each consist of independent variables, and the two families are independent of each other; so the sums S(Ai)S(A_i) are independent.

Step 3: the union really has S(A)S(A) points. ∣Π∩A∣\lvert\Pi\cap A\rvert equals S(A)S(A) unless some point of Π′\Pi' coincides with a point of Π′′\Pi'', in which case the union loses a point. Grimmett and Stirzaker show that almost surely no such coincidence occurs, by covering a bounded AA with the O(2nd)O(2^{nd}) dyadic boxes BB of side 2−n2^{-n} that meet it and bounding the chance that one box holds a point of each. Since Π′\Pi' and Π′′\Pi'' are independent and P(N′(B)≥1)≤Λ′(B)\mathbb{P}(N'(B)\ge1) \le \Lambda'(B), that chance is at most Λ′(B)Λ′′(B)\Lambda'(B)\Lambda''(B). It is the sum over the boxes that has to go to zero, and it does, because the sum factorises against its largest factor:

∑BΛ′(B)Λ′′(B)  ≤  (max⁡BΛ′′(B))∑BΛ′(B)  =  (max⁡BΛ′′(B)) Λ′(A~),\sum_{B} \Lambda'(B)\Lambda''(B) \;\le\; \Bigl(\max_{B}\Lambda''(B)\Bigr)\sum_{B}\Lambda'(B) \;=\; \Bigl(\max_{B}\Lambda''(B)\Bigr)\,\Lambda'(\widetilde A) ,

where A~\widetilde A is the union of the boxes. The second factor is a fixed finite number, while the first tends to 00 as n→∞n \to \infty by absolute continuity of the integral Λ′′(B)=∫Bλ′′\Lambda''(B) = \int_B \lambda'' over sets of volume 2−nd→02^{-nd} \to 0. So the chance of a coincidence anywhere in AA is zero. They describe this step as technical and set it aside on a first reading. □\square

Thinning. Fix AA with Λ(A)<∞\Lambda(A) < \infty, and let NgN_g, NsN_s count the green and scarlet points of Π\Pi in AA. If Λ(A)=0\Lambda(A) = 0 then N(A)N(A) is Poisson with parameter 00, so N(A)=0N(A) = 0 and Ng=Ns=0N_g = N_s = 0 almost surely and the conclusion below holds trivially, with both colour parameters equal to 00; so assume 0<Λ(A)<∞0 < \Lambda(A) < \infty, which is the range in which the conditional property was proved.

Step 1: condition on the total. Given ∣Π∩A∣=n\lvert\Pi\cap A\rvert = n, the conditional property proved above says these nn points are distributed as nn independent points of AA, each drawn from the probability measure Q(B)=Λ(B)/Λ(A)Q(B) = \Lambda(B)/\Lambda(A). This is the general form of the property, with the intensity allowed to vary over AA; the uniform special case of part 4 would not be enough here.

Step 2: the colours are then independent coin tosses. Because the points are independent and each is coloured independently of the others, the conditional probability that a given one is green is the position-averaged colouring probability

γˉ  =  ∫Aγ(x) dQ  =  1Λ(A)∫Aγ(x)λ(x) dx,\bar\gamma \;=\; \int_A \gamma(x)\,dQ \;=\; \frac{1}{\Lambda(A)}\int_A \gamma(x)\lambda(x)\,dx ,

a single number, to be kept apart from the function γ(⋅)\gamma(\cdot) of the statement; write σˉ=∫Aσ(x) dQ=1−γˉ\bar\sigma = \int_A \sigma(x)\,dQ = 1 - \bar\gamma for its scarlet counterpart. The colours of the nn points are independent, so, conditionally on the total being nn,

P(Ng=g, Ns=s ∣ N(A)=n)=n!g! s! γˉ gσˉ s,g+s=n.\mathbb{P}\bigl(N_g = g,\ N_s = s \,\big|\, N(A) = n\bigr) = \frac{n!}{g!\,s!}\,\bar\gamma^{\,g}\bar\sigma^{\,s} , \qquad g + s = n .

Step 3: multiply by the Poisson weight and watch it factorise. With n=g+sn = g+s,

P(Ng=g, Ns=s)=(g+s)!g! s!γˉ gσˉ s⋅Λ(A)g+se−Λ(A)(g+s)!=(γˉΛ(A))ge−γˉΛ(A)g!⋅(σˉΛ(A))se−σˉΛ(A)s!,\mathbb{P}(N_g = g,\ N_s = s) = \frac{(g+s)!}{g!\,s!}\bar\gamma^{\,g}\bar\sigma^{\,s}\cdot\frac{\Lambda(A)^{g+s}e^{-\Lambda(A)}}{(g+s)!} = \frac{\bigl(\bar\gamma\Lambda(A)\bigr)^{g}e^{-\bar\gamma\Lambda(A)}}{g!}\cdot\frac{\bigl(\bar\sigma\Lambda(A)\bigr)^{s}e^{-\bar\sigma\Lambda(A)}}{s!} ,

using γˉ+σˉ=1\bar\gamma + \bar\sigma = 1 to split e−Λ(A)e^{-\Lambda(A)}. The joint mass function is a product of two Poisson mass functions, so NgN_g and NsN_s are independent and Poisson, with parameters

γˉΛ(A)=∫Aγ(x)λ(x) dx,σˉΛ(A)=∫Aσ(x)λ(x) dx,\bar\gamma\Lambda(A) = \int_A \gamma(x)\lambda(x)\,dx , \qquad \bar\sigma\Lambda(A) = \int_A \sigma(x)\lambda(x)\,dx ,

which are the mean measures of the intensity functions γ(x)λ(x)\gamma(x)\lambda(x) and σ(x)λ(x)\sigma(x)\lambda(x) claimed in the statement.

Step 4: disjoint sets. Let A1,…,AkA_1, \dots, A_k be disjoint, each of finite mean measure. The first thing to establish is that the whole configurations Π∩A1,…,Π∩Ak\Pi \cap A_1, \dots, \Pi \cap A_k, and not merely the counts N(A1),…,N(Ak)N(A_1), \dots, N(A_k), are independent across ii; clause 2 of the region-based definition says only the latter. The passage from the one to the other is the π\pi-system argument set out at steps 3 and 4 of the proof of the conditional property above, and it is worth doing in full, because the obvious family of events is the wrong one.

Take for each ii the family C(Ai)\mathcal{C}(A_i) of finite intersections {N(B1)=m1}∩⋯∩{N(Br)=mr}\{N(B_1) = m_1\} \cap \cdots \cap \{N(B_r) = m_r\} with B1,…,BrB_1, \dots, B_r arbitrary Borel subsets of AiA_i. By (a) and (b) of step 4 of the conditional-property proof, with AiA_i in place of AA, it is a π\pi-system and it generates σ(Π∩Ai)\sigma(\Pi \cap A_i). The cylinders over the cells of one fixed finite partition of AiA_i are not the family to use: as the two-partition example given there shows, an intersection of two of them is in general a union of refinement cylinders rather than a cylinder, so the common-refinement argument does not supply the π\pi-system hypothesis and the quoted theorem would be applied without it.

Now fix Ei∈C(Ai)E_i \in \mathcal{C}(A_i) for each ii, say Ei={N(Bi1)=mi1}∩⋯∩{N(Biri)=miri}E_i = \{N(B_{i1}) = m_{i1}\} \cap \cdots \cap \{N(B_{ir_i}) = m_{ir_i}\}, and let Pi\mathcal{P}_i be the finite Borel partition of the union Bi1∪⋯∪BiriB_{i1} \cup \cdots \cup B_{ir_i} generated by those sets: the nonempty cells Bi1±∩⋯∩Biri±B_{i1}^{\pm} \cap \cdots \cap B_{ir_i}^{\pm}, where B+=BB^{+} = B and B−=Ai∖BB^{-} = A_i \setminus B, with the all-minus cell discarded. It is the partition of the union of the BijB_{ij}, and not of AiA_i, that is wanted here. In (c) of the conditional-property proof the partition was taken over the whole of AA, and there the conditioning ∑DnD=n\sum_D n_D = n held the leftover cell's count down; in the present step the total count over AiA_i is not conditioned, so the leftover cell Ai∖(Bi1∪⋯∪Biri)A_i \setminus (B_{i1} \cup \cdots \cup B_{ir_i}) would carry a count on which EiE_i imposes no constraint whatever, and the decomposition below would run over infinitely many terms. Dropping that cell removes the difficulty. Each BijB_{ij} is a union of cells of Pi\mathcal{P}_i, so N(Bij)=∑D∈Pi, D⊆BijN(D)N(B_{ij}) = \sum_{D \in \mathcal{P}_i,\, D \subseteq B_{ij}} N(D), and splitting EiE_i over the values of the cell counts gives

Ei  =  ⨄cc,c  =  {N(D)=nD for all D∈Pi},E_i \;=\; \biguplus_{c} c , \qquad c \;=\; \bigl\{ N(D) = n_D \text{ for all } D \in \mathcal{P}_i \bigr\} ,

a disjoint union over the vectors (nD)D∈Pi(n_D)_{D \in \mathcal{P}_i} of non-negative integers satisfying ∑D⊆BijnD=mij\sum_{D \subseteq B_{ij}} n_D = m_{ij} for every j≤rij \le r_i. Every cell of Pi\mathcal{P}_i lies in at least one BijB_{ij}, by construction, so each nDn_D is bounded by max⁡jmij\max_j m_{ij} and only finitely many vectors qualify: this union is genuinely finite. The cells of P1,…,Pk\mathcal{P}_1, \dots, \mathcal{P}_k taken together are pairwise disjoint, because the AiA_i are, so clause 2 makes the whole collection of counts {N(D):D∈P1∪⋯∪Pk}\{N(D) : D \in \mathcal{P}_1 \cup \cdots \cup \mathcal{P}_k\} independent. Hence the probability of an intersection c1∩⋯∩ckc_1 \cap \cdots \cap c_k of one cylinder from each EiE_i is ∏iP(ci)\prod_i \mathbb{P}(c_i), and expanding each EiE_i and multiplying out,

P(⋂i=1kEi)  =  ∑c1,…,ck∏i=1kP(ci)  =  ∏i=1k ∑ciP(ci)  =  ∏i=1kP(Ei),\mathbb{P}\Bigl(\bigcap_{i=1}^{k} E_i\Bigr) \;=\; \sum_{c_1,\dots,c_k} \prod_{i=1}^{k}\mathbb{P}(c_i) \;=\; \prod_{i=1}^{k}\ \sum_{c_i}\mathbb{P}(c_i) \;=\; \prod_{i=1}^{k}\mathbb{P}(E_i) ,

where cic_i runs over the cylinders making up EiE_i; the middle step is the distributive law, legitimate because each EiE_i is a union of finitely many cylinders, and the outer ones use that the cylinders making up a given EiE_i are disjoint. So the kk π\pi-systems are independent, and part (ii) of the quoted π\pi-λ\lambda theorem makes the σ\sigma-fields σ(Π∩A1),…,σ(Π∩Ak)\sigma(\Pi \cap A_1), \dots, \sigma(\Pi \cap A_k) independent. That is the independence of the configurations.

Now the colour of each point is decided by a toss made independently of every other toss and of all the positions. The pair (Ng(Ai),Ns(Ai))\bigl(N_g(A_i), N_s(A_i)\bigr) is a function of the configuration Π∩Ai\Pi \cap A_i and of the tosses attached to its points, so the pairs are independent of one another. That is more than independence of the green counts among themselves and of the scarlet counts among themselves, and it is what the statement needs: combined with step 3, which makes Ng(Ai)N_g(A_i) and Ns(Ai)N_s(A_i) independent within each pair, it says that the whole family {Ng(Ai)}∪{Ns(Ai)}\{N_g(A_i)\} \cup \{N_s(A_i)\} is independent.

Step 5: sets of infinite mean measure. Clause 1 of the region-based definition quantifies over every Borel set, while steps 1-4 kept the mean measure finite on the sets in play; the sets with Λ(A)=∞\Lambda(A) = \infty, on which the green or the scarlet mean measure may be finite or infinite, are reached from the bounded ones by exhaustion. Let AA be an arbitrary Borel set and put Am=A∩{x:∣x∣≤m}A_m = A \cap \{x : \lvert x\rvert \le m\}, so Λ(Am)<∞\Lambda(A_m) < \infty because Λ\Lambda is finite on bounded sets, and Am↑AA_m \uparrow A. Write Λγ(B)=∫Bγλ\Lambda_\gamma(B) = \int_B \gamma\lambda. Then Ng(Am)↑Ng(A)N_g(A_m) \uparrow N_g(A) pointwise, and Λγ(Am)↑Λγ(A)\Lambda_\gamma(A_m) \uparrow \Lambda_\gamma(A) by monotone convergence. If Λγ(A)<∞\Lambda_\gamma(A) < \infty, the Poisson mass functions of parameter Λγ(Am)\Lambda_\gamma(A_m) converge term by term to those of parameter Λγ(A)\Lambda_\gamma(A), so the laws of the Ng(Am)N_g(A_m) converge to the Poisson law of that parameter; an almost-sure limit has the limiting law, so Ng(A)N_g(A) is Poisson with parameter Λγ(A)\Lambda_\gamma(A). If Λγ(A)=∞\Lambda_\gamma(A) = \infty, then for each fixed kk,

P(Ng(A)≤k)≤P(Ng(Am)≤k)⟶0(m→∞),\mathbb{P}\bigl(N_g(A) \le k\bigr) \le \mathbb{P}\bigl(N_g(A_m) \le k\bigr) \longrightarrow 0 \qquad (m \to \infty) ,

so Ng(A)=∞N_g(A) = \infty almost surely, which is clause 1 read with the infinite-parameter convention. The same argument serves for NsN_s. The independence statements of steps 3 and 4 survive the limit as well: disjoint Borel sets A1,…,AkA_1, \dots, A_k have disjoint bounded pieces A1∩{∣x∣≤m},…,Ak∩{∣x∣≤m}A_1 \cap \{\lvert x\rvert \le m\}, \dots, A_k \cap \{\lvert x\rvert \le m\}, for which those steps apply, and independence is preserved under almost-sure limits. Hence Γ\Gamma and Σ\Sigma each satisfy both clauses of the region-based definition, with the intensity functions found in step 3, and the two processes are independent of each other. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used, and what fails without them)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.8, Definition (6.8.15) and Theorem (6.8.17), pp. 281-282, and Example (6.8.28), p. 286, and §6.13, Definition (6.13.1) with the convention for an infinite mean measure, p. 319, Definition (6.13.4) and the Superposition theorem (6.13.5), p. 320, and the Colouring theorem (6.13.14), p. 324

Clause 3 (independence of the future from the past) is what makes the gaps independent. It is used twice, both times in the proof of part 2: at step 2 and at step 3, where in each case the conditioning event is a statement about the past and the event being evaluated is a statement about the future. Part 1 does not need it at all — clause 2 is itself stated conditionally on the present count, so it evaluates the conditional probabilities thrown up by splitting {N(t+h)=j}\{N(t+h) = j\} over the value of N(t)N(t) without any further hypothesis. In the converse it is not available and has to be recovered, which is the work of steps 6 and 7. Its region-based counterpart is clause 2 of the definition on a region, independence of the counts in disjoint sets, and that is what carries the independence through the superposition and thinning proofs.

What fails without it is step 2 of the proof of part 2, and with it the conclusion. Clauses 1 and 2 speak only about the next instant given the present count; neither says anything about how the increment after time tt depends on when the earlier arrivals occurred. The counting processes with unit jumps and no simultaneous arrivals are a far larger family than the Poisson processes — every renewal process whose gap distribution is continuous and not exponential belongs to it — and what picks the Poisson process out of that family is exactly the demand that the past be forgotten. Such a renewal process violates clause 2 as well, since its instantaneous arrival rate depends on how long the current gap has already run; that is the lack-of-memory property of step 6 read backwards, as a characterization of the exponential law. So it is not a counterexample in the strict sense, and we offer none: clauses 1 and 2 speak only about the next instant conditional on the current count, never about the arrival times behind that count, and whether they can be met while clause 3 fails is a question this unit does not settle. What the renewal family does establish is the weaker point the proofs need — the conclusions above are not consequences of the unit-jump structure of clause 1 alone, and clause 3 is genuinely used at the two places just listed.

The constancy of λ\lambda in clause 2 is what makes the gaps identically distributed. If the rate is allowed to depend on the number of arrivals so far, λ↦λn\lambda \mapsto \lambda_n, the definition becomes that of a birth process, and the gaps are still independent but exponential with different parameters λn\lambda_n. Then the counts need not be Poisson, and worse can happen: Grimmett and Stirzaker's Theorem (6.8.17) says that such a process, with all its birth rates strictly positive, stays finite for all time if and only if ∑nλn−1=∞\sum_n \lambda_n^{-1} = \infty, so for rapidly growing rates infinitely many arrivals occur in a bounded time. This is the point at which the Poisson process stops being the whole story and Continuous-time Markov chains take over.

The o(h)o(h) in the second line of clause 2 forbids simultaneous arrivals, and it is what makes NN increase by one at a time. Consider a process that jumps by 22 whenever a Poisson process of rate λ\lambda has an arrival. It satisfies clause 1 and clause 3, and it satisfies the m=0m = 0 line of clause 2, since the chance of no jump in (t,t+h](t, t+h] is e−λh=1−λh+o(h)e^{-\lambda h} = 1 - \lambda h + o(h). It fails the other two lines, and in opposite directions: the chance of exactly one further arrival is 00, not λh+o(h)\lambda h + o(h), and the chance of two is λh+o(h)\lambda h + o(h), not o(h)o(h). The second failure is the one at issue here: the o(h)o(h) line is by itself enough to rule the process out, whether or not the m=1m = 1 line is also consulted. How much the clause buys can be read off Grimmett and Stirzaker's (Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.8, Example (6.8.28), p. 286) Example (6.8.28). Suppose all that is known of a process MM is this: it starts at the origin; its paths never decrease and are right-continuous; every value it takes is a whole number; the increments it makes over disjoint time intervals are independent of one another, and the law of an increment depends on the interval only through its length; and it never moves up by more than one at a time. Those demands already force MM to be a Poisson process. Unit jumps together with stationary independent increments is therefore a characterization, not merely a convenient hypothesis.

For the superposition theorem, independence of the two processes is essential, and the coincidence step is not decoration. Superposing a Poisson process with a translated copy of itself gives a point set whose counts in disjoint sets are strongly dependent. The coincidence step is the one place where the fact that the mean measures have no atoms — guaranteed here by Λ(A)=∫Aλ\Lambda(A) = \int_A \lambda, an integral of a function — is used; a "Poisson process" allowed to put positive mass on a single point would overlap its independent twin with positive probability, and the union would then have fewer points than the sum of the counts.

For thinning, the colours must be chosen independently of one another and of the positions, apart from the dependence on position allowed through γ(x)\gamma(x). Step 2 fails otherwise. A detector whose dead time makes it more likely to miss a particle shortly after recording one does not produce a Poisson stream of recorded particles, however nearly Poisson the incident stream is; the recorded counts are under-dispersed relative to the Poisson law, which is why var⁡/E\operatorname{var}/\mathbb{E} is the standard diagnostic.

Finiteness of Λ\Lambda on bounded sets keeps the counts in bounded regions finite, and that is all it does. It does not keep Λ(A)\Lambda(A) finite for unbounded AA, which is why clause 1 of the region-based definition carries the convention Grimmett and Stirzaker state on p. 319 for a constant intensity: a Poisson distribution of infinite parameter means P(N(A)=∞)=1\mathbb{P}(N(A) = \infty) = 1. The process is still defined on such an AA; it simply has infinitely many points there. Every result above that conditions on N(A)N(A), the conditional property and the thinning proof included, assumes Λ(A)<∞\Lambda(A) < \infty explicitly for just this reason; the thinning conclusion is then carried to the sets of infinite mean measure by exhausting them with bounded ones, which is step 5 of that proof.

Method(Modelling a stream of events as a Poisson process)Original
  1. Check the three clauses against the physics, not against the data. Events must be countable and non-simultaneous; the instantaneous rate must not depend on the past (no dead time, no refractory period, no queueing feedback); and the rate must be constant in time. If the rate varies with time but nothing else fails, keep going with the non-homogeneous version, replacing λt\lambda t by Λ(A)=∫Aλ(x) dx\Lambda(A) = \int_A \lambda(x)\,dx everywhere below.
  2. Fix the intensity λ\lambda in units of events per unit time. If several independent sources contribute, add their rates: that is superposition.
  3. Apply any thinning. If each event is recorded with probability pp, independently of the others, replace λ\lambda by λp\lambda p; the recorded stream is again Poisson, and is independent of the missed stream.
  4. Answer count questions with the Poisson law. The number of events in a window of length tt is Poisson with parameter λt\lambda t; for a non-homogeneous process, with parameter Λ\Lambda of that window.
  5. Answer waiting-time questions with the gamma law. The time to the nnth event is Γ(λ,n)\Gamma(\lambda, n), with mean n/λn/\lambda and variance n/λ2n/\lambda^{2}; for n=1n = 1 this is the exponential law. Convert between the two languages with {N(t)≥n}={Tn≤t}\{N(t)\ge n\} = \{T_n \le t\}, which turns any statement about waiting times into one about counts.
  6. Answer "where did they land" questions with conditional uniformity. Given the number of events in a window, their positions are an independent uniform sample of that window.
  7. Test the model with the index of dispersion. For Poisson counts, var⁡N(t)=EN(t)\operatorname{var}N(t) = \mathbb{E}N(t). A sample variance well above the sample mean points to clustering (the rate itself fluctuates); well below it points to a dead time or some other inhibition.
Example(A two-source counting experiment with an imperfect detector)Original

Two weak radioactive sources sit in front of one detector. Source AA emits particles towards the detector at a mean rate of 1.2 s−11.2\ \mathrm{s}^{-1}, source BB at 0.8 s−10.8\ \mathrm{s}^{-1}, and the two emission streams are independent Poisson processes. The detector registers each incident particle with probability p=0.6p = 0.6, independently of everything else. Let RR be the process of registered counts.

Step 1: superpose. The incident particles form the union of two independent Poisson processes, so by the superposition theorem they form a Poisson process of rate

λinc=1.2+0.8=2.0 s−1.\lambda_{\text{inc}} = 1.2 + 0.8 = 2.0\ \mathrm{s}^{-1} .

Step 2: thin. Colour an incident particle "registered" with probability 0.60.6 and "missed" with probability 0.40.4, independently of the others. By the colouring theorem RR is a Poisson process of rate

λ=p λinc=0.6×2.0=1.2 s−1,\lambda = p\,\lambda_{\text{inc}} = 0.6 \times 2.0 = 1.2\ \mathrm{s}^{-1} ,

independent of the process of missed particles.

Step 3: a count. The number of registered counts in a 3 s3\ \mathrm{s} window is Poisson with parameter λt=1.2×3=3.6\lambda t = 1.2 \times 3 = 3.6, so

P(R(3)=2)=3.622! e−3.6=6.48 e−3.6=0.17706.\mathbb{P}\bigl(R(3) = 2\bigr) = \frac{3.6^{2}}{2!}\,e^{-3.6} = 6.48\,e^{-3.6} = 0.17706 .

Step 4: a waiting time. The time T5T_5 to the fifth registered count is Γ(1.2,5)\Gamma(1.2, 5), with

ET5=51.2=4.1667 s,sd⁡(T5)=51.2=1.8634 s.\mathbb{E}T_5 = \frac{5}{1.2} = 4.1667\ \mathrm{s} , \qquad \operatorname{sd}(T_5) = \frac{\sqrt5}{1.2} = 1.8634\ \mathrm{s} .

Step 5: a waiting time answered as a count. What is the chance that we have to wait more than 4 s4\ \mathrm{s} for the third registered count? Use {T3>4}={R(4)≤2}\{T_3 > 4\} = \{R(4) \le 2\}. Here R(4)R(4) is Poisson with parameter 1.2×4=4.81.2\times 4 = 4.8, so

P(T3>4)=e−4.8(1+4.8+4.822)=17.32 e−4.8=0.142539.\mathbb{P}(T_3 > 4) = e^{-4.8}\Bigl(1 + 4.8 + \tfrac{4.8^{2}}{2}\Bigr) = 17.32\,e^{-4.8} = 0.142539 .

That is the number to check: P(T3>4 s)=0.1425\mathbb{P}(T_3 > 4\ \mathrm{s}) = 0.1425 to four decimal places.

Step 6: a consistency check on the model. The missed particles form an independent Poisson process of rate 0.4×2.0=0.8 s−10.4 \times 2.0 = 0.8\ \mathrm{s}^{-1}, and superposing the registered and missed streams must return the incident stream: 1.2+0.8=2.0 s−11.2 + 0.8 = 2.0\ \mathrm{s}^{-1}, as it does. Also, had we thinned first and superposed afterwards — thinning each source separately to rates 0.720.72 and 0.480.48 — we would have reached the same λ=1.2 s−1\lambda = 1.2\ \mathrm{s}^{-1}. The two operations commute, as they must, since both are read off from the intensity function alone.

Application(Shot noise, dead time, and counting statistics)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.13, the shot-noise sum over the points of a Poisson process, p. 326

Every counting instrument in the physical sciences is calibrated against this process.

Photon and particle counting. A photomultiplier viewing a steady faint source, a Geiger counter beside a long-lived isotope, a cosmic-ray telescope: in each case the arrival stream is Poisson to good accuracy, and the characteristic consequence is that a measurement of nn counts carries an uncertainty of about n\sqrt n, because var⁡N(t)=EN(t)=λt\operatorname{var}N(t) = \mathbb{E}N(t) = \lambda t. The familiar rule that one must quadruple the integration time to halve the fractional error, λt/(λt)=(λt)−1/2\sqrt{\lambda t}/(\lambda t) = (\lambda t)^{-1/2}, is this identity and nothing more.

Detector efficiency is thinning. A detector of quantum efficiency pp turns an incident Poisson stream of rate λ\lambda into a recorded Poisson stream of rate pλp\lambda. This is why photon-counting statistics are not degraded in form by an inefficient detector — only the rate falls, and the recorded counts remain Poisson. It is also why departures from Poisson statistics in recorded data are informative: they cannot have been manufactured by a memoryless loss mechanism, so they come either from the source (bunching, clustering, a varying rate) or from a detector with memory.

Dead time is the standard failure of the model. After each count, a real counter is insensitive for a short interval τ\tau. The retained events are then not an independent thinning, since whether a particle is recorded depends on how recently the last one was; the recorded process is a renewal process whose gaps are τ\tau plus an exponential variable. Those gaps are less variable than exponential ones of the same mean, and the counts they produce are under-dispersed: var⁡R(t)\operatorname{var}R(t) falls below ER(t)\mathbb{E}R(t). Measuring an index of dispersion below 11 is the usual way to detect and then correct for dead time.

Shot noise in a circuit. If each arrival at rate λ\lambda contributes a pulse r(t−Ti)r(t - T_i) of fixed shape to a current, the total current is I(t)=∑ir(t−Ti)I(t) = \sum_i r(t - T_i), a sum over the points of a Poisson process; Grimmett and Stirzaker call the one-dimensional version of such sums shot noise. The superposition theorem says that two independent sources of such pulses give a current of the same type with the rates added, which is why shot noise from independent channels adds in power rather than in amplitude.

Spatial versions. The region-based definition is used directly for the positions of impurities in a crystal, of stars in a survey field, or of raindrops on a surface. There the thinning theorem is the statement that a magnitude-limited sample from a Poisson field of stars is still a Poisson field, with intensity reduced by the detection probability at each position — the usual justification for modelling a flux-limited catalogue as a Poisson process with a position-dependent intensity.

Definition

Continuous-time Markov chains

Adapted

Defines a continuous-time Markov chain through its transition semigroup and its generator, shows that the chain is an exponential holding time in each state followed by a jump governed by a discrete chain, derives the Kolmogorov forward and backward equations and the solution by a matrix exponential, and gives the stationary condition and the birth-death criterion.

Prerequisites: Discrete-time Markov chains, The Poisson process, Linear systems and the matrix exponential, Functions of matrices and the matrix exponential

Note(What changes when time becomes continuous)Original

A discrete-time chain is run by one matrix: the transition matrix PP, with PnP^{n} giving the nn-step probabilities (Discrete-time Markov chains). In continuous time there is no smallest step, so there is no single matrix to iterate. There is instead a whole family {Pt:t≥0}\{P_t : t \ge 0\}, one matrix per elapsed time, and the family multiplies: Ps+t=PsPtP_{s+t} = P_sP_t. A family of matrices that multiplies like that is governed by its derivative at t=0t = 0, and that derivative is the generator GG. Everything in this unit is an unpacking of the slogan Pt=etGP_t = e^{tG} and of the places where it needs care.

The generator also has a direct probabilistic reading, and it is worth having both pictures from the start. Off the diagonal, gijg_{ij} is the rate at which the chain jumps from ii to jj. On the diagonal, −gii-g_{ii} is the total rate of leaving ii, which is the parameter of the exponential time the chain waits there. So a continuous-time chain is a discrete-time chain (where it goes) run on an exponential clock (when it goes): a map of where it can go, together with a speed for each place.

Definition(The chain, its semigroup and its generator)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.9, Definitions (6.9.1), (6.9.2), (6.9.3) and the display (6.9.7), pp. 288-290

Let SS be a countable set, which we take to be a set of integers. A family X={X(t):t≥0}X = \{X(t) : t \ge 0\} of random variables with values in SS satisfies the Markov property if

P(X(tn)=j∣X(t1)=i1,…,X(tn−1)=in−1)=P(X(tn)=j∣X(tn−1)=in−1)\mathbb{P}\bigl(X(t_n) = j \mid X(t_1) = i_1, \dots, X(t_{n-1}) = i_{n-1}\bigr) = \mathbb{P}\bigl(X(t_n) = j \mid X(t_{n-1}) = i_{n-1}\bigr)

for all states and all increasing sequences t1<t2<⋯<tnt_1 < t_2 < \cdots < t_n of times. A sample path of XX is right-continuous if for each tt it is constant on some interval [t,t+ϵ)[t, t+\epsilon); equivalently, since SS is discrete, the paths are step functions. We call XX a continuous-time Markov chain when both hold: its paths are right-continuous, and the Markov property is satisfied.

Its transition probabilities are pij(s,t)=P(X(t)=j∣X(s)=i)p_{ij}(s,t) = \mathbb{P}(X(t) = j \mid X(s) = i) for s≤ts \le t, and XX is homogeneous if these depend only on t−st - s; we assume homogeneity throughout and write pij(t)p_{ij}(t), and PtP_t for the matrix (pij(t))\bigl(p_{ij}(t)\bigr). The family {Pt:t≥0}\{P_t : t \ge 0\} is the transition semigroup of the chain.

Suppose X(0)=iX(0) = i, and write U0=inf⁡{t:X(t)≠i}U_0 = \inf\{t : X(t) \ne i\} for the instant at which the chain first moves away from ii; right-continuity forces U0>0U_0 > 0. Write gi∈[0,∞)g_i \in [0,\infty) for the parameter of the exponential distribution of U0U_0 (that it is exponential is part 3 of the statement below), and define the jump matrix Y=(yij)Y = (y_{ij}) by yij=δijy_{ij} = \delta_{ij} if gi=0g_i = 0, and by

yij=Pi(X(U0)=j)if gi>0.y_{ij} = \mathbb{P}_i\bigl(X(U_0) = j\bigr) \quad\text{if } g_i > 0 .

The generator of the chain is the matrix G=(gij:i,j∈S)G = (g_{ij} : i,j \in S) with

gij={gi yij,j≠i,−gi,j=i.g_{ij} = \begin{cases} g_i\,y_{ij} , & j \ne i , \\[2pt] -g_i , & j = i .\end{cases}

Since YY has row sums 11, GG has row sums 00: ∑jgij=0\sum_{j} g_{ij} = 0 for every ii, equivalently ∑j≠igij=gi\sum_{j \ne i} g_{ij} = g_i. More generally, any matrix with non-negative off-diagonal entries and row sums 00 is called a generator on SS. The off-diagonal entries are rates, in the sense that for j≠ij \ne i

P(X(t+h)=j∣X(t)=i)=gijh+o(h),\mathbb{P}\bigl(X(t+h) = j \mid X(t) = i\bigr) = g_{ij}h + o(h) ,

together with pii(h)=1+giih+o(h)p_{ii}(h) = 1 + g_{ii}h + o(h) on the diagonal. Grimmett and Stirzaker state this as their equation (6.9.9), set the finite case as an exercise, and warn that it must be handled carefully when SS is infinite; it is part 1 of the Kolmogorov statement below and is proved there, since everything in that statement rests on it.

Let TmT_m be the instant of the mmth move (T0=0T_0 = 0), put Um=Tm+1−TmU_m = T_{m+1} - T_m, and set T∞=lim⁡mTmT_\infty = \lim_mT_m. We call the UmU_m the holding times. The successive values taken by XX form a discrete-time chain Y={Yn}Y = \{Y_n\}, governed by the matrix YY; this is the jump chain. Following the source, the single letter YY carries both meanings — the matrix Y=(yij)Y = (y_{ij}) and the chain Y={Yn}Y = \{Y_n\} it runs — and we keep that economy here; the subscripts tell the two apart. The chain explodes from ii if Pi(T∞<∞)>0\mathbb{P}_i(T_\infty < \infty) > 0, and one says explosion occurs if it explodes from some state. When explosion is possible one adjoins a state ∞\infty to SS and sets X(t)=∞X(t) = \infty for t≥T∞t \ge T_\infty; the process so defined is the minimal process, because it runs as a chain in SS for the shortest possible time.

Definition(The architecture of a continuous-time chain)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.9, Theorem (6.9.4), p. 289, Theorem (6.9.5) and Theorem (6.9.6), p. 290, Theorem (6.9.11), p. 291, the construction (6.9.12) and Proposition (6.9.14), p. 292, and Theorem (6.9.17), p. 293

Let XX be a homogeneous continuous-time Markov chain with state space SS.

  1. The Markov property extends. Fix t>0t > 0. Conditioning on {X(t)=j}\{X(t) = j\} together with any event decided by the chain strictly before tt assigns any event decided strictly after tt the same probability as conditioning on {X(t)=j}\{X(t)=j\} alone: this is the extended Markov property. In its strong form, for a stopping time TT and conditional on {T<T∞}∩{X(T)=i}\{T < T_\infty\} \cap \{X(T) = i\}, the shifted process X∗(u)=X(T+u)X^{*}(u) = X(T+u) is again a continuous-time Markov chain with the transition probabilities of XX, started at ii and independent of {X(s):s<T}\{X(s) : s < T\}. Grimmett and Stirzaker state both and omit the proof, referring to Norris; we do the same, and flag below the three places where the extended form rather than the bare Markov property is what is being used.
  2. The semigroup property. P0=IP_0 = I; each PtP_t has non-negative entries and row sums 11; and the Chapman-Kolmogorov equations hold, Ps+t=PsPt,s,t≥0.P_{s+t} = P_sP_t , \qquad s, t \ge 0 . (For the minimal process built from a generator this still holds, because the chain can reach the adjoined state ∞\infty but cannot come back.)
  3. Holding times are exponential. Started at X(0)=iX(0) = i, the variable U0U_0 defined above is exponentially distributed, with some parameter gi∈[0,∞)g_i \in [0,\infty), and is a stopping time. The value gi=0g_i = 0 means Pi(U0=∞)=1\mathbb{P}_i(U_0 = \infty) = 1, that is, ii is absorbing; the value gi=∞g_i = \infty is impossible, because right-continuity forces Pi(U0>0)=1\mathbb{P}_i(U_0 > 0) = 1.
  4. Destination and duration are independent, and the chain restarts. If gi>0g_i > 0 then X(U0)X(U_0) is independent of U0U_0, and, conditional on X(U0)=jX(U_0) = j, the shifted process X∗(s)=X(U0+s)X^{*}(s) = X(U_0 + s) is again a chain of the same kind, carrying the transition probabilities of XX, begun at jj, and independent both of U0U_0 and of the starting state ii.
  5. The chain is exactly this description. Conversely, given the two ingredients of the construction — a transition matrix YY with yii=0y_{ii} = 0, together with non-negative constants gig_i, which is the same data as a generator matrix GG in the sense defined above — the recipe "sit in Y0Y_0 for an exponential time of parameter gY0g_{Y_0}, jump to Y1Y_1, sit for an exponential time of parameter gY1g_{Y_1}, and so on" defines a process, which is a Markov chain provided it does not exhaust SS in finite time.
  6. Sufficient conditions for non-explosion. The chain does not explode from ii if any one of the following holds: SS is finite; sup⁡jgj<∞\sup_j g_j < \infty; or ii is recurrent for the jump chain YY. None of these is necessary: a pure birth process with rates λn=n\lambda_n = n, started from a state i≥1i \ge 1, has an infinite state space, unbounded rates and a transient jump chain, yet it never explodes, because ∑n≥1n−1\sum_{n \ge 1} n^{-1} diverges. (Started from 00 it is a different matter, since λ0=0\lambda_0 = 0 makes 00 absorbing, and then condition (c) holds there anyway.)

The chain is irreducible if for every pair i,ji,j there is some t>0t > 0 with pij(t)>0p_{ij}(t) > 0; in that case pij(t)>0p_{ij}(t) > 0 for all t>0t > 0, a dichotomy with no analogue in discrete time, where periodicity makes some nn-step probabilities vanish.

Definition(The Kolmogorov equations)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.9, equation (6.9.9), p. 291 and Exercise (6.9.11), p. 296, and §6.10, equations (6.10.1)-(6.10.5), pp. 297-298, and Theorem (6.10.7), p. 299

Let XX be a chain as above, with generator GG and semigroup {Pt}\{P_t\}, and let Pt′P_t' denote the matrix whose entries are the derivatives pij′(t)p_{ij}'(t).

  1. The short-time expansion. If SS is finite then, as h↓0h \downarrow 0, pij(h)=gijh+o(h)  (j≠i),pii(h)=1+giih+o(h),p_{ij}(h) = g_{ij}h + o(h) \ \ (j \ne i) , \qquad p_{ii}(h) = 1 + g_{ii}h + o(h) , the error terms being uniform in ii and jj; in matrix form Ph=I+hG+o(h)P_h = I + hG + o(h), so that G=P0′G = P_0' is the derivative of the semigroup at the origin. This is the statement that makes the generator a matrix of rates, and everything below depends on it.
  2. Finite state space. If SS is finite then {Pt}\{P_t\} satisfies the forward equation Pt′=PtG,t≥0,P_t' = P_t G , \qquad t \ge 0 , and the backward equation Pt′=GPt,t≥0,P_t' = G P_t , \qquad t \ge 0 , both subject to P0=IP_0 = I. Each is a finite system of first-order linear differential equations with constant coefficients, so each has a unique solution, namely Pt  =  ∑n=0∞tnn!Gn  =  etG.P_t \;=\; \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{t^{n}}{n!}G^{n} \;=\; e^{tG} .
  3. Countable state space. If SS is countable and XX is the minimal chain with generator GG, then, among all non-negative solutions of the backward system with P0=IP_0 = I, the family {Pt}\{P_t\} is the smallest; and the same is true for the forward system. ("Minimal" means pij(t)≤πij(t)p_{ij}(t) \le \pi_{ij}(t) for any other non-negative solution {Πt}\{\Pi_t\} with the same boundary condition.) Any solution carrying that boundary value has row sums at most 11, that is ∑jpij(t)≤1\sum_j p_{ij}(t)\le 1. When explosion does not occur the row sums equal 11, and then {Pt}\{P_t\} is the unique solution of either system.

Both equations come from the same two-step decomposition Pt+h=PtPh=PhPtP_{t+h} = P_tP_h = P_hP_t; the forward equation conditions on the state at time tt and looks at the last short interval, the backward equation conditions on the state at time hh and looks at the first.

Definition(Stationary distributions, the limit theorem, and birth-death chains)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.9, the definitions (6.9.21) of recurrence and transience and of positive recurrence, with Theorem (6.9.22), p. 295, §6.10, Definition (6.10.13), equation (6.10.14), Theorem (6.10.15) and Theorem (6.10.22), pp. 301-304, and §6.11, conditions (2), equation (3), conditions (4) and (6) and Theorem (6.11.7), pp. 307-308

Evolution of the distribution. If X(0)X(0) has distribution μ(0)\mu^{(0)}, written as a row vector, then X(t)X(t) has distribution μ(t)=μ(0)Pt\mu^{(t)} = \mu^{(0)}P_t.

Recurrence. Grimmett and Stirzaker call a state ii recurrent for XX when Pi({t:X(t)=i} is unbounded)=1\mathbb{P}_i(\{t : X(t) = i\}\text{ is unbounded}) = 1, and transient when that probability is 00; when gi>0g_i > 0, the state ii is recurrent for XX precisely when the jump chain is recurrent at ii, and transient for XX precisely when the jump chain is transient there. A recurrent ii is positive recurrent if either S={i}S = \{i\} or the first return time Ri=inf⁡{t>U0:X(t)=i}R_i = \inf\{t > U_0 : X(t) = i\} has finite mean mi=Ei(Ri)m_i = \mathbb{E}_i(R_i).

Stationarity. For an irreducible, non-explosive XX, a measure π\pi is a stationary measure if π=πPt\pi = \pi P_t for all t≥0t \ge 0, and a stationary distribution if moreover ∑jπj=1\sum_j \pi_j = 1. Now let XX be irreducible with ∣S∣≥2\lvert S\rvert \ge 2.

  1. Should one state be positive recurrent, a stationary distribution π\pi exists and is unique, it is the only distribution satisfying πG=0\pi G = 0, and every state is then positive recurrent too.
  2. Suppose instead that XX does not explode and that πG=0\pi G = 0 for some distribution π\pi. Then every state is positive recurrent, π\pi is stationary, and πk=1/(mkgk)\pi_k = 1/(m_kg_k).

So the infinite system π=πPt\pi = \pi P_t, one equation for every tt, reduces to the single linear system πG=0\pi G = 0.

The limit theorem. Assume once more that XX is irreducible and does not explode. Where a stationary distribution π\pi exists, it is unique and pij(t)→πjp_{ij}(t)\to\pi_j as t→∞t\to\infty for every pair i,ji,j. Where none exists, pij(t)→0p_{ij}(t)\to 0 for every pair. No aperiodicity hypothesis appears, in contrast with the discrete-time theorem of Convergence of Markov chains.

Birth-death chains. A birth-death process is a chain on {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\} whose generator has gn,n+1=λng_{n,n+1} = \lambda_n, gn,n−1=μng_{n,n-1} = \mu_n, gnn=−(λn+μn)g_{nn} = -(\lambda_n+\mu_n) and all other off-diagonal entries zero, where λi≥0\lambda_i \ge 0, μi≥0\mu_i \ge 0 and μ0=0\mu_0 = 0. Assume

λi>0 (i≥0),μi>0 (i≥1),μ0=0,\lambda_i > 0 \ (i \ge 0), \qquad \mu_i > 0 \ (i \ge 1), \qquad \mu_0 = 0 ,

so that the chain is irreducible. Then:

  1. the measure xn=λ0λ1⋯λn−1μ1μ2⋯μn x0,n≥1,x_n = \frac{\lambda_0\lambda_1\cdots\lambda_{n-1}}{\mu_1\mu_2\cdots\mu_n}\,x_0 , \qquad n \ge 1 , satisfies xG=0xG = 0;
  2. a distribution π\pi with πG=0\pi G = 0 exists if and only if ∑n=0∞λ0λ1⋯λn−1μ1μ2⋯μn<∞\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{\lambda_0\lambda_1\cdots\lambda_{n-1}}{\mu_1\mu_2\cdots\mu_n} < \infty (the n=0n = 0 term being read as 11), and then x0x_0 is the reciprocal of that sum;
  3. that π\pi is a stationary distribution of XX if, in addition, ∑n=0∞λ0λ1⋯λn−1μ1μ2⋯μn (λn+μn)<∞.\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{\lambda_0\lambda_1\cdots\lambda_{n-1}}{\mu_1\mu_2\cdots\mu_n}\,(\lambda_n + \mu_n) < \infty .

The extra condition 3 is not idle: Grimmett and Stirzaker exhibit rates for which πG=0\pi G = 0 has a normalisable solution while the chain is transient, and therefore explosive.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Why there is a generator at all. The semigroup property Ps+t=PsPtP_{s+t} = P_sP_t with P0=IP_0 = I is the matrix version of the functional equation f(s+t)=f(s)f(t)f(s+t) = f(s)f(t), whose solutions are exponentials. Differentiating the semigroup property at t=0t=0 produces a single matrix G=P0′G = P_0', and the same differentiation at a general tt turns the family into a differential equation driven by GG. Which side GG appears on depends on which of the two factorisations Pt+h=PtPhP_{t+h} = P_tP_h or Pt+h=PhPtP_{t+h}=P_hP_t one differentiates, and that is the only difference between the forward and the backward equations.

Why the holding times are exponential. Starting afresh in state ii at time ss, given that the chain has not yet left ii, is the same as starting in ii at time 00. The conditioning event {U0>s}\{U_0 > s\} is a statement about the whole of [0,s][0,s] and not just about X(s)X(s), so what is used here is the extended Markov property of part 1 of the architecture statement, together with homogeneity; the same remark applies to part 4 of that statement, which needs the strong form at the stopping time U0U_0. So Q(t)=Pi(U0>t)Q(t) = \mathbb{P}_i(U_0 > t) satisfies Q(s+t)=Q(s)Q(t)Q(s+t) = Q(s)Q(t), the same functional equation again, now for a scalar; with Q(0)=1Q(0) = 1, and its only right-continuous solutions are Q(t)=e−gitQ(t) = e^{-g_it} for some gi∈[0,∞)g_i \in [0,\infty).

Why πG=0\pi G = 0 replaces πP=π\pi P = \pi. Stationarity should mean that the distribution does not move, so ddt(πPt)=0\frac{d}{dt}\bigl(\pi P_t\bigr) = 0. By the backward equation this derivative is πGPt\pi GP_t, and since P0=IP_0 = I it vanishes for every tt exactly when πG=0\pi G = 0 — one linear system in place of a continuum of them.

Why the birth-death measure is a product. A birth-death generator is tridiagonal, so the equation xG=0xG = 0 links only consecutive components and can be unwound one step at a time; what comes out is the detailed-balance relation xnλn=xn+1μn+1x_n\lambda_n = x_{n+1}\mu_{n+1} — the mean rate of upward crossings of the gap between nn and n+1n+1 must equal the rate of downward crossings — and iterating that relation gives the product formula.

Where the care is needed. Every step above interchanges a limit with a sum. For finite SS the sums are finite and nothing can go wrong. For infinite SS the chain may run through infinitely many states in finite time, and then the forward and backward systems may have many solutions; the transition probabilities of the chain are the smallest of them.

Proof(The forward and backward equations, and the matrix exponential)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.9, equation (6.9.9) and Exercise (6.9.11), pp. 291 and 296, and §6.10, the derivation of (6.10.1)-(6.10.5), pp. 297-298; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §30.8.2, eq. (30.101), p. 1176

Take SS finite, and fix i,j∈Si, j \in S. Write g=max⁡k∈Sgkg = \max_{k \in S}g_k, which is finite because SS is finite.

Step 1: the short-time expansion, part 1 of the statement. Start the chain at ii. By parts 3, 4 and 5 of the architecture statement the chain sits at ii for an exponential time U0U_0 of parameter gig_i, moves to a state j≠ij \ne i with probability yijy_{ij}, and then restarts there; so all three probabilities below can be computed from the holding times and the jump chain.

(a) Two moves in a short time are unlikely, and this is where finiteness enters first. Conditional on the jump chain, U0U_0 and U1U_1 are independent exponential variables with parameters gig_i and gY1g_{Y_1}, both at most gg; since P(U>t)=e−g∙t≥e−gt\mathbb{P}(U > t) = e^{-g_{\bullet}t} \ge e^{-gt} for each of them, the pair is stochastically larger than a pair of independent exponential variables of parameter gg. The sum of the latter has the gamma law Γ(g,2)\Gamma(g,2) (The Poisson process, part 3), so

Pi(T2≤h)  ≤  1−e−gh−ghe−gh  =  12g2h2+O(h3)  =  O(h2),\mathbb{P}_i(T_2 \le h) \;\le\; 1 - e^{-gh} - ghe^{-gh} \;=\; \tfrac12 g^{2}h^{2} + O(h^{3}) \;=\; O(h^{2}) ,

with a bound depending only on gg, hence uniform over the states.

(b) The diagonal entry. Either the chain has not moved by time hh, which has probability e−gihe^{-g_ih}, or it has moved at least once. If it has moved and is nevertheless at ii at time hh, it has moved at least twice: the first move cannot end at ii, because right-continuity makes the path a step function and U0U_0 is the first instant at which the value differs from ii. So pii(h)p_{ii}(h) differs from e−gihe^{-g_ih} by at most Pi(T2≤h)=O(h2)\mathbb{P}_i(T_2 \le h) = O(h^{2}), and since e−gih=1−gih+O(h2)e^{-g_ih} = 1 - g_ih + O(h^{2}) and gii=−gig_{ii} = -g_i,

pii(h)=1+giih+O(h2).p_{ii}(h) = 1 + g_{ii}h + O(h^{2}) .

(c) The off-diagonal entries. Fix j≠ij \ne i and split {X(h)=j}\{X(h) = j\} by the number of moves made by time hh. The part with two or more moves contributes at most O(h2)O(h^{2}) by (a). The part with exactly one move requires that move to occur at some instant s≤hs \le h, to land on jj, and to be followed by no further move in the remaining time h−sh - s; integrating over ss, and using the independence of destination from duration and the restart at jj,

Pi(X(h)=j, T1≤h<T2)=yij∫0hgie−gis e−gj(h−s) ds.\mathbb{P}_i\bigl(X(h) = j,\ T_1 \le h < T_2\bigr) = y_{ij}\int_0^{h}g_ie^{-g_is}\,e^{-g_j(h-s)}\,ds .

The two exponentials together lie between e−ghe^{-gh} and 11, so the integral lies between gihe−ghg_ihe^{-gh} and gihg_ih, and therefore equals gih+O(h2)g_ih + O(h^{2}). Multiplying by yijy_{ij} and recalling gij=giyijg_{ij} = g_iy_{ij},

pij(h)=gijh+O(h2).p_{ij}(h) = g_{ij}h + O(h^{2}) .

All the error bounds are controlled by the single constant gg, so they are uniform in ii and jj, which is what the next two steps need. □\square

Step 2: condition on where the chain is at time tt. By the Chapman-Kolmogorov equations,

pij(t+h)=∑k∈Spik(t) pkj(h).p_{ij}(t+h) = \sum_{k \in S} p_{ik}(t)\,p_{kj}(h) .

Step 3: expand the short-time factor. Step 1 gives pkj(h)=gkjh+o(h)p_{kj}(h) = g_{kj}h + o(h) for k≠jk \ne j and pjj(h)=1+gjjh+o(h)p_{jj}(h) = 1 + g_{jj}h + o(h). Substituting,

pij(t+h)=pij(t)(1+gjjh)+h∑k≠jpik(t)gkj+o(h)=pij(t)+h∑k∈Spik(t)gkj+o(h).p_{ij}(t+h) = p_{ij}(t)\bigl(1 + g_{jj}h\bigr) + h\sum_{k \ne j}p_{ik}(t)g_{kj} + o(h) = p_{ij}(t) + h\sum_{k\in S}p_{ik}(t)g_{kj} + o(h) .

The o(h)o(h) terms may be collected into one because there are finitely many of them, each bounded by the uniform error of step 1. This is the second place finiteness is used, and it is exactly the step Grimmett and Stirzaker flag as needing justification when SS is infinite, where the sum is infinite and a limit is being taken through it.

Step 4: divide and let h↓0h \downarrow 0. We obtain

pij′(t)=∑k∈Spik(t)gkj=(PtG)ij,p_{ij}'(t) = \sum_{k\in S}p_{ik}(t)g_{kj} = (P_tG)_{ij} ,

which is the forward equation Pt′=PtGP_t' = P_tG. Conditioning instead on the state at time hh, that is writing pij(t+h)=∑kpik(h)pkj(t)p_{ij}(t+h) = \sum_k p_{ik}(h)p_{kj}(t) and expanding the first factor in the same way, gives the backward equation Pt′=GPtP_t' = GP_t. In both cases P0=IP_0 = I because pij(0)=δijp_{ij}(0) = \delta_{ij}.

Step 5: solve. Each system is a linear constant-coefficient system of ∣S∣2\lvert S\rvert^{2} scalar equations, so by the existence and uniqueness theorem for linear systems it has exactly one solution with the given value at t=0t=0. Define Et=∑n≥0tnGn/n!E_t = \sum_{n\ge 0}t^{n}G^{n}/n!, the matrix exponential of tGtG; the series converges for every tt because ∥Gn∥≤∥G∥n\lVert G^{n}\rVert \le \lVert G\rVert^{n} in any submultiplicative norm. Differentiating term by term, which is legitimate because the differentiated series converges uniformly on compact tt-intervals by the same bound,

ddtEt=∑n≥1tn−1(n−1)!Gn=EtG=GEt,\frac{d}{dt}E_t = \sum_{n\ge 1}\frac{t^{n-1}}{(n-1)!}G^{n} = E_tG = GE_t ,

the last equality because GG commutes with every power of itself. Also E0=IE_0 = I. So EtE_t solves both systems with the right boundary value, and by uniqueness

Pt=etG.□P_t = e^{tG} . \qquad\square

Step 6: what survives when SS is infinite. Steps 1 and 3 break, and with them uniqueness. Grimmett and Stirzaker's Theorem (6.10.7) salvages the following: the transition semigroup of the minimal chain is still a non-negative solution of both systems, and it is the smallest one. Their proof of the backward half starts from the decomposition

pij(t)=δije−git+∑k≠i∫0tgie−gisyik pkj(t−s) ds,p_{ij}(t) = \delta_{ij}e^{-g_it} + \sum_{k \ne i}\int_0^{t}g_ie^{-g_is}y_{ik}\,p_{kj}(t-s)\,ds ,

obtained by splitting according to whether the first jump happens after tt or at some time s≤ts \le t; substituting u=t−su = t-s, exchanging sum and integral by Fubini's theorem, and differentiating recovers pij′(t)=∑kgikpkj(t)p_{ij}'(t) = \sum_k g_{ik}p_{kj}(t). Minimality then follows by showing, by induction on nn, that any non-negative solution dominates Pi(X(t)=j, Tn>t)\mathbb{P}_i(X(t)=j,\ T_n > t), and letting n→∞n \to \infty.

Proof(The stationary measure of a birth-death chain)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.11, the derivation of (3) from (2) and the footnote on detailed balance, p. 307, with the discussion of condition (6) and Example (6.11.8), p. 308

Let GG be a birth-death generator satisfying λi>0\lambda_i > 0 for i≥0i \ge 0, μi>0\mu_i > 0 for i≥1i \ge 1 and μ0=0\mu_0 = 0, and let xx be a measure with xG=0xG = 0. Reading off the columns of GG, the equation xG=0xG = 0 is

−λ0x0+μ1x1=0,λn−1xn−1−(λn+μn)xn+μn+1xn+1=0(n≥1).-\lambda_0x_0 + \mu_1x_1 = 0 , \qquad \lambda_{n-1}x_{n-1} - (\lambda_n+\mu_n)x_n + \mu_{n+1}x_{n+1} = 0 \quad (n \ge 1) .

Step 1: recognise a telescoping quantity. Define Dn=λnxn−μn+1xn+1D_n = \lambda_nx_n - \mu_{n+1}x_{n+1} for n≥0n \ge 0. The nnth equation above says precisely Dn−1=DnD_{n-1} = D_n for n≥1n \ge 1, and the n=0n = 0 equation says D0=0D_0 = 0. Hence Dn=0D_n = 0 for every nn:

λnxn=μn+1xn+1,n≥0.\lambda_nx_n = \mu_{n+1}x_{n+1} , \qquad n \ge 0 .

This is the detailed-balance relation; it holds here not by assumption but because the generator is tridiagonal, so that the only way probability can cross the gap between {0,…,n}\{0,\dots,n\} and {n+1,n+2,… }\{n+1,n+2,\dots\} is by a single step.

Step 2: unwind it. Since μn+1>0\mu_{n+1} > 0 we may divide, and induction on nn gives

xn=λn−1μnxn−1=λ0λ1⋯λn−1μ1μ2⋯μn x0,n≥1.x_n = \frac{\lambda_{n-1}}{\mu_n}x_{n-1} = \frac{\lambda_0\lambda_1\cdots\lambda_{n-1}}{\mu_1\mu_2\cdots\mu_n}\,x_0 , \qquad n \ge 1 .

Conversely this xx satisfies both displayed equations, as substituting back shows, so it is the general solution of xG=0xG = 0 up to the scalar x0x_0.

Step 3: normalise. xx can be scaled to a distribution exactly when ∑nxn<∞\sum_n x_n < \infty, which with x0=1x_0 = 1 is the summability condition of the statement; and then x0x_0 is the reciprocal of the sum. □\square

Why the second condition is needed for stationarity. Having a normalisable solution of πG=0\pi G = 0 is not the same as having a stationary distribution, because part 2 of the stationarity statement also requires the chain to be non-explosive. The route Grimmett and Stirzaker take is to pass to the jump chain: the measure νn=xngn=xn(λn+μn)\nu_n = x_ng_n = x_n(\lambda_n+\mu_n) is stationary for the jump chain YY, and if it is summable then YY is recurrent, whence XX is recurrent and so non-explosive. That summability is the second condition. Their Example (6.11.8), with λi=λgi\lambda_i = \lambda g_i and μi=μgi\mu_i = \mu g_i where λ+μ=1\lambda + \mu = 1, taking gn=2ng_n = 2^{n} and λ/μ∈(1,2)\lambda/\mu \in (1,2), satisfies the first condition but not the second; there the jump chain is transient, so XX is transient, and since a normalisable π\pi with πG=0\pi G = 0 exists, XX must be explosive.

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used, and the master equation)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.9, Theorem (6.9.6) and the footnote on (6.9.9), pp. 290-291, Theorem (6.9.17), p. 293, and Example (6.9.16), p. 293, and §6.10, equations (6.10.1)-(6.10.3) and Theorem (6.10.22), pp. 297-298 and 304

Right-continuity is used in three places. It makes the jump times TmT_m well defined, so that the holding times, the jump chain and the construction of part 5 of the architecture statement all make sense. It forces Pi(U0>0)=1\mathbb{P}_i(U_0 > 0) = 1 and hence gi<∞g_i < \infty in part 3 of that statement, which we take from Grimmett and Stirzaker rather than prove: if the paths were not right-continuous the chain could leave ii immediately, U0U_0 would be 00 almost surely, and gig_i would be ∞\infty. And it is what makes the path a step function, so that the first move out of ii cannot end at ii — the fact used in step 1(b) of the proof to show that leaving ii and returning within a window of length hh costs O(h2)O(h^{2}). Grimmett and Stirzaker adopt right-continuity precisely to avoid the measure-theoretic complications of the general theory, and note that without it one must look elsewhere for a treatment.

Finiteness of SS is used twice in the proof. In step 1 it bounds the jump rates, g=max⁡kgk<∞g = \max_kg_k < \infty, which is what makes two moves in a window of length hh cost O(h2)O(h^{2}) and makes the errors in the short-time expansion uniform over the states. In step 3 it makes the sum over kk finite, so that finitely many uniform o(h)o(h) terms can be collected into one and the limit taken through the sum. Everything downstream of those steps — uniqueness of the solution, Pt=etGP_t = e^{tG}, the equivalence of the forward and backward systems — is conditional on it. For infinite SS the two systems can have different solution sets, and the chain supplies the minimal one.

Explosion is the obstruction, and it is real. For a birth process with rates λn\lambda_n, Grimmett and Stirzaker's criterion is that the chain is non-explosive if and only if ∑nλn−1=∞\sum_n\lambda_n^{-1} = \infty. So birth rates λn=(1+n)2\lambda_n = (1+n)^{2} give a population that becomes infinite in finite time with positive probability, and then ∑jpij(t)<1\sum_j p_{ij}(t) < 1, the deficit being the probability of having escaped to infinity by time tt. The three sufficient conditions in part 6 of the architecture statement are the ones worth checking in practice, and the first — SS finite — covers most applications.

Irreducibility and non-explosion are both needed in the limit theorem, and nothing else is. Aperiodicity, which the discrete-time theorem cannot do without, has no analogue here: by the dichotomy noted above, an irreducible continuous-time chain has pij(t)>0p_{ij}(t) > 0 for every t>0t > 0, so there is no parity obstruction for a limit to overcome. A chain that merely satisfies πG=0\pi G = 0 with π\pi a distribution, but explodes, is not covered, and the birth-death example above shows the conclusion can then fail.

The master equation. Physicists usually meet the forward equation not as a matrix identity but as a balance of gains against losses. Let μj(t)=P(X(t)=j)\mu_j(t) = \mathbb{P}(X(t) = j). Multiplying Pt′=PtGP_t' = P_tG on the left by the initial distribution gives ddtμ(t)=μ(t)G\frac{d}{dt}\mu(t) = \mu(t)G, that is μj′(t)=∑iμi(t)gij\mu_j'(t) = \sum_i \mu_i(t)g_{ij}. Splitting off the diagonal term and using gjj=−∑k≠jgjkg_{jj} = -\sum_{k \ne j}g_{jk},

dμjdt  =  ∑i≠jμi(t) gij⏟flow into j  −  μj(t)∑k≠jgjk⏟flow out of j.\frac{d\mu_j}{dt} \;=\; \underbrace{\sum_{i \ne j}\mu_i(t)\,g_{ij}}_{\text{flow into } j} \;-\; \underbrace{\mu_j(t)\sum_{k \ne j}g_{jk}}_{\text{flow out of } j} .

This gain-loss form is what is called the master equation of the process; the rates gijg_{ij} are then usually written W(i→j)W(i \to j) or WjiW_{ji}. Stationarity, πG=0\pi G = 0, says that the two flows balance for every state when summed over the other states; detailed balance, πigij=πjgji\pi_ig_{ij} = \pi_jg_{ji} for each pair, is the strictly stronger statement that they balance pair by pair, and for a birth-death chain the two coincide, because the only pairs joined by a direct transition are neighbours and step 1 of the proof above showed that the neighbour balances then hold automatically. Note also that the diagonal of GG carries no information beyond the off-diagonal entries: it is fixed by the row-sum condition, which is why a master equation is specified by its rates alone.

Method(Setting up and solving a continuous-time chain)Original
  1. List the states and the transitions. For each ordered pair i≠ji \ne j of states between which a single event can carry the system, write down the rate gijg_{ij} at which that event occurs when the system is in ii. Rates, not probabilities: gijg_{ij} has dimensions of inverse time.
  2. Assemble the generator. Put the gijg_{ij} off the diagonal, zeros where no direct transition exists, and fill the diagonal with gii=−∑j≠igijg_{ii} = -\sum_{j\ne i}g_{ij} so that every row sums to zero. Check that every off-diagonal entry is non-negative; a sign error here is the commonest mistake.
  3. Read off the holding times and the jump chain if you want the sample paths. The chain stays in ii for an exponential time of mean 1/gi1/g_i with gi=−giig_i = -g_{ii}, and then moves to jj with probability yij=gij/giy_{ij} = g_{ij}/g_i. This is also the recipe for simulating the chain.
  4. Check for explosion if SS is infinite. If SS is finite, or sup⁡igi<∞\sup_ig_i < \infty, or the jump chain is recurrent, there is nothing to do. Otherwise the transition probabilities are the minimal solution of the Kolmogorov equations and may not sum to 11.
  5. For the equilibrium behaviour, solve the linear system πG=0\pi G = 0 together with ∑jπj=1\sum_j\pi_j = 1. For a birth-death chain do not solve it as a system: use the product formula, then normalise. If the chain is irreducible and non-explosive and the system has a solution, that solution is the unique stationary distribution and pij(t)→πjp_{ij}(t)\to\pi_j.
  6. For the time dependence with SS finite, exponentiate. If GG has a full set of eigenvectors, diagonalise G=BΛB−1G = B\Lambda B^{-1}; then Pt=BetΛB−1P_t = Be^{t\Lambda}B^{-1}. A generator need not be diagonalisable, and when it is defective there are two standard ways on: put GG in Jordan form, which replaces etθe^{t\theta} by etθe^{t\theta} times a polynomial in tt of degree one less than the block size, or invert the Laplace transform, Pt=L−1[(σI−G)−1]P_t = \mathcal{L}^{-1}\bigl[(\sigma I - G)^{-1}\bigr], which needs no eigenvectors at all (The matrix exponential). Either way the spectrum is the same, and it always contains the eigenvalue 00, since GG has row sums 00 and therefore the right eigenvector (1,1,…,1)T(1,1,\dots,1)^{\mathsf T}. For a finite irreducible generator the eigenvalue 00 is simple and all the other eigenvalues have negative real parts, and the slowest of them, −∣Re⁡θ∣-\lvert\operatorname{Re}\theta\rvert with θ\theta the non-zero eigenvalue closest to the imaginary axis, sets the relaxation time 1/∣Re⁡θ∣1/\lvert\operatorname{Re}\theta\rvert towards equilibrium.
  7. For an infinite SS with structure, use generating functions. Multiply the master equation for μn(t)\mu_n(t) by sns^{n} and sum, turning the infinite system into one partial differential equation for G(s,t)=∑nμn(t)snG(s,t) = \sum_n\mu_n(t)s^{n}, exactly as for the Poisson process in The Poisson process.
Example(Two instruments, two technicians)Original

A laboratory runs two identical instruments. Each working instrument fails at rate φ=12\varphi = \tfrac12 per hour; each failed instrument is repaired at rate r=32r = \tfrac32 per hour, and there are two technicians, so repairs proceed in parallel. All four clocks are independent and exponential. Let X(t)∈{0,1,2}X(t) \in \{0,1,2\} be the number of failed instruments.

Step 1: the generator. From state 00 (both working) either instrument may fail, so the total failure rate is 2φ=12\varphi = 1. From state 11 the one working instrument fails at rate φ=12\varphi = \tfrac12 and the one failed instrument is repaired at rate r=32r = \tfrac32. From state 22 both repairs are under way, at total rate 2r=32r = 3. This is a birth-death chain with λ0=1\lambda_0 = 1, λ1=12\lambda_1 = \tfrac12, μ1=32\mu_1 = \tfrac32, μ2=3\mu_2 = 3, so

G=(−11032−21203−3),G = \begin{pmatrix} -1 & 1 & 0 \\[2pt] \tfrac32 & -2 & \tfrac12 \\[2pt] 0 & 3 & -3 \end{pmatrix} ,

whose rows sum to 00 and whose off-diagonal entries are non-negative.

Step 2: the stationary distribution, by the product formula. The birth-death recursion xn=(λn−1/μn)xn−1x_n = (\lambda_{n-1}/\mu_n)x_{n-1} terminates here after two steps, since the state space is finite:

x0=1,x1=λ0μ1=13/2=23,x2=λ0λ1μ1μ2=1⋅1232⋅3=19.x_0 = 1 , \qquad x_1 = \frac{\lambda_0}{\mu_1} = \frac{1}{3/2} = \frac23 , \qquad x_2 = \frac{\lambda_0\lambda_1}{\mu_1\mu_2} = \frac{1\cdot\frac12}{\frac32\cdot 3} = \frac19 .

The total is 1+23+19=1691 + \tfrac23 + \tfrac19 = \tfrac{16}{9}, so

π=(916, 616, 116)=(0.5625, 0.375, 0.0625).\pi = \Bigl(\tfrac{9}{16},\ \tfrac{6}{16},\ \tfrac{1}{16}\Bigr) = (0.5625,\ 0.375,\ 0.0625) .

Check: πG=(−916+32⋅616, 916−2⋅616+3⋅116, 12⋅616−3⋅116)=(0,0,0)\pi G = \bigl(-\tfrac{9}{16}+\tfrac32\cdot\tfrac{6}{16},\ \tfrac{9}{16}-2\cdot\tfrac{6}{16}+3\cdot\tfrac{1}{16},\ \tfrac12\cdot\tfrac{6}{16}-3\cdot\tfrac{1}{16}\bigr) = (0,0,0).

Step 3: the time dependence. The eigenvalues of GG are 00, −2-2 and −4-4 (their sum is the trace, −6-6). Diagonalising and exponentiating,

p00(t)=916+38e−2t+116e−4t,p02(t)=116(1−e−2t)2.p_{00}(t) = \frac{9}{16} + \frac38 e^{-2t} + \frac{1}{16}e^{-4t} , \qquad p_{02}(t) = \frac{1}{16}\bigl(1 - e^{-2t}\bigr)^{2} .

At t=1t = 1 hour, starting from both instruments working,

p00(1)=0.5625+0.375 e−2+0.0625 e−4=0.6143954586,p_{00}(1) = 0.5625 + 0.375\,e^{-2} + 0.0625\,e^{-4} = 0.6143954586 ,

and p02(1)=116(1−e−2)2=0.04672782p_{02}(1) = \tfrac{1}{16}(1-e^{-2})^{2} = 0.04672782. As t→∞t\to\infty these tend to 916\tfrac{9}{16} and 116\tfrac{1}{16}, as the limit theorem requires. The slowest non-zero eigenvalue is −2-2, so the relaxation time is 12\tfrac12 hour.

Step 4: an independent check. Because the two instruments never interact — each has its own clock and its own technician — X(t)X(t) is the sum of two independent two-state chains. A single instrument has generator (−1/21/23/2−3/2)\bigl(\begin{smallmatrix}-1/2 & 1/2\\ 3/2 & -3/2\end{smallmatrix}\bigr), hence stays up with probability 34+14e−2t\tfrac34 + \tfrac14e^{-2t} and has stationary up-probability 34\tfrac34. Therefore X(t)X(t) should be binomial, and indeed

(34+14e−2t)2=916+38e−2t+116e−4t=p00(t),\Bigl(\tfrac34 + \tfrac14e^{-2t}\Bigr)^{2} = \frac{9}{16} + \frac38e^{-2t} + \frac{1}{16}e^{-4t} = p_{00}(t) ,

while π\pi is the binomial distribution with two trials and success probability 14\tfrac14: (916,616,116)(\tfrac9{16},\tfrac6{16},\tfrac1{16}). The eigenvalues 0,−2,−40,-2,-4 are 00 and −2-2 from one factor added to 00 and −2-2 from the other.

Step 5: a number the laboratory cares about. In equilibrium both instruments are down a fraction π2=116\pi_2 = \tfrac{1}{16} of the time, that is 24/16=1.524/16 = 1.5 hours per day. The mean number down is 2×14=0.52\times\tfrac14 = 0.5. Finally, the mean time to reach the state "both down" starting from "both up" solves the hitting-time system 1+∑kgjkmk=01 + \sum_k g_{jk}m_k = 0 for j∉{2}j \notin\{2\}, with m2=0m_2 = 0; this is the system of Grimmett and Stirzaker's Exercise (6.9.6) (Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), Exercise (6.9.6), p. 296), whose minimal non-negative solution gives the mean hitting times. Here it reads

1−m0+m1=0,1+32m0−2m1=0,1 - m_0 + m_1 = 0 , \qquad 1 + \tfrac32m_0 - 2m_1 = 0 ,

whose solution is m1=5m_1 = 5 and m0=6m_0 = 6. Starting from a fully working laboratory, the expected wait until both instruments are simultaneously down is exactly 66 hours.

Application(Master equations in physics, chemistry and queueing)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §6.9, Exercise (6.9.3), p. 296, and §6.11, Example (6.11.12) and Theorem (6.11.14), pp. 308-309, Example (6.11.15) with Theorem (6.11.16), pp. 309-310, and Corollary (6.11.18), p. 310

Rate equations for populations of states. Whenever a physical system occupies one of a discrete set of configurations and hops between them at rates fixed by the configuration alone, its probability distribution obeys a master equation, and the system is a continuous-time Markov chain. Nuclear decay chains, the populations of atomic levels under incoherent pumping and spontaneous emission, the open and closed states of an ion channel, and the conformations of a macromolecule are all of this kind. In each case the physics supplies the generator, the equilibrium populations follow from πG=0\pi G = 0, and the relaxation rates are the non-zero eigenvalues of GG. Where the rates satisfy detailed balance with respect to a Boltzmann distribution, gije−βEi=gjie−βEjg_{ij}e^{-\beta E_i} = g_{ji}e^{-\beta E_j}, that Boltzmann distribution is automatically stationary — which is how a kinetic model is made thermodynamically consistent.

Chemical kinetics with small numbers of molecules. In a well-stirred vessel containing few copies of each species, the state is the vector of molecule counts and each reaction channel contributes a transition at a rate proportional to the number of available reactant combinations. The resulting master equation is the chemical master equation; the deterministic rate law is its large-volume limit. A single species that is produced at constant rate λ\lambda and destroyed independently per molecule at rate μ\mu is exactly a birth-death chain with λn=λ\lambda_n = \lambda and μn=nμ\mu_n = n\mu, and Grimmett and Stirzaker's Theorem (6.11.14) gives the equilibrium: the molecule number is Poisson with mean ρ=λ/μ\rho = \lambda/\mu. The fluctuation is therefore ρ\sqrt\rho, so the relative noise in a species held at a copy number of a hundred is about ten per cent — the basic reason that stochastic effects matter in gene expression.

Population growth and extinction. The simple birth-death chain with λn=nλ\lambda_n = n\lambda and μn=nμ\mu_n = n\mu models a population in which individuals reproduce and die independently. Its generating function is computed in Grimmett and Stirzaker's Theorem (6.11.16); differentiating that generating function gives the mean population EI(X(t))=Ie(λ−μ)t\mathbb{E}_I(X(t)) = Ie^{(\lambda-\mu)t}, which they display just after the theorem rather than inside it, and their Corollary (6.11.18) gives an extinction probability tending to 11 if λ≤μ\lambda \le \mu and to (μ/λ)I(\mu/\lambda)^{I} if λ>μ\lambda > \mu — the continuous-time counterpart of the extinction criterion for branching processes.

Queues. Jobs arriving at a processor in the manner of a Poisson process of rate λ\lambda, each requiring an independent exponential service time of rate μ\mu, make the number in the system a birth-death chain with λn=λ\lambda_n = \lambda for all nn and μn=μ\mu_n = \mu for n≥1n \ge 1. The product formula gives xn=(λ/μ)nx_n = (\lambda/\mu)^{n}, which is summable exactly when λ<μ\lambda < \mu; Grimmett and Stirzaker set this as Exercise (6.9.3), with the conclusion that a stationary distribution exists if and only if λ<μ\lambda < \mu, in which case πn=(1−ρ)ρn\pi_n = (1-\rho)\rho^{n} with ρ=λ/μ\rho = \lambda/\mu. The mean number in the system is then ρ/(1−ρ)\rho/(1-\rho), which blows up as the arrival rate approaches the service rate: the familiar fact that a server loaded to ninety per cent of capacity carries, on average, nine jobs rather than one.

Diffusions and stochastic calculus

6

Theorem · advanced

Stationary processes and spectral densities

Adapted

Defines strong and weak stationarity and the autocovariance function, proves that an autocorrelation function is non-negative definite and therefore, when continuous at the origin, is the characteristic function of a distribution on the frequency axis, and identifies that distribution's density as the spectral density of the process.

Prerequisites: Expectation, variance and covariance, Characteristic functions, Fourier series, The Fourier transform, Fourier inversion

Note(What a spectral density is for)Original

A stationary process has no preferred instant: the statistics you measure do not depend on when you start the clock. That single invariance has a surprisingly rigid consequence. The correlation between the process now and the process a lag tt later is a function c(t)c(t) of the lag alone, and cc cannot be an arbitrary function: it must be the Fourier transform of a positive measure.

That measure is the spectral distribution of the process, and where it has a density, that density is the spectral density. It answers the question an experimentalist actually asks of a noisy signal — how much of the variance sits at each frequency — and it is the object a spectrum analyser estimates. The theorem below, usually named after Wiener and Khinchin, is the statement that the question always has an answer and that the answer is determined by the autocorrelation function alone.

Three warnings before we start. First, there is a second, purely deterministic theorem of the same name, about the Fourier transform of the correlation of two square-integrable functions; it is stated in the remark below so that the two are not confused. Second, several incompatible normalisations of the spectral density are in use; the conversion table is also in the remark. Third, the second name is a transliteration from Russian and is spelt differently by our two sources — Khinchin by Grimmett and Stirzaker, Kinchin by Riley, Hobson and Bence, Khintchine elsewhere again. We write it as the source we are reporting writes it, so both spellings appear below; they are the same man and, where the theorems differ, the difference is in the theorems and not in the name.

Definition(Stationarity)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §8.2, Definitions (8.2.1) and (8.2.2) with (8.2.3) and the discussion after them, pp. 407-408, with Example (8.2.5), p. 408, and §9.1, Definitions (9.1.1)-(9.1.3), p. 434

Let X={X(t)}X = \{X(t)\} be a random process, with tt ranging over [0,∞)[0,\infty), over R\mathbb{R}, or over the integers.

XX is strongly stationary if, for every nn, all times t1,…,tnt_1, \dots, t_n and every h>0h > 0, the families

(X(t1),…,X(tn))and(X(t1+h),…,X(tn+h))\bigl(X(t_1), \dots, X(t_n)\bigr) \qquad\text{and}\qquad \bigl(X(t_1+h), \dots, X(t_n+h)\bigr)

have the same joint distribution. In particular X(t)X(t) then has the same distribution for every tt.

XX is weakly stationary — the alternative names are second-order stationary and covariance stationary — when, for every t1t_1, every t2t_2 and every h>0h > 0,

E(X(t1))=E(X(t2))andcov⁡(X(t1),X(t2))=cov⁡(X(t1+h),X(t2+h)).\mathbb{E}\bigl(X(t_1)\bigr) = \mathbb{E}\bigl(X(t_2)\bigr) \qquad\text{and}\qquad \operatorname{cov}\bigl(X(t_1), X(t_2)\bigr) = \operatorname{cov}\bigl(X(t_1+h), X(t_2+h)\bigr) .

Equivalently, the mean is constant and the autocovariance c(t,t+h)=cov⁡(X(t),X(t+h))c(t, t+h) = \operatorname{cov}(X(t), X(t+h)) depends only on hh.

Neither notion contains the other. A strongly stationary process without a finite second moment need not be weakly stationary, and Grimmett and Stirzaker's Example (8.2.5) — Xn=Acos⁡(λn)+Bsin⁡(λn)X_n = A\cos(\lambda n) + B\sin(\lambda n), where λ∈[0,π]\lambda \in [0,\pi] is fixed and AA, BB are uncorrelated with mean 00 and variance 11 — is weakly stationary but, without further conditions on the joint law of AA and BB, not strongly so. Following them, we read "stationary", unqualified, as "weakly stationary" from here on, because weak stationarity is both the easier hypothesis to verify and the one the spectral theory needs.

We allow XX to take values in C\mathbb{C}, which costs nothing and is the natural setting. For complex-valued random variables the covariance is defined with a conjugate in the second slot,

cov⁡(C1,C2)=E[(C1−EC1)(C2−EC2)‾],var⁡(C)=cov⁡(C,C)=E(∣C−EC∣2),\operatorname{cov}(C_1, C_2) = \mathbb{E}\Bigl[(C_1 - \mathbb{E}C_1)\overline{(C_2 - \mathbb{E}C_2)}\Bigr] , \qquad \operatorname{var}(C) = \operatorname{cov}(C,C) = \mathbb{E}\bigl(\lvert C - \mathbb{E}C\rvert^{2}\bigr) ,

so that cov⁡\operatorname{cov} is not symmetric: cov⁡(C2,C1)=cov⁡(C1,C2)‾\operatorname{cov}(C_2, C_1) = \overline{\operatorname{cov}(C_1, C_2)}. Two complex variables with zero covariance are called orthogonal rather than uncorrelated.

Definition(Autocovariance, autocorrelation, spectral distribution and density)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §9.3, the opening of the section with (9.3.1), Definition (9.3.3), Definition (9.3.9) and Definition (9.3.10), pp. 438-441

Let X={X(t):−∞<t<∞}X = \{X(t) : -\infty < t < \infty\} be a weakly stationary complex-valued process. Its autocovariance function is

c(t)  =  cov⁡(X(s),X(s+t)),c(t) \;=\; \operatorname{cov}\bigl(X(s), X(s+t)\bigr) ,

which by stationarity does not depend on ss. Taking t=0t = 0 shows that the variance is the same at every time: var⁡(X(t))=c(0)\operatorname{var}(X(t)) = c(0). Replacing XX by X−EX(0)X - \mathbb{E}X(0) changes nothing in cc, so we may and do assume EX(t)=0\mathbb{E}X(t) = 0 whenever it is convenient.

If c(0)>0c(0) > 0, the autocorrelation function is the normalised autocovariance

ρ(t)  =  c(t)c(0)  =  cov⁡(X(0),X(t))var⁡(X(0))var⁡(X(t)),\rho(t) \;=\; \frac{c(t)}{c(0)} \;=\; \frac{\operatorname{cov}(X(0), X(t))}{\sqrt{\operatorname{var}(X(0))\operatorname{var}(X(t))}} ,

the correlation between the process and its own value a lag tt later. Note ρ(0)=1\rho(0) = 1.

If ρ\rho admits a representation

ρ(t)  =  ∫−∞∞eitλ dF(λ)\rho(t) \;=\; \int_{-\infty}^{\infty} e^{it\lambda}\,dF(\lambda)

with FF a distribution function, then FF is the spectral distribution function of XX, and where FF has a density, that density f=F′f = F' is the spectral density function. The spectrum of XX is the set of real λ\lambda with F(λ+ϵ)−F(λ−ϵ)>0F(\lambda+\epsilon) - F(\lambda-\epsilon) > 0 for every ϵ>0\epsilon > 0: the frequencies that actually carry weight.

The reading of this is that ρ\rho is a mixture of pure oscillations eitλe^{it\lambda}, the weight attached to frequencies in [λ,λ+dλ][\lambda, \lambda+d\lambda] being dF(λ)dF(\lambda); equivalently, ρ(t)=E(eitΛ)\rho(t) = \mathbb{E}(e^{it\Lambda}) for a random frequency Λ\Lambda with distribution function FF. Because ρ\rho is normalised, so is FF: the spectral distribution describes how the fraction of the variance is shared out among frequencies. The variance itself carried by a band BB of frequencies is c(0)∫BdFc(0)\int_B dF, and where FF has a density ff the variance per unit frequency — the quantity a spectrum analyser plots — is c(0)f(λ)c(0)f(\lambda).

Theorem(The autocovariance function is Hermitian and non-negative definite)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §9.3, Theorem (9.3.2), p. 438, and §9.6, Theorem (9.6.1), p. 464

Let XX be weakly stationary with autocovariance function cc. Then

  1. c(−t)=c(t)‾c(-t) = \overline{c(t)} for all tt; and
  2. cc is non-negative definite: for all real t1,…,tnt_1, \dots, t_n and all complex z1,…,znz_1, \dots, z_n, ∑j,kc(tk−tj) zjzk‾  ≥  0.\sum_{j,k} c(t_k - t_j)\,z_j\overline{z_k} \;\ge\; 0 .

These two properties characterise autocovariance functions. For a real-valued function c:R→Rc : \mathbb{R}\to\mathbb{R} with c(−t)=c(t)c(-t) = c(t) and cc non-negative definite, Grimmett and Stirzaker construct a real-valued strongly stationary process with autocovariance cc, by declaring its finite-dimensional distributions to be multivariate normal with zero means and covariance matrix (c(tk−tj))\bigl(c(t_k - t_j)\bigr) and appealing to the Kolmogorov consistency conditions. So nothing is lost and nothing is gained by asking which functions can be autocovariances: exactly these.

Theorem(The spectral theorem for autocorrelation functions)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §9.3, Theorem (9.3.4), equations (9.3.11)-(9.3.14) and Theorem (9.3.15) with (9.3.16)-(9.3.18), pp. 439-442

Continuous time. Let X={X(t):−∞<t<∞}X = \{X(t) : -\infty < t < \infty\} be a weakly stationary process with strictly positive variance and autocorrelation function ρ\rho. Suppose ρ\rho is continuous at the single point t=0t = 0. Then there is a distribution function FF whose characteristic function is ρ\rho:

ρ(t)  =  ∫−∞∞eitλ dF(λ),t∈R.\rho(t) \;=\; \int_{-\infty}^{\infty} e^{it\lambda}\,dF(\lambda) , \qquad t \in \mathbb{R} .

This is the result usually named after Wiener and Khinchin. The distribution function FF is unique, by the uniqueness theorem for characteristic functions.

Discrete time. If X={Xn}X = \{X_n\} is indexed by the integers, ρ\rho is defined only on Z\mathbb{Z} and cannot be a characteristic function until its domain is extended; the theorem survives in the form

ρ(n)  =  ∫(−π,π]einλ dF~(λ),n∈Z,\rho(n) \;=\; \int_{(-\pi,\pi]} e^{in\lambda}\,d\widetilde F(\lambda) , \qquad n \in \mathbb{Z} ,

for a distribution function F~\widetilde F with F~(−π)=0\widetilde F(-\pi) = 0 and F~(π)=1\widetilde F(\pi) = 1; no continuity hypothesis is appropriate here. The restriction to one period is possible because einλe^{in\lambda} is unchanged by λ↦λ+2π\lambda \mapsto \lambda + 2\pi: if ρ\rho on Z\mathbb{Z} is represented by any distribution on the whole of R\mathbb{R}, the mass of that distribution may be folded into (−π,π](-\pi,\pi] by shifting it through multiples of 2π2\pi, and the integrals at integer nn are unchanged. If moreover XX is real-valued then ρ(n)=ρ(−n)\rho(n) = \rho(-n) and the representation may be taken in the real symmetric form

ρ(n)  =  ∫[−π,π]cos⁡(nλ) dG(λ)\rho(n) \;=\; \int_{[-\pi,\pi]} \cos(n\lambda)\,dG(\lambda)

for a distribution function GG of a symmetric distribution on [−π,π][-\pi,\pi]; and conversely, a function ρ\rho with ρ(0)=1\rho(0)=1 admitting such a representation is the autocorrelation function of some real-valued stationary sequence.

Inversion. Grimmett and Stirzaker's Theorem (9.3.15) states: if the function F~\widetilde F above is differentiable with derivative ff, then

f(λ)  =  12π∑n=−∞∞e−inλρ(n)f(\lambda) \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi}\sum_{n=-\infty}^{\infty} e^{-in\lambda}\rho(n)

and they attach to this the qualification that it holds wherever ff is itself differentiable. For a real-valued sequence the formula may be written f(λ)=(2π)−1∑nρ(n)cos⁡(nλ)f(\lambda) = (2\pi)^{-1}\sum_n \rho(n)\cos(n\lambda). They record ∑n∣ρ(n)∣<∞\sum_{n}\lvert\rho(n)\rvert < \infty as a sufficient, but not necessary, condition for the spectral density to exist.

Proposition(A clean sufficient condition in discrete time)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §9.3, the inversion formula (9.3.16) and the sufficient condition (9.3.18), p. 442

Let X={Xn:n∈Z}X = \{X_n : n \in \mathbb{Z}\} be weakly stationary with c(0)>0c(0) > 0 and autocorrelation function ρ\rho, and suppose

∑n=−∞∞∣ρ(n)∣  <  ∞.\sum_{n=-\infty}^{\infty}\lvert\rho(n)\rvert \;<\; \infty .

Then the series

f(λ)  =  12π∑n=−∞∞ρ(n) e−inλf(\lambda) \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi}\sum_{n=-\infty}^{\infty}\rho(n)\,e^{-in\lambda}

converges absolutely and uniformly on (−π,π](-\pi,\pi], its sum ff is continuous and non-negative, and it is the spectral density of XX:

ρ(n)  =  ∫−ππeinλf(λ) dλ,n∈Z,∫−ππf(λ) dλ=1.\rho(n) \;=\; \int_{-\pi}^{\pi} e^{in\lambda}f(\lambda)\,d\lambda , \qquad n \in \mathbb{Z} , \qquad \int_{-\pi}^{\pi}f(\lambda)\,d\lambda = 1 .

The formula and the summability hypothesis are Grimmett and Stirzaker's (9.3.16) and (9.3.18); what is ours is the packaging of the two into one statement with the conclusions that make it usable — convergence, continuity, non-negativity and the normalisation — and the proof below, which reaches them without Bochner's theorem and without the differentiability hypothesis their Theorem (9.3.15) carries. This is the version used in practice.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Why a correlation function must be a Fourier transform. The variance of any linear combination Z=∑jzjX(tj)Z = \sum_j z_jX(t_j) is non-negative, and expanding that variance writes it as the double sum ∑j,kc(tk−tj)zjzk‾\sum_{j,k}c(t_k-t_j)z_j\overline{z_k}. So non-negative definiteness of cc is not an extra assumption: it is the statement that variances are non-negative, rewritten. Bochner's theorem says that this property, together with continuity and the normalisation ρ(0)=1\rho(0)=1, is exactly what characterises characteristic functions. The spectral theorem is therefore Bochner's theorem applied to ρ\rho, and the only work is to check that ρ\rho is continuous everywhere, not merely at the origin.

Why continuity at one point gives continuity everywhere. The increment c(t+h)−c(t)c(t+h)-c(t) is an expectation of X(0)X(0) against the increment X(t+h)−X(t)X(t+h)-X(t). The Cauchy-Schwarz inequality bounds it by the product of two root-mean-squares, and stationarity makes the second of them 2c(0)−c(h)−c(−h)\sqrt{2c(0) - c(h) - c(-h)}, a quantity that involves hh alone. So the modulus of continuity of cc at a general tt is controlled by its behaviour at 00 — uniformly in tt. A function that is non-negative definite and continuous at the origin is automatically uniformly continuous.

Why the discrete-time statement lives on an interval. Sampling at integer times cannot distinguish a frequency λ\lambda from λ+2π\lambda + 2\pi: the two oscillations agree at every integer. The spectral mass at all these frequencies is therefore indistinguishable and may be piled up at one representative in (−π,π](-\pi, \pi]. That is aliasing, and it is the reason a sampled signal has a spectrum only up to the Nyquist frequency.

Why absolute summability is enough, and why it gives non-negativity for free. With ∑n∣ρ(n)∣<∞\sum_n\lvert\rho(n)\rvert<\infty the Fourier series for ff converges uniformly, so it may be integrated term by term against einλe^{in\lambda}, and orthogonality returns ρ(n)\rho(n). Non-negativity of the sum is less obvious, but it comes from the same source as non-negative definiteness: the Cesàro means of the series are, up to a constant, the expected squared modulus of ∑n≤NXneinλ\sum_{n\le N}X_ne^{in\lambda}, which cannot be negative.

Proof(Hermitian symmetry and non-negative definiteness)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §9.3, proof of Theorem (9.3.2), p. 439

Part 1. By stationarity we may compute c(−t)c(-t) at the time s=ts = t:

c(−t)=cov⁡(X(t),X(0))=cov⁡(X(0),X(t))‾=c(t)‾,c(-t) = \operatorname{cov}\bigl(X(t), X(0)\bigr) = \overline{\operatorname{cov}\bigl(X(0), X(t)\bigr)} = \overline{c(t)} ,

the middle step being the antisymmetry cov⁡(C2,C1)=cov⁡(C1,C2)‾\operatorname{cov}(C_2,C_1) = \overline{\operatorname{cov}(C_1,C_2)} of the complex covariance.

Part 2. Fix t1,…,tnt_1,\dots,t_n and z1,…,znz_1,\dots,z_n and set Z=∑jzjX(tj)Z = \sum_j z_jX(t_j). Covariance is linear in its first slot and conjugate-linear in its second, so

var⁡(Z)=cov⁡(Z,Z)=∑j,kcov⁡(zjX(tj), zkX(tk))=∑j,kzjzk‾ cov⁡(X(tj),X(tk))=∑j,kc(tk−tj)zjzk‾,\operatorname{var}(Z) = \operatorname{cov}(Z,Z) = \sum_{j,k}\operatorname{cov}\bigl(z_jX(t_j),\, z_kX(t_k)\bigr) = \sum_{j,k} z_j\overline{z_k}\,\operatorname{cov}\bigl(X(t_j), X(t_k)\bigr) = \sum_{j,k}c(t_k-t_j)z_j\overline{z_k} ,

where the last step uses stationarity in the form cov⁡(X(tj),X(tk))=c(tk−tj)\operatorname{cov}(X(t_j),X(t_k)) = c(t_k - t_j). A variance is non-negative, so the double sum is non-negative. □\square

Since ρ=c/c(0)\rho = c/c(0) and c(0)=var⁡(X(0))>0c(0) = \operatorname{var}(X(0)) > 0, the function ρ\rho inherits both properties and satisfies ρ(0)=1\rho(0) = 1.

Proof(The spectral theorem)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §9.3, proof of Theorem (9.3.4), p. 439, and §5.7, Theorem (5.7.3) and the statement of Bochner's theorem, p. 204

Assume, as we may, that EX(t)=0\mathbb{E}X(t) = 0, so that c(t)=E(X(0)X(t)‾)c(t) = \mathbb{E}\bigl(X(0)\overline{X(t)}\bigr).

Step 1: an estimate for the increments of cc. For real tt and hh,

c(t+h)−c(t)=E[X(0) (X(t+h)−X(t))‾],c(t+h) - c(t) = \mathbb{E}\Bigl[X(0)\,\overline{\bigl(X(t+h) - X(t)\bigr)}\Bigr] ,

by linearity of the expectation. Taking moduli inside and applying the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality,

∣c(t+h)−c(t)∣  ≤  E[∣X(0)∣ ∣X(t+h)−X(t)∣]  ≤  E(∣X(0)∣2)  E(∣X(t+h)−X(t)∣2).\bigl\lvert c(t+h) - c(t)\bigr\rvert \;\le\; \mathbb{E}\Bigl[\lvert X(0)\rvert\,\bigl\lvert X(t+h)-X(t)\bigr\rvert\Bigr] \;\le\; \sqrt{\mathbb{E}\bigl(\lvert X(0)\rvert^{2}\bigr)\;\mathbb{E}\bigl(\lvert X(t+h)-X(t)\rvert^{2}\bigr)} .

Step 2: evaluate the second factor by stationarity. Expand the square and use E∣X(u)∣2=c(0)\mathbb{E}\lvert X(u)\rvert^{2} = c(0), valid for every uu, together with cov⁡(X(t),X(t+h))=c(h)\operatorname{cov}(X(t),X(t+h)) = c(h) and cov⁡(X(t+h),X(t))=c(−h)\operatorname{cov}(X(t+h),X(t)) = c(-h):

E(∣X(t+h)−X(t)∣2)=2c(0)−c(h)−c(−h).\mathbb{E}\bigl(\lvert X(t+h) - X(t)\rvert^{2}\bigr) = 2c(0) - c(h) - c(-h) .

Only hh survives on the right. Therefore

∣c(t+h)−c(t)∣  ≤  c(0)(2c(0)−c(h)−c(−h))for all t.\bigl\lvert c(t+h) - c(t)\bigr\rvert \;\le\; \sqrt{c(0)\bigl(2c(0) - c(h) - c(-h)\bigr)} \qquad\text{for all } t .

Step 3: continuity at 00 upgrades to uniform continuity. By hypothesis ρ\rho, and therefore c=c(0)ρc = c(0)\rho, is continuous at 00, so c(h)→c(0)c(h)\to c(0) and c(−h)=c(h)‾→c(0)c(-h) = \overline{c(h)}\to c(0) as h→0h \to 0. The bound of step 2 therefore tends to 00 as h→0h\to 0, uniformly in tt. So cc is uniformly continuous on R\mathbb{R}, and so is ρ=c/c(0)\rho = c/c(0).

Step 4: apply Bochner's theorem. By the previous proof, ρ\rho is non-negative definite in the form ∑j,kρ(tk−tj)zjzk‾≥0\sum_{j,k}\rho(t_k-t_j)z_j\overline{z_k}\ge 0; replacing each zjz_j by zj‾\overline{z_j} and exchanging the names of the summation indices turns this into ∑j,kρ(tj−tk)zjzk‾≥0\sum_{j,k}\rho(t_j-t_k)z_j\overline{z_k}\ge0, which is the form in which Bochner's condition is stated. We also have ρ(0)=1\rho(0) = 1 and ∣ρ(t)∣≤1\lvert\rho(t)\rvert\le 1, the latter by the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality, and uniform continuity from step 3. Bochner's theorem — quoted by Grimmett and Stirzaker without proof, as the converse half of their Theorem (5.7.3) — says that any function carrying those three properties arises as the characteristic function of a distribution function FF. That is the assertion:

ρ(t)=∫−∞∞eitλ dF(λ).□\rho(t) = \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}e^{it\lambda}\,dF(\lambda) . \qquad\square

Uniqueness of FF is the uniqueness theorem for characteristic functions (see Characteristic functions).

Proof(The proposition in discrete time)Original

Assume EXn=0\mathbb{E}X_n = 0 and ∑n∣ρ(n)∣<∞\sum_n\lvert\rho(n)\rvert < \infty.

Step 1: convergence and continuity. Each term of ∑nρ(n)e−inλ\sum_n \rho(n)e^{-in\lambda} has modulus ∣ρ(n)∣\lvert\rho(n)\rvert, so by the Weierstrass test the series converges absolutely and uniformly in λ\lambda. A uniform limit of continuous functions is continuous, so ff is continuous on (−π,π](-\pi,\pi], and 2πf2\pi f is bounded by ∑n∣ρ(n)∣\sum_n\lvert\rho(n)\rvert.

Step 2: the coefficients come back. Uniform convergence permits term-by-term integration, so for each m∈Zm \in \mathbb{Z}

∫−ππeimλf(λ) dλ=12π∑nρ(n)∫−ππei(m−n)λ dλ=ρ(m),\int_{-\pi}^{\pi}e^{im\lambda}f(\lambda)\,d\lambda = \frac{1}{2\pi}\sum_{n}\rho(n)\int_{-\pi}^{\pi}e^{i(m-n)\lambda}\,d\lambda = \rho(m) ,

because ∫−ππeikλdλ\int_{-\pi}^{\pi}e^{ik\lambda}d\lambda equals 2π2\pi when k=0k = 0 and 00 otherwise: this is the orthogonality of the exponentials over one period that underlies Fourier series, and the display says that ρ(−m)\rho(-m), read the other way round, is the mmth Fourier coefficient of 2πf2\pi f. Taking m=0m = 0 gives ∫−ππf=ρ(0)=1\int_{-\pi}^{\pi}f = \rho(0) = 1.

Step 3: non-negativity, through a Cesàro mean. For N≥1N \ge 1 and λ\lambda fixed, put ZN=∑n=1NXneinλZ_N = \sum_{n=1}^{N}X_ne^{in\lambda} and consider

SN(λ)  =  12πN c(0) E(∣ZN∣2)  ≥  0.S_N(\lambda) \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi N\,c(0)}\,\mathbb{E}\bigl(\lvert Z_N\rvert^{2}\bigr) \;\ge\; 0 .

Expanding the square,

E(∣ZN∣2)=∑n=1N∑m=1Nei(n−m)λ E(XnXm‾)=∑n,mei(n−m)λc(m−n),\mathbb{E}\bigl(\lvert Z_N\rvert^{2}\bigr) = \sum_{n=1}^{N}\sum_{m=1}^{N}e^{i(n-m)\lambda}\,\mathbb{E}\bigl(X_n\overline{X_m}\bigr) = \sum_{n,m}e^{i(n-m)\lambda}c(m-n) ,

using E(XnXm‾)=cov⁡(Xn,Xm)=c(m−n)\mathbb{E}(X_n\overline{X_m}) = \operatorname{cov}(X_n,X_m) = c(m-n). The summand depends on nn and mm only through k=m−nk = m-n, and for each kk with ∣k∣<N\lvert k\rvert < N there are exactly N−∣k∣N - \lvert k\rvert pairs, so

SN(λ)=12π∑∣k∣<N(1−∣k∣N)ρ(k) e−ikλ.S_N(\lambda) = \frac{1}{2\pi}\sum_{\lvert k\rvert < N}\Bigl(1 - \frac{\lvert k\rvert}{N}\Bigr)\rho(k)\,e^{-ik\lambda} .

Step 4: let N→∞N \to \infty. Each term converges to ρ(k)e−ikλ/2π\rho(k)e^{-ik\lambda}/2\pi, and the terms are dominated in modulus by ∣ρ(k)∣/2π\lvert\rho(k)\rvert/2\pi, which is summable; so by dominated convergence for series, SN(λ)→f(λ)S_N(\lambda)\to f(\lambda). A limit of non-negative numbers is non-negative, so f(λ)≥0f(\lambda)\ge 0 for every λ\lambda.

Step 5: identify ff as the spectral density. By steps 1-4, ff is a continuous probability density on (−π,π](-\pi,\pi], and by step 2 the distribution function F~(λ)=∫−πλf\widetilde F(\lambda) = \int_{-\pi}^{\lambda}f satisfies ρ(n)=∫(−π,π]einλdF~(λ)\rho(n) = \int_{(-\pi,\pi]}e^{in\lambda}d\widetilde F(\lambda) for all nn. This is the discrete-time spectral representation, and F~\widetilde F is unique, so ff is the spectral density. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used, conventions, and the other Wiener-Kinchin theorem)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §9.3, Theorem (9.3.4) and the discussion of (9.3.11)-(9.3.14) and (9.3.18), pp. 439-442, and Examples (9.3.19) and (9.3.20), p. 442; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.8, eqs. (13.40)-(13.43) and the energy spectrum, pp. 449-450

Strict positivity of the variance is needed only to divide by c(0)c(0). A process that is almost surely constant has c≡0c \equiv 0 and no autocorrelation function; there is nothing to normalise and no spectral distribution.

Continuity of ρ\rho at the origin is used exactly once, in step 3 of the proof, and it is not a technicality. Two different objects go by the name "white noise" in continuous time, and only the first of them is a process of the kind defined above; it is worth keeping them apart, because the hypothesis fails for one and the definition fails for the other.

A process with orthogonal values. Take c(0)=σ2>0c(0) = \sigma^{2} > 0 and c(t)=0c(t) = 0 for every t≠0t \ne 0. This cc is non-negative definite — for distinct times the double sum of the statement above collapses to σ2∑j∣zj∣2\sigma^{2}\sum_j\lvert z_j\rvert^{2} — so by the characterisation quoted there it really is the autocovariance of a process, and that process satisfies the definition of weak stationarity given here: the mean is constant and the covariance depends on the lag alone. What fails is the hypothesis, and with it the conclusion. Its ρ\rho is 11 at the origin and 00 elsewhere, no characteristic function jumps like that, and so this process has no spectral distribution at all — not an unusual one, none. Nor does a formal transform rescue it: ρ\rho vanishes off a single point, so ∫ρ(t)e−iλt dt=0\int\rho(t)e^{-i\lambda t}\,dt = 0, which is not a density. The lesson is that weak stationarity by itself buys nothing; the spectral theory begins at the hypothesis of continuity.

The white noise of physics. The delta-correlated object c(t)=σ2δ(t)c(t) = \sigma^{2}\delta(t) is a different thing and is not covered by the definitions above at all, because c(0)c(0) is infinite: it has no variance, so it is not a second-order process and has no autocorrelation function to be continuous or discontinuous. It is this object, not the one in the previous paragraph, that carries the flat spectrum S(ω)=σ2S(\omega) = \sigma^{2} of infinite total mass; the infinite mass is precisely the infinite variance, seen in the frequency domain. White noise in this sense has to be handled as a generalised process, as the formal derivative of Brownian motion — which is what Brownian motion and The Ito integral and Ito's formula do instead. In the laboratory neither idealisation is met: a real noise source is flat only up to some bandwidth, beyond which SS rolls off and the total variance is finite.

Only weak stationarity is used anywhere above. The spectral theory never looks beyond the mean and the covariance. This is the practical reason for preferring the weaker hypothesis: to fit a spectrum one needs to assume only that the first two moments are time-invariant, not that the whole law is.

In discrete time the spectral distribution is unique only on one period. The representation on R\mathbb{R} is not unique, since einλe^{in\lambda} is 2π2\pi-periodic in λ\lambda; uniqueness is restored by folding all the mass into (−π,π](-\pi,\pi]. A sampled process therefore cannot tell a frequency from its aliases, and a spectral density estimated from samples at spacing Δ\Delta is defined only for ∣ω∣≤π/Δ\lvert\omega\rvert \le \pi/\Delta.

Absolute summability is sufficient but not necessary for a spectral density to exist. Grimmett and Stirzaker say so explicitly at their (9.3.18). Their Example (9.3.20) shows the opposite extreme: for Xn≡YX_n \equiv Y with var⁡Y=1\operatorname{var}Y = 1, one has ρ(n)=1\rho(n) = 1 for all nn, which is not summable; the spectral distribution is the unit mass at λ=0\lambda = 0 and there is no density. Their Example (9.3.19), discrete white noise with ρ(n)=δn0\rho(n) = \delta_{n0}, is the other extreme: the spectral density is the uniform density on [−π,π][-\pi,\pi], and the spectrum is all of [−π,π][-\pi,\pi].

The hypothesis of the inversion theorem, as printed. Grimmett and Stirzaker's Theorem (9.3.15) assumes that F~\widetilde F is differentiable with derivative ff, and then asserts the inversion formula "at every point λ\lambda at which ff is differentiable". We state it exactly as they do. The proposition above avoids the question by assuming absolute summability outright, which yields a continuous ff and the formula at every λ\lambda.

Conventions. Three normalisations are in common use, and they differ by factors of 2π2\pi and by whether the variance is divided out.

Object Definition here Relation
Spectral density ff (as above) ρ(t)=∫eitλf(λ) dλ\rho(t) = \int e^{it\lambda}f(\lambda)\,d\lambda ∫f=1\int f = 1
Power spectral density SS (physics) S(ω)=∫−∞∞c(t)e−iωt dtS(\omega) = \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}c(t)e^{-i\omega t}\,dt S=2πc(0)fS = 2\pi c(0)f, and 12π∫S(ω) dω=c(0)\frac{1}{2\pi}\int S(\omega)\,d\omega = c(0)
One-sided spectrum (engineering) S+(ω)=2S(ω)S_{+}(\omega) = 2S(\omega) for ω>0\omega > 0, S+(0)=S(0)S_{+}(0) = S(0) defined for real processes only

In the handbook's Fourier convention, g^(k)=∫g(t)e−ikt dt\hat g(k) = \int g(t)e^{-ikt}\,dt with the 2π2\pi on the inverse transform (see The Fourier transform), the first two lines read f=ρ^/2πf = \hat\rho/2\pi and S=c^S = \hat c. Always check which of these a quoted "spectral density" means before comparing numbers.

The other theorem of the same name. (On the spelling, see the third warning in the opening note: Riley, Hobson and Bence write Kinchin where Grimmett and Stirzaker write Khinchin, and we follow whichever source is being reported.) Riley, Hobson and Bence prove, and call the Wiener-Kinchin theorem, a purely deterministic statement: for square-integrable ff and gg with cross-correlation C(z)=∫f(x)‾g(x+z) dxC(z) = \int\overline{f(x)}g(x+z)\,dx, one has C^(k)=2π f^(k)‾ g^(k)\hat C(k) = \sqrt{2\pi}\,\overline{\hat f(k)}\,\hat g(k) in their symmetric convention; specialising to g=fg = f makes the transform of the autocorrelation proportional to ∣f^(k)∣2\lvert\hat f(k)\rvert^{2}, which they call the energy spectrum of ff. No probability appears, and no stationarity: the two results are different theorems sharing a name and a shape. The probabilistic one above concerns an ensemble average that exists because the process is stationary; the deterministic one concerns a single square-integrable function, which a stationary process's sample path is not. The bridge between them, which is what makes the shared name defensible, is that a time average of ∣∫−TTX(t)e−iωtdt∣2/2T\lvert\int_{-T}^{T}X(t)e^{-i\omega t}dt\rvert^{2}/2T estimates S(ω)S(\omega) — the content of the periodogram, treated in The periodogram.

Method(Finding the spectral density of a stationary process)Original
  1. Check weak stationarity. Confirm that the mean is constant and that cov⁡(X(s),X(s+t))\operatorname{cov}(X(s),X(s+t)) does not depend on ss. If the process is defined by a recursion or a differential equation driven by noise, this is usually a condition on the coefficients: for an autoregression Xn=∑j=1rαjXn−j+ZnX_n = \sum_{j=1}^{r}\alpha_jX_{n-j} + Z_n the condition is that the roots of zr−α1zr−1−⋯−αrz^{r} - \alpha_1z^{r-1} - \cdots - \alpha_r all lie inside the unit circle.
  2. Compute the autocovariance c(t)c(t), then ρ(t)=c(t)/c(0)\rho(t) = c(t)/c(0). For a process built linearly from orthogonal noise, expand the product E(XnXn+m‾)\mathbb{E}(X_n\overline{X_{n+m}}) and discard every term in which two different noise variables meet.
  3. Check continuity at t=0t = 0 in continuous time; in discrete time there is nothing to check.
  4. Transform. In discrete time, if ∑∣ρ(n)∣<∞\sum\lvert\rho(n)\rvert<\infty, use f(λ)=(2π)−1∑nρ(n)e−inλf(\lambda) = (2\pi)^{-1}\sum_n\rho(n)e^{-in\lambda} on (−π,π](-\pi,\pi]; for a real process this is (2π)−1(1+2∑n≥1ρ(n)cos⁡nλ)(2\pi)^{-1}\bigl(1 + 2\sum_{n\ge1}\rho(n)\cos n\lambda\bigr). In continuous time use f(λ)=(2π)−1∫ρ(t)e−itλ dtf(\lambda) = (2\pi)^{-1}\int\rho(t)e^{-it\lambda}\,dt when ρ\rho is integrable, which is Fourier inversion applied to the representation ρ(t)=∫eitλf(λ) dλ\rho(t) = \int e^{it\lambda}f(\lambda)\,d\lambda; otherwise recognise ρ\rho as a known characteristic function and read off its distribution, which is often quicker than inverting an integral.
  5. Check the answer three ways. ff must be non-negative; ∫f\int f must be 11; and ff must be symmetric under λ↦−λ\lambda\mapsto-\lambda if the process is real.
  6. Convert to the convention you need using the table in the remark, and record which one you used.
  7. Read off what you wanted. The fraction of the variance carried by a frequency band BB is ∫Bf\int_Bf; a spectral density with a sharp peak at λ0\lambda_0 means a quasi-periodic component of period 2π/λ02\pi/\lambda_0; a spectral density that is flat near λ=0\lambda=0 and rolls off at λc\lambda_c means a correlation time of order 1/λc1/\lambda_c.
Example(A moving average of order two)Original

Let {Zn:n∈Z}\{Z_n : n \in \mathbb{Z}\} be orthogonal random variables, each of mean 00 and variance 11. Define a real-valued process by

Xn  =  Zn+12Zn−1−14Zn−2,n∈Z.X_n \;=\; Z_n + \tfrac12 Z_{n-1} - \tfrac14 Z_{n-2} , \qquad n \in \mathbb{Z} .

Write a0=1a_0 = 1, a1=12a_1 = \tfrac12, a2=−14a_2 = -\tfrac14 and ak=0a_k = 0 otherwise.

Step 1: stationarity and the autocovariance. Each XnX_n has mean 00. Since E(ZjZk)=δjk\mathbb{E}(Z_jZ_k) = \delta_{jk},

c(m)=E(XnXn+m)=∑j,kajak E(Zn−jZn+m−k)=∑kakak+m,c(m) = \mathbb{E}(X_nX_{n+m}) = \sum_{j,k}a_ja_k\,\mathbb{E}\bigl(Z_{n-j}Z_{n+m-k}\bigr) = \sum_{k}a_ka_{k+m} ,

which does not depend on nn; so XX is weakly stationary. Evaluating,

c(0)=1+14+116=2116,c(1)=12+12 ⁣⋅ ⁣(−14)=38,c(2)=−14,c(0) = 1 + \tfrac14 + \tfrac1{16} = \tfrac{21}{16} , \qquad c(1) = \tfrac12 + \tfrac12\!\cdot\!\bigl(-\tfrac14\bigr) = \tfrac38 , \qquad c(2) = -\tfrac14 ,

and c(m)=0c(m) = 0 for ∣m∣≥3\lvert m\rvert\ge3, because then no two of the shifted index sets overlap. Hence

ρ(1)=3/821/16=27,ρ(2)=−1/421/16=−421.\rho(1) = \frac{3/8}{21/16} = \frac27 , \qquad \rho(2) = \frac{-1/4}{21/16} = -\frac{4}{21} .

Step 2: the spectral density. Only five terms of the series are non-zero, so absolute summability is immediate and the proposition applies. For a real process ρ(−n)=ρ(n)\rho(-n)=\rho(n), so

f(λ)=12π(1+2ρ(1)cos⁡λ+2ρ(2)cos⁡2λ)=12π(1+47cos⁡λ−821cos⁡2λ),−π≤λ≤π.f(\lambda) = \frac{1}{2\pi}\Bigl(1 + 2\rho(1)\cos\lambda + 2\rho(2)\cos2\lambda\Bigr) = \frac{1}{2\pi}\Bigl(1 + \tfrac47\cos\lambda - \tfrac{8}{21}\cos2\lambda\Bigr) , \qquad -\pi \le \lambda \le \pi .

Step 3: the three checks. Symmetry in λ\lambda is visible. The integral is 11, since ∫−ππcos⁡(nλ) dλ=0\int_{-\pi}^{\pi}\cos(n\lambda)\,d\lambda = 0 for n=1,2n = 1, 2 and ∫−ππdλ=2π\int_{-\pi}^{\pi}d\lambda = 2\pi. For non-negativity, note the general identity for a moving average: with A(z)=∑kakzkA(z) = \sum_ka_kz^{k},

∑mc(m)e−imλ=∑k,makak+me−imλ=A(e−iλ)‾ A(e−iλ)=∣A(e−iλ)∣2,\sum_m c(m)e^{-im\lambda} = \sum_{k,m}a_ka_{k+m}e^{-im\lambda} = \overline{A(e^{-i\lambda})}\,A(e^{-i\lambda}) = \bigl\lvert A(e^{-i\lambda})\bigr\rvert^{2} ,

so that f(λ)=∣A(e−iλ)∣2/(2πc(0))≥0f(\lambda) = \lvert A(e^{-i\lambda})\rvert^{2}/\bigl(2\pi c(0)\bigr) \ge 0. Here A(z)=1+12z−14z2A(z) = 1 + \tfrac12z - \tfrac14z^{2}. As a numerical check at λ=0\lambda = 0: the formula gives f(0)=(1+47−821)/(2π)=2542π=0.1894702f(0) = (1 + \tfrac47 - \tfrac8{21})/(2\pi) = \tfrac{25}{42\pi} = 0.1894702, while A(1)=54A(1) = \tfrac54 gives ∣A(1)∣2/(2πc(0))=(25/16)/(2π⋅21/16)=25/(42π)\lvert A(1)\rvert^{2}/(2\pi c(0)) = (25/16)/(2\pi\cdot 21/16) = 25/(42\pi), the same. At the other end, f(π)=(1−47−821)/(2π)=1/(42π)=0.0075788f(\pi) = (1 - \tfrac47 - \tfrac8{21})/(2\pi) = 1/(42\pi) = 0.0075788, which is the minimum of ff and is positive.

Step 4: a number to check. What fraction of the variance of XX lies at frequencies ∣λ∣≤π/2\lvert\lambda\rvert\le\pi/2, that is, in periods of four sampling intervals or longer? It is

∫−π/2π/2f(λ) dλ=12π(π+47[sin⁡λ]−π/2π/2−821[sin⁡2λ2]−π/2π/2)=12π(π+87−0)=12+47π.\int_{-\pi/2}^{\pi/2}f(\lambda)\,d\lambda = \frac{1}{2\pi}\Bigl(\pi + \tfrac47\bigl[\sin\lambda\bigr]_{-\pi/2}^{\pi/2} - \tfrac8{21}\Bigl[\tfrac{\sin2\lambda}{2}\Bigr]_{-\pi/2}^{\pi/2}\Bigr) = \frac{1}{2\pi}\Bigl(\pi + \tfrac87 - 0\Bigr) = \frac12 + \frac{4}{7\pi} .

Numerically this is 0.6818910.681891. The filter has tilted the flat spectrum of the input noise towards low frequencies: white noise would put exactly half the variance in this band, and the moving average has moved about 1818 per cent of the total into it. That is the signature of the positive coefficient on Zn−1Z_{n-1}, which makes consecutive values of XX positively correlated, ρ(1)=2/7>0\rho(1) = 2/7 > 0.

Application(Noise spectra in the laboratory)Original

What a spectrum analyser measures. Point an instrument at a fluctuating voltage, a photocurrent, a seismometer trace, or a sea-surface elevation record, and what comes back is an estimate of the power spectral density S(ω)=∫c(t)e−iωt dtS(\omega) = \int c(t)e^{-i\omega t}\,dt. The theorem above is what guarantees that this is a well-posed thing to measure: provided the record is stationary and the correlation function is continuous at the origin, a non-negative SS exists and determines, and is determined by, the correlation function. The estimator itself is the periodogram (The periodogram), and the standard worry about it — that it is noisy however long the record, and must be smoothed — is a statistical matter, not a failure of the theorem.

Lorentzian line shapes. A process whose correlations decay exponentially, c(t)=σ2e−∣t∣/τc(t) = \sigma^{2}e^{-\lvert t\rvert/\tau}, has ρ(t)=e−∣t∣/τ\rho(t) = e^{-\lvert t\rvert/\tau}, the characteristic function of a Cauchy distribution scaled by 1/τ1/\tau; its spectral density is therefore the Lorentzian

f(λ)=1π 1/τ(1/τ)2+λ2,equivalentlyS(ω)=2σ2τ1+ω2τ2.f(\lambda) = \frac{1}{\pi}\,\frac{1/\tau}{(1/\tau)^{2} + \lambda^{2}} , \qquad\text{equivalently}\qquad S(\omega) = \frac{2\sigma^{2}\tau}{1 + \omega^{2}\tau^{2}} .

This single formula is behind the shape of the pressure-broadened spectral line, the roll-off of the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck velocity spectrum (see Stochastic differential equations), the noise spectrum of a single relaxing dipole, and the Lorentzian fitted to a dynamic light-scattering correlogram to extract a diffusion coefficient. The correlation time is read off as the inverse of the half-width: a spectrum flat up to ω∼1/τ\omega \sim 1/\tau and falling as ω−2\omega^{-2} beyond it.

White noise and its colouring. A flat spectral density means an autocorrelation concentrated at zero lag — no memory. Johnson-Nyquist noise in a resistor, and shot noise in a current, are white over the bandwidths usually of interest, and the linear circuit or detector that follows multiplies the spectral density by ∣H(ω)∣2\lvert H(\omega)\rvert^{2}, the squared modulus of the transfer function. That multiplication rule is the continuous-time twin of the identity f=∣A(e−iλ)∣2/(2πc(0))f = \lvert A(e^{-i\lambda})\rvert^{2}/(2\pi c(0)) verified in the example above, and it is the content of Linear filters: filtering a stationary process reshapes its spectrum pointwise and does nothing else.

Transport coefficients from correlation functions. In statistical mechanics the zero-frequency value of a spectral density is a transport coefficient. For the velocity of a tagged particle in three dimensions, the Green-Kubo relation

D=13∫0∞⟨v(0)⋅v(t)⟩ dtD = \frac13\int_0^{\infty}\bigl\langle v(0)\cdot v(t)\bigr\rangle\,dt

expresses the diffusion coefficient as half the zero-frequency spectral density of the velocity, divided by three for the dimensions; the integral converges precisely because the velocity autocorrelation decays, which is the same condition that gives the velocity process a spectral density. Similar expressions give the shear viscosity from the stress autocorrelation and the thermal conductivity from the heat-flux autocorrelation. In every case the quantity actually computed in a molecular-dynamics run is the autocovariance function of a stationary process, and the transport coefficient is read off its transform.

A caution about stationarity. Climate records, financial series and detector baselines drift, and a drifting series is not stationary; its sample "spectrum" will show a spurious rise at low frequency, because a trend looks like an oscillation of period longer than the record. The usual remedies — removing a fitted trend, differencing, or working with increments — are all attempts to recover a process to which this theorem applies.

Definition

Brownian motion

Adapted

Defines the Wiener process, shows that it is the scaling limit of a random walk in the sense that the rescaled walk's finite-dimensional distributions converge to it, sketches the proof that a version with continuous paths exists, and establishes the path properties - covariance σ2min⁡{s,t}\sigma^2\min\{s,t\}, quadratic variation σ2t\sigma^2 t, and total variation infinite on every interval.

Prerequisites: Random variables and distributions, Expectation, variance and covariance, The multivariate normal distribution, Characteristic functions, Markov, Chebyshev, Jensen and Chernoff inequalities, Convergence of random variables, The central limit theorem

Note(What has to be supplied, and what cannot be)Original

A random walk is specified by one number per step. A process in continuous time has uncountably many times, so a list of distributions is no longer enough to pin it down: two processes can have exactly the same distribution at every finite collection of times and yet have completely different paths. One may be continuous and the other wild.

This is the one structural difficulty in defining Brownian motion, and it shapes everything below. The distributional half of the definition is the easy half, and it is strongly suggested - though, as the idea block explains, not forced - by subdividing a time interval and looking at the central limit theorem: the increments ought to be normal, with variance proportional to elapsed time. That is where both of our sources stop arguing and start assuming. The path half - continuity - has to be imposed as a separate requirement as well, and then one must prove that the two halves are compatible. They are, and that is the existence theorem.

Two warnings about names. Grimmett and Stirzaker use Wiener process for the mathematical object and keep Brownian motion for the physical phenomenon it models; Folland uses the two names interchangeably for the process. We follow the first convention, and say "Wiener process" whenever precision matters.

Definition(Gaussian processes, and the Wiener process)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §13.3, Definition (13.3.1) with the standardisation paragraph, pp. 580-581, and §8.5, pp. 416-417; Folland (1999), §10.5, postulates (10.20)-(10.22), pp. 330-331

A random process X={X(t):t≥0}X = \{X(t) : t \ge 0\} is a family of random variables on one probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega, \mathcal{F}, \mathbb{P}) indexed by time. For a fixed ω∈Ω\omega \in \Omega the function t↦X(t;ω)t \mapsto X(t;\omega) is a sample path. The finite-dimensional distributions of XX are the joint distributions of the vectors (X(t1),…,X(tk))(X(t_1), \dots, X(t_k)) over all finite sets of times.

XX is a Gaussian process if every one of its finite-dimensional distributions is multivariate normal (see The multivariate normal distribution). The process XX is said to have independent increments when, for any finite list of pairwise disjoint time intervals, the increments of XX across those intervals form an independent family; it is enough to require this for two intervals [u,v][u,v] and [s,t][s,t] with u≤v≤s≤tu \le v \le s \le t and then for finitely many at a time.

Definition. Fix a constant σ2>0\sigma^{2} > 0. A real-valued Gaussian process W={W(t):t≥0}W = \{W(t) : t \ge 0\} with W(0)=wW(0) = w is called a Wiener process with variance parameter σ2\sigma^{2} when it has all three of these properties.

  1. (Independent increments.) Increments of WW over disjoint time intervals are independent.
  2. (Stationary normal increments.) Each increment W(s+t)−W(s)W(s+t) - W(s), with s,t≥0s, t \ge 0, is distributed as N(0,σ2t)N(0, \sigma^{2}t).
  3. (Continuity.) Every sample path of WW is a continuous function of time.

WW is standard if w=0w = 0 and σ2=1\sigma^2 = 1. Any Wiener process is reduced to a standard one by W1(t)=(W(t)−W(0))/σW_1(t) = \bigl(W(t) - W(0)\bigr)/\sigma. Because the law of W(s+t)−W(s)W(s+t) - W(s) depends on tt and not on ss, the increments are called stationary.

Condition 2 forces E(W(s+t)−W(s))=0\mathbb{E}\bigl(W(s+t) - W(s)\bigr) = 0: a Wiener process has no drift. Condition 3 is a statement about the functions t↦W(t;ω)t \mapsto W(t;\omega), not about any distribution, and is the only part of the definition that the finite-dimensional distributions do not see.

Folland reaches the same three conditions by a different route, reading each as a physical postulate about a particle bombarded by molecules: it starts at a known place (his (10.20)); a collision has no lasting memory, so increments over disjoint time intervals are independent (his (10.21)); the mechanism is unchanging in time, so the law of W(t)−W(s)W(t) - W(s) depends only on t−st-s; and the particle is pushed left and right equally, so the mean increment is zero. Normality and the proportionality of the variance to t−st-s are not deduced from these. Folland subdivides [s,t][s,t] into nn equal pieces, says that the central limit theorem "suggests" that the increment should be normal and that additivity of the variance "strongly indicates" that it should be proportional to t−st-s, and then writes: "we are led to the third assumption", namely his (10.22), that W(t)−W(s)W(t)-W(s) is normal with mean 00 and variance C(t−s)C(t-s). So normality and the variance law are a postulate for him too, as they are condition 2 for us; the subdivision argument recalled in the idea below is its motivation, not its proof.

Definition(Covariance, finite-dimensional distributions, and existence)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §8.5, Lemma (8.5.1), p. 417, and §13.3, equation (13.3.2), transition density (13.3.4) and Theorem (13.3.19), pp. 581-587; Folland (1999), §10.5, equation (10.23) and Theorem 10.28, pp. 332-334

Let WW be a Wiener process with variance parameter σ2\sigma^2 and W(0)=0W(0) = 0.

  1. Covariance. For all s,t≥0s, t \ge 0, cov(W(s),W(t)) = σ2min⁡{s,t}.\mathrm{cov}\bigl(W(s), W(t)\bigr) \ = \ \sigma^{2}\min\{s,t\} .
  2. Finite-dimensional distributions. For 0≤t1<t2<⋯<tk0 \le t_1 < t_2 < \cdots < t_k, the vector (W(t1),…,W(tk))(W(t_1), \dots, W(t_k)) is multivariate normal with zero mean vector and covariance matrix VV with entries vij=σ2min⁡{ti,tj}v_{ij} = \sigma^{2}\min\{t_i, t_j\}. Conditions 1 and 2 of the definition therefore determine every finite-dimensional distribution, and so determine the conditional (transition) density of W(t)W(t) given W(s)=xW(s) = x, which for the standard process is f(t,y∣s,x) = 12π(t−s) exp⁡(−(y−x)22(t−s)),s<t.f(t, y \mid s, x) \ = \ \frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi(t-s)}}\, \exp\left( -\frac{(y-x)^{2}}{2(t-s)} \right) , \qquad s < t .
  3. Existence. There is a probability space carrying a process that satisfies all three conditions of the definition. Equivalently, the probability measure determined by the finite-dimensional distributions in part 2 can be realised on the space of continuous paths.

Part 3 is the content of the definition that is not free. A Gaussian process with the finite-dimensional distributions of part 2 exists by general constructions; what has to be proved is that one of them may be chosen with every sample path continuous.

Definition(The Wiener process as the scaling limit of a random walk)Original

Let X1,X2,…X_1, X_2, \dots be independent and identically distributed with E(X1)=0\mathbb{E}(X_1) = 0 and var(X1)=σ2\mathrm{var}(X_1) = \sigma^{2}, where 0<σ2<∞0 < \sigma^{2} < \infty. Put S0=0S_0 = 0 and Sm=X1+⋯+XmS_m = X_1 + \cdots + X_m, and for each n≥1n \ge 1 define the rescaled walk

Wn(t) = S⌊nt⌋n,t≥0,W_n(t) \ = \ \frac{S_{\lfloor nt \rfloor}}{\sqrt{n}} , \qquad t \ge 0 ,

in which space is compressed by n\sqrt n while time is compressed by nn.

Claim. For every finite set of times 0≤t1<t2<⋯<tk0 \le t_1 < t_2 < \cdots < t_k,

(Wn(t1),…,Wn(tk)) →D (W(t1),…,W(tk))as n→∞,\bigl(W_n(t_1), \dots, W_n(t_k)\bigr) \ \xrightarrow{\mathrm{D}} \ \bigl(W(t_1), \dots, W(t_k)\bigr) \qquad \text{as } n \to \infty ,

where WW is a Wiener process with variance parameter σ2\sigma^{2} and W(0)=0W(0) = 0.

That is: the finite-dimensional distributions of the rescaled walk converge to those of the Wiener process, whatever the step distribution, provided only that its mean is zero and its variance is finite and non-zero. No other scaling works: see the remark below.

Definition(Path properties)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §13.2, p. 579 (nowhere differentiability), Exercise (13.2.1), p. 580, §8.5, Exercise (8.5.4), p. 418, and §8.8, Definition (8.8.5), p. 427

Let WW be a Wiener process with variance parameter σ2\sigma^{2}, and fix t>0t > 0. Write

Qn = ∑j=0n−1(W((j+1)t/n)−W(jt/n))2Q_n \ = \ \sum_{j=0}^{n-1} \Bigl( W\bigl((j+1)t/n\bigr) - W\bigl(jt/n\bigr) \Bigr)^{2}

for the sum of squared increments over the uniform partition of [0,t][0,t] into nn pieces.

  1. Quadratic variation. Qn→σ2tQ_n \to \sigma^{2} t in mean square as n→∞n \to \infty, and almost surely along the subsequence n=2kn = 2^{k}. (The mean-square statement is the one Grimmett and Stirzaker set as Exercise (8.5.4); the almost sure statement along the dyadic subsequence is an addition of ours, and both are proved below.)
  2. Unbounded total variation. Almost surely, the sample path of WW has infinite total variation on every interval [a,b][a,b] with a<ba < b; that is, sup⁡ ∑r∣W(sr+1)−W(sr)∣ = ∞,\sup \ \sum_{r} \bigl\lvert W(s_{r+1}) - W(s_r) \bigr\rvert \ = \ \infty , the supremum being over all finite increasing sequences a=s0<s1<⋯<sn=ba = s_0 < s_1 < \cdots < s_n = b.
  3. Nowhere differentiability. Almost every sample path is a continuous function of tt that is differentiable at no point. Grimmett and Stirzaker record this without proof, and we follow them. Part 2, which we do prove, gives a weaker statement of the same kind by itself: a function that is Lipschitz on an interval has finite total variation there, so almost surely no sample path is Lipschitz on any interval, and in particular none has a derivative that exists and is bounded throughout an interval.

Part 2 is why the Ito integral of The Ito integral and Ito's formula cannot be a Stieltjes integral taken path by path, and part 1 is what replaces it: the correct "dW2dW^2" is not negligible but equals σ2 dt\sigma^2\,dt.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Three separate ideas are at work, one for each statement.

Why the increments are taken to be normal. Split [s,t][s,t] into nn equal pieces. By stationarity and independence, W(t)−W(s)W(t) - W(s) is a sum of nn independent identically distributed increments, for every nn; in a word, its law is infinitely divisible. Two things should be separated here.

What the subdivision really settles is the variance. Write v(h)v(h) for the variance of an increment across an interval of length hh, assumed finite. Independence and stationarity give v(s+t)=v(s)+v(t)v(s+t) = v(s) + v(t) for all s,t≥0s,t \ge 0, and vv is non-decreasing because a longer interval contains a shorter one and the extra variance is non-negative; a non-decreasing solution of that additive equation is v(h)=v(1)hv(h) = v(1)h. So once the increments are assumed to have finite variance, proportionality to elapsed time is a genuine consequence of conditions 1 and stationarity, with σ2=v(1)\sigma^{2} = v(1).

Normality is not. Being an nn-fold convolution of identical pieces for every nn, even with finite variance, does not make a law normal: the Poisson and gamma laws, and compound Poisson laws generally, are infinitely divisible and have finite variance. The missing ingredient is a negligibility (Lindeberg) condition saying that no single piece of the subdivision carries a non-negligible share of the sum; a Poisson increment fails it, because a single jump is a macroscopic part of the total. With such a condition the central limit theorem for triangular arrays applies and the limit is normal, and that is the honest content of the heuristic. Folland supplies no such condition and claims none: he says the central limit theorem "suggests" normality and then assumes it. Condition 2 is therefore a postulate - very well motivated, and the physically right one for a particle hit by enormously many enormously small kicks, which is exactly a negligibility hypothesis - but a postulate.

Why the rescaled walk converges. Over disjoint time intervals the rescaled walk accumulates disjoint blocks of steps, so its increments are exactly independent at every nn, not just in the limit. Each single increment is a normalised sum of about n(tj−tj−1)n(t_j - t_{j-1}) steps, so the central limit theorem sends it to N(0,σ2(tj−tj−1))N(0, \sigma^2(t_j - t_{j-1})). A joint characteristic function that factorises into pieces, each of which converges, converges to the product of the limits; that product is the characteristic function of the Wiener vector.

Why a continuous version exists. Build the path by successive refinement. Fix its values at the times m/2nm/2^{n} for n=1n = 1, then n=2n = 2, and so on, joining them by straight lines; passing from level n−1n-1 to level nn only moves the midpoints of the existing segments. The midpoint displacement at level jj is normal with variance 2−j−12^{-j-1}, and there are 2j−12^{j-1} of them, so the largest of them is of order j 2−j\sqrt{j\,2^{-j}} - small enough that the total displacement over all levels converges. Summable corrections produce a uniformly convergent series of continuous functions, so the limit is continuous; the first Borel-Cantelli lemma turns "summable" into "almost surely".

Why the quadratic variation survives. Each squared increment has mean σ2t/n\sigma^2 t/n and variance of the same order squared, so the sum has mean exactly σ2t\sigma^{2}t and variance of order 1/n1/n: adding nn independent small terms averages the fluctuation away but not the mean. Since the increments themselves are of order n−1/2n^{-1/2} and there are nn of them, the sum of their absolute values is of order n\sqrt n, which is why the total variation diverges.

Proof(Covariance, and the scaling limit)Original

Step 1: the covariance. Take 0≤s≤t0 \le s \le t and W(0)=0W(0) = 0. Write W(t)=W(s)+(W(t)−W(s))W(t) = W(s) + \bigl(W(t) - W(s)\bigr) and multiply by W(s)=W(s)−W(0)W(s) = W(s) - W(0):

E(W(s)W(t)) = E(W(s)2)+E((W(s)−W(0))(W(t)−W(s))).\mathbb{E}\bigl(W(s)W(t)\bigr) \ = \ \mathbb{E}\bigl(W(s)^{2}\bigr) + \mathbb{E}\Bigl( \bigl(W(s)-W(0)\bigr)\bigl(W(t)-W(s)\bigr) \Bigr) .

The two factors in the second term are increments over the disjoint intervals [0,s][0,s] and [s,t][s,t], hence independent by condition 1, and each has mean zero by condition 2; so that term vanishes. The first term is var(W(s))=σ2s\mathrm{var}(W(s)) = \sigma^{2}s by condition 2. Since all means are zero, cov(W(s),W(t))=σ2s=σ2min⁡{s,t}\mathrm{cov}(W(s),W(t)) = \sigma^{2}s = \sigma^{2}\min\{s,t\}, and the same holds with ss and tt exchanged.

The finite-dimensional distributions follow: (W(t1),…,W(tk))(W(t_1),\dots,W(t_k)) is multivariate normal because WW is a Gaussian process, its mean vector is zero, and its covariance matrix has just been computed.

Step 2: increments of the rescaled walk. Fix 0≤t1<⋯<tk0 \le t_1 < \cdots < t_k and put t0=0t_0 = 0, so Wn(t0)=0W_n(t_0) = 0. Define the increments

Dn,j = Wn(tj)−Wn(tj−1) = 1n∑i=⌊ntj−1⌋+1⌊ntj⌋Xi,j=1,…,k.D_{n,j} \ = \ W_n(t_j) - W_n(t_{j-1}) \ = \ \frac{1}{\sqrt n}\sum_{i = \lfloor n t_{j-1}\rfloor + 1}^{\lfloor n t_j \rfloor} X_i , \qquad j = 1, \dots, k .

For distinct jj these sums use disjoint blocks of the XiX_i, so Dn,1,…,Dn,kD_{n,1}, \dots, D_{n,k} are independent for every nn - this is where the independence of the steps is used, and it is exact, not asymptotic.

Step 3: the characteristic function of each increment converges. Write dj=tj−tj−1d_j = t_j - t_{j-1}. We show that for every c∈Rc \in \mathbb{R}

E(eicDn,j) ⟶ exp⁡(−12c2σ2dj).\mathbb{E}\bigl( e^{i c D_{n,j}} \bigr) \ \longrightarrow \ \exp\left( -\tfrac12 c^{2}\sigma^{2} d_j \right) .

The statement allows t1=0t_1 = 0, and then d1=0d_1 = 0 and the sum defining Dn,1D_{n,1} is empty, so Dn,1=0D_{n,1} = 0 for every nn and both sides above equal 11; that case is settled, and we assume dj>0d_j > 0 from here. Put mn=⌊ntj⌋−⌊ntj−1⌋m_n = \lfloor n t_j\rfloor - \lfloor n t_{j-1}\rfloor, so that mn/n→dj>0m_n/n \to d_j > 0 and hence mn→∞m_n \to \infty. Then

Dn,j = anYn,an=mnn,Yn=1mn∑i=⌊ntj−1⌋+1⌊ntj⌋Xi.D_{n,j} \ = \ a_n Y_n , \qquad a_n = \sqrt{\frac{m_n}{n}} , \qquad Y_n = \frac{1}{\sqrt{m_n}} \sum_{i=\lfloor n t_{j-1}\rfloor+1}^{\lfloor n t_j\rfloor} X_i .

Here YnY_n is the sum of mnm_n independent copies of X1X_1 divided by mn\sqrt{m_n}, which is σ\sigma times the sum standardised in the usual way (divided by σmn\sigma\sqrt{m_n}). Since X1X_1 is centred and has finite non-zero variance, the central limit theorem sends that standardised sum to N(0,1)N(0,1), so Yn→DN(0,σ2)Y_n \xrightarrow{\mathrm{D}} N(0,\sigma^{2}) and, by the direct half of the continuity theorem for characteristic functions (Characteristic functions), E(eiθYn)→e−θ2σ2/2\mathbb{E}(e^{i\theta Y_n}) \to e^{-\theta^{2}\sigma^{2}/2} for each fixed θ\theta.

The factor ana_n is deterministic and tends to dj\sqrt{d_j}, but it moves with nn, so the convergence just quoted cannot be applied at the argument canc a_n directly. Two elementary bounds remove the difficulty. First, YnY_n has mean 00 and variance exactly σ2\sigma^{2} for every nn, so E∣Yn∣≤σ\mathbb{E}\lvert Y_n\rvert \le \sigma by the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality. Second, ∣eiu−1∣≤∣u∣\lvert e^{iu} - 1\rvert \le \lvert u\rvert for real uu. Hence

∣E(eicanYn)−E(eicdj Yn)∣ ≤ E∣eic(an−dj)Yn−1∣ ≤ ∣c∣ ∣an−dj∣ E∣Yn∣ ≤ ∣c∣ σ ∣an−dj∣ ⟶ 0,\Bigl\lvert \mathbb{E}\bigl(e^{i c a_n Y_n}\bigr) - \mathbb{E}\bigl(e^{i c \sqrt{d_j}\, Y_n}\bigr) \Bigr\rvert \ \le \ \mathbb{E}\Bigl\lvert e^{i c (a_n - \sqrt{d_j}) Y_n} - 1 \Bigr\rvert \ \le \ \lvert c\rvert\,\bigl\lvert a_n - \sqrt{d_j}\bigr\rvert\, \mathbb{E}\lvert Y_n\rvert \ \le \ \lvert c\rvert\,\sigma\,\bigl\lvert a_n - \sqrt{d_j}\bigr\rvert \ \longrightarrow \ 0 ,

while E(eicdjYn)→e−c2djσ2/2\mathbb{E}(e^{i c \sqrt{d_j} Y_n}) \to e^{-c^{2}d_j\sigma^{2}/2} by the previous paragraph with the fixed argument θ=cdj\theta = c\sqrt{d_j}. Adding the two statements gives the display at the head of this step, and with it Dn,j→DN(0,σ2dj)D_{n,j} \xrightarrow{\mathrm{D}} N(0,\sigma^{2}d_j).

Step 4: assembling the joint limit. Let θ1,…,θk\theta_1, \dots, \theta_k be real and set cj=θj+θj+1+⋯+θkc_j = \theta_j + \theta_{j+1} + \cdots + \theta_k. Writing each Wn(tj)W_n(t_j) as the sum of the increments up to jj and collecting terms,

∑j=1kθjWn(tj) = ∑j=1kcjDn,j,\sum_{j=1}^{k} \theta_j W_n(t_j) \ = \ \sum_{j=1}^{k} c_j D_{n,j} ,

so by the independence of step 2 and the limit of step 3,

Eexp⁡(i∑j=1kθjWn(tj))=∏j=1kE(eicjDn,j) ⟶ exp⁡(−12∑j=1kcj2σ2dj).\mathbb{E}\exp\left( i\sum_{j=1}^{k}\theta_j W_n(t_j) \right) = \prod_{j=1}^{k} \mathbb{E}\bigl(e^{i c_j D_{n,j}}\bigr) \ \longrightarrow \ \exp\left( -\tfrac12 \sum_{j=1}^{k} c_j^{2}\sigma^{2} d_j \right) .

The identical algebra applied to a Wiener process WW with parameter σ2\sigma^2, whose increments over [tj−1,tj][t_{j-1}, t_j] are independent and N(0,σ2dj)N(0, \sigma^2 d_j), shows that the right-hand side is exactly the characteristic function of (W(t1),…,W(tk))(W(t_1),\dots,W(t_k)) evaluated at (θ1,…,θk)(\theta_1,\dots,\theta_k). Pointwise convergence of characteristic functions to a characteristic function gives convergence in distribution, by the continuity theorem. □\square

Proof(Existence of a version with continuous paths)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §13.3, Theorem (13.3.19) and its proof, pp. 587-589

We construct the standard process on [0,1][0,1]; the general case follows by scaling (W(t)=σW1(t)+wW(t) = \sigma W_1(t) + w) and by joining copies on [n,n+1][n, n+1] end to end.

Start from a Gaussian process XX on [0,1][0,1] with X(0)=0X(0) = 0, independent increments and X(s+t)−X(s)∼N(0,t)X(s+t) - X(s) \sim N(0,t). Such a process exists; the issue is its paths. Let Dn={m2−n:0≤m≤2n}\mathcal{D}_n = \{m2^{-n} : 0 \le m \le 2^{n}\} be the level-nn dyadic points and D=⋃nDn\mathcal{D} = \bigcup_n \mathcal{D}_n.

Step 1: the approximating polygons. Let XnX_n agree with XX on Dn\mathcal{D}_n and be linear in between, so XnX_n is a continuous piecewise-linear function with 2n2^n segments. Put X0≡0X_0 \equiv 0 and Zj=Xj−Xj−1Z_j = X_j - X_{j-1}, so that

Xn = ∑j=1nZj.X_n \ = \ \sum_{j=1}^{n} Z_j .

Since XjX_j and Xj−1X_{j-1} agree at every point of Dj−1\mathcal{D}_{j-1}, the function ZjZ_j vanishes there; it is piecewise linear with corners only at points of Dj\mathcal{D}_j. A piecewise-linear function attains its extreme values at its corners, so

sup⁡0≤t≤1∣Zj(t)∣ = max⁡{∣Zj(m2−j)∣:m odd, 1≤m≤2j−1},\sup_{0 \le t \le 1} \lvert Z_j(t)\rvert \ = \ \max\bigl\{ \lvert Z_j(m2^{-j})\rvert : m \text{ odd},\ 1 \le m \le 2^{j}-1 \bigr\} ,

a maximum over 2j−12^{j-1} points.

(One level is exceptional, and we follow Grimmett and Stirzaker in passing over it. With the convention X0≡0X_0 \equiv 0 the function Z1=X1Z_1 = X_1 does not vanish on D0={0,1}\mathcal{D}_0 = \{0,1\}, since Z1(1)=X(1)Z_1(1) = X(1); so at j=1j=1 the supremum is a maximum over {12,1}\{\tfrac12, 1\} rather than over the single odd point, and the two values have variances 12\tfrac12 and 11 rather than the 2−j−1=142^{-j-1} = \tfrac14 that step 2 will give. The slip is harmless, because a single level contributes the one almost surely finite quantity sup⁡t∣Z1(t)∣\sup_t\lvert Z_1(t)\rvert to the sum in step 4, and the estimates of steps 2 and 3 are needed only for j≥2j \ge 2, where the description above is exact. Taking X0X_0 to be the linear interpolant of XX on D0\mathcal{D}_0 instead of 00 would remove the exception altogether.)

Step 2: the size of one correction. For odd mm, Xj−1X_{j-1} interpolates linearly between the neighbouring even dyadics, so

Zj(m2−j)=X(m2−j)−12(X((m−1)2−j)+X((m+1)2−j))=12(A−B),Z_j(m2^{-j}) = X(m2^{-j}) - \tfrac12\Bigl( X\bigl((m-1)2^{-j}\bigr) + X\bigl((m+1)2^{-j}\bigr) \Bigr) = \tfrac12 (A - B) ,

where A=X(m2−j)−X((m−1)2−j)A = X(m2^{-j}) - X((m-1)2^{-j}) and B=X((m+1)2−j)−X(m2−j)B = X((m+1)2^{-j}) - X(m2^{-j}) are increments over adjacent intervals of length 2−j2^{-j}. By conditions 1 and 2 they are independent and each is N(0,2−j)N(0, 2^{-j}), so Zj(m2−j)Z_j(m2^{-j}) is normal with mean 00 and variance 14(2−j+2−j)=2−j−1\tfrac14(2^{-j} + 2^{-j}) = 2^{-j-1}.

Step 3: a tail bound, level by level. For Y∼N(0,v)Y \sim N(0,v) and x>0x > 0 the standard tail estimate gives P(∣Y∣>x)≤(2v/(x2π))e−x2/(2v)\mathbb{P}(\lvert Y\rvert > x) \le (2\sqrt{v}/(x\sqrt{2\pi}))e^{-x^{2}/(2v)}. With v=2−j−1v = 2^{-j-1} this is at most x−12−j/2e−x22jx^{-1}2^{-j/2}e^{-x^{2}2^{j}}. Combining with step 1 and the union bound over the 2j−12^{j-1} odd points,

P(sup⁡0≤t≤1∣Zj(t)∣>x) ≤ 2j−1x 2j/2 e−x22j.\mathbb{P}\left( \sup_{0\le t\le 1} \lvert Z_j(t)\rvert > x \right) \ \le \ \frac{2^{j-1}}{x\,2^{j/2}}\, e^{-x^{2}2^{j}} .

Choose the threshold xj=cj 2−jlog⁡2x_j = c\sqrt{j\,2^{-j}\log 2} with c>1c > 1 fixed. Then xj22j=c2jlog⁡2x_j^{2}2^{j} = c^{2}j\log 2, so e−xj22j=2−c2je^{-x_j^2 2^j} = 2^{-c^{2}j} and xj2j/2=cjlog⁡2x_j 2^{j/2} = c\sqrt{j\log 2}, whence

P(sup⁡0≤t≤1∣Zj(t)∣>xj) ≤ 2 j(1−c2)−1cjlog⁡2.\mathbb{P}\left( \sup_{0 \le t \le 1} \lvert Z_j(t)\rvert > x_j \right) \ \le \ \frac{2^{\,j(1-c^{2})-1}}{c\sqrt{j\log 2}} .

Because c>1c > 1 the exponent j(1−c2)j(1-c^{2}) is negative and linear in jj, so these probabilities form a convergent geometric-type series.

Step 4: Borel-Cantelli, and uniform convergence. By the first Borel-Cantelli lemma (Convergence of random variables), almost surely only finitely many jj have sup⁡t∣Zj(t)∣>xj\sup_t\lvert Z_j(t)\rvert > x_j. Since ∑jxj=clog⁡2∑jj 2−j/2<∞\sum_j x_j = c\sqrt{\log 2}\sum_j \sqrt{j}\,2^{-j/2} < \infty, it follows that

∑j≥1 sup⁡0≤t≤1∣Zj(t)∣ < ∞almost surely.\sum_{j\ge1} \ \sup_{0\le t\le 1} \lvert Z_j(t)\rvert \ < \ \infty \qquad \text{almost surely.}

On that event the series ∑jZj\sum_j Z_j converges uniformly on [0,1][0,1] by the Weierstrass criterion, so XnX_n converges uniformly to a limit YY, and YY is continuous as a uniform limit of continuous functions.

Step 5: YY has the right law. If t∈Dt \in \mathcal{D} then Xn(t)=X(t)X_n(t) = X(t) for all large nn, so Y(t)=X(t)Y(t) = X(t). For general tt, take dyadics s→ts \to t; then E((X(s)−X(t))2)=∣s−t∣→0\mathbb{E}\bigl((X(s)-X(t))^{2}\bigr) = \lvert s-t\rvert \to 0, so X(s)→X(t)X(s) \to X(t) in mean square, while X(s)=Y(s)→Y(t)X(s) = Y(s) \to Y(t) almost surely by continuity of YY. Mean-square and almost-sure limits agree almost surely, so Y(t)=X(t)Y(t) = X(t) almost surely for every fixed tt. Hence YY has the same finite-dimensional distributions as XX, so conditions 1 and 2 hold for YY.

Step 6: removing the exceptional set. Let Ω′\Omega' be the set of ω\omega for which t↦Y(t;ω)t\mapsto Y(t;\omega) is continuous; steps 4 and 5 give P(Ω′)=1\mathbb{P}(\Omega') = 1. Replace Ω\Omega by Ω′\Omega' with the induced σ\sigma-field and probability measure. No probability changes, and now every path is continuous, so condition 3 holds as stated. □\square

Proof(Quadratic variation, and the divergence of the total variation)Original

Fix t>0t > 0 and write Δj=W((j+1)t/n)−W(jt/n)\Delta_j = W((j+1)t/n) - W(jt/n) for j=0,…,n−1j = 0,\dots,n-1, so Qn=∑jΔj2Q_n = \sum_j \Delta_j^{2}.

Step 1: mean and variance of QnQ_n. The Δj\Delta_j are increments over disjoint intervals of equal length t/nt/n, hence independent and each N(0,σ2t/n)N(0, \sigma^{2}t/n). Therefore E(Δj2)=σ2t/n\mathbb{E}(\Delta_j^{2}) = \sigma^{2}t/n and, using E(Y4)=3v2\mathbb{E}(Y^{4}) = 3v^{2} for Y∼N(0,v)Y \sim N(0,v),

var(Δj2)=3(σ2tn)2−(σ2tn)2=2σ4t2n2.\mathrm{var}(\Delta_j^{2}) = 3\left(\frac{\sigma^{2}t}{n}\right)^{2} - \left(\frac{\sigma^{2}t}{n}\right)^{2} = \frac{2\sigma^{4}t^{2}}{n^{2}} .

Summing over the nn independent terms,

E(Qn)=σ2t,var(Qn)=2σ4t2n.\mathbb{E}(Q_n) = \sigma^{2}t , \qquad \mathrm{var}(Q_n) = \frac{2\sigma^{4}t^{2}}{n} .

Step 2: mean-square convergence. E((Qn−σ2t)2)=var(Qn)=2σ4t2/n→0\mathbb{E}\bigl((Q_n - \sigma^{2}t)^{2}\bigr) = \mathrm{var}(Q_n) = 2\sigma^{4}t^{2}/n \to 0, which is convergence in mean square to the constant σ2t\sigma^{2}t. Note that the limit is deterministic although every QnQ_n is random: the fluctuation is averaged away, the mean is not.

Step 3: almost sure convergence along n=2kn = 2^{k}. By Chebyshev's inequality (Markov, Chebyshev, Jensen and Chernoff inequalities), for ϵ>0\epsilon > 0,

P(∣Q2k−σ2t∣>ϵ) ≤ 2σ4t2ϵ2 2k,\mathbb{P}\bigl( \lvert Q_{2^{k}} - \sigma^{2}t\rvert > \epsilon \bigr) \ \le \ \frac{2\sigma^{4}t^{2}}{\epsilon^{2}\,2^{k}} ,

and these are summable in kk. By the first Borel-Cantelli lemma the event on the left occurs for only finitely many kk, almost surely, for each fixed ϵ\epsilon; taking ϵ=1/i\epsilon = 1/i and intersecting the countably many full-probability events gives Q2k→σ2tQ_{2^{k}} \to \sigma^{2}t almost surely. (Summability is what is needed here; mean-square convergence alone would only give a subsequence.)

Step 4: infinite total variation on one fixed interval. Work on [0,t][0,t]; the argument on a general [a,b][a,b] is the same with the origin shifted, because s↦W(a+s)−W(a)s \mapsto W(a+s) - W(a) is again a Wiener process with the same parameter, by conditions 1 and 2. Let VV be the total variation of the path over [0,t][0,t] and bound the quadratic variation by factoring out the largest increment:

Qn = ∑jΔj2 ≤ (max⁡j∣Δj∣)∑j∣Δj∣ ≤ (max⁡j∣Δj∣) V.Q_n \ = \ \sum_{j} \Delta_j^{2} \ \le \ \Bigl( \max_{j} \lvert \Delta_j\rvert \Bigr) \sum_{j} \lvert \Delta_j \rvert \ \le \ \Bigl( \max_{j} \lvert \Delta_j\rvert \Bigr) \, V .

Suppose V<∞V < \infty on a path. The path is continuous on the compact interval [0,t][0,t] by condition 3, hence uniformly continuous there, so max⁡j∣Δj∣→0\max_j \lvert\Delta_j\rvert \to 0 as the mesh t/nt/n tends to 00. The displayed bound then forces Qn→0Q_n \to 0. But by step 3, almost surely Q2k→σ2t>0Q_{2^{k}} \to \sigma^{2}t > 0. So V=∞V = \infty almost surely.

Step 5: all intervals at once. Step 4 gives, for each fixed interval, a full-probability event on which the variation over it is infinite; part 2 of the statement claims one full-probability event that works for every interval simultaneously, and the two are not the same thing, since there are uncountably many intervals. Let Ωa,b\Omega_{a,b} be the event that the variation over [a,b][a,b] is infinite, and put

Ω∗ = ⋂{Ωa,b : a<b, a,b∈Q≥0},\Omega^{\ast} \ = \ \bigcap \bigl\{ \Omega_{a,b} \ : \ a < b, \ a, b \in \mathbb{Q}_{\ge 0} \bigr\} ,

an intersection of countably many events of probability 11, so P(Ω∗)=1\mathbb{P}(\Omega^{\ast}) = 1. Fix ω∈Ω∗\omega \in \Omega^{\ast} and let [a,b][a,b] be any interval with a<ba < b. Choose rationals a′a' and b′b' with a≤a′<b′≤ba \le a' < b' \le b. Total variation is monotone under inclusion of intervals, because every partition of [a′,b′][a',b'] extends to a partition of [a,b][a,b] and adjoining points can only increase the sum of absolute increments; hence the variation of this path over [a,b][a,b] is at least its variation over [a′,b′][a',b'], which is infinite. So on Ω∗\Omega^{\ast} every interval carries infinite variation, which is part 2. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used, and what fails without them)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §13.2, equation (13.2.1) with properties (a)-(d), pp. 578-579, §13.3, p. 581, and §8.7, p. 423

Independent increments is used three times and in three different ways: to kill the cross term in the covariance computation, to make the blocks Dn,jD_{n,j} of the rescaled walk independent (which is what lets a product of characteristic functions appear at all), and to make the midpoint corrections ZjZ_j of the existence proof normal with a known variance. Drop it and nothing in this unit survives. Fractional Brownian motion with Hurst exponent H≠12H \ne \tfrac12 is Gaussian and self-similar with stationary increments, and Grimmett and Stirzaker report that its sample paths "may be taken to be" almost surely continuous and nowhere differentiable; but the only value of the exponent at which its increments come out independent is the Wiener value H=12H = \tfrac12, and its covariance is not min⁡{s,t}\min\{s,t\}.

Finite non-zero variance of the step distribution is where the scaling limit is decided. The compression S⌊nt⌋/nS_{\lfloor nt\rfloor}/\sqrt n is tuned to σ2<∞\sigma^2 < \infty: if the steps had infinite variance the central limit theorem would not apply and a different exponent, with a non-Gaussian stable limit, would be needed. Grimmett and Stirzaker make the same point in physical terms for the lattice walk of their §13.2: with lattice spacing δ\delta and inter-jump time τ\tau the limit is non-degenerate only if 13δ2/τ\tfrac13\delta^{2}/\tau is held at a constant σ2\sigma^{2} as δ,τ↓0\delta,\tau \downarrow 0. If δ2/τ→0\delta^{2}/\tau \to 0 the displacement collapses to the constant 00; if δ2/τ→∞\delta^{2}/\tau \to \infty its variance diverges. The factor 13\tfrac13 there is the probability of stepping along the chosen axis in their three-dimensional lattice; in our one-dimensional statement the corresponding constant is σ2\sigma^{2} itself.

Zero mean of the steps keeps the limit centred. With E(X1)=μ≠0\mathbb{E}(X_1) = \mu \ne 0 the same calculation applied to (S⌊nt⌋−μ⌊nt⌋)/n(S_{\lfloor nt\rfloor} - \mu\lfloor nt\rfloor)/\sqrt n gives a Wiener process, while S⌊nt⌋/n→μtS_{\lfloor nt\rfloor}/n \to \mu t: the walk is then dominated by its drift, and the Wiener process describes only the fluctuation around it.

Continuity of paths is an extra condition, not a consequence. The finite-dimensional distributions do not determine it. Take a Wiener process WW and an independent random time UU, uniform on [0,1][0,1], and define W~(t)=W(t)\widetilde W(t) = W(t) for t≠Ut \ne U and W~(U)=W(U)+1\widetilde W(U) = W(U) + 1. For each fixed tt we have P(U=t)=0\mathbb{P}(U = t) = 0 and hence P(W~(t)=W(t))=1\mathbb{P}(\widetilde W(t) = W(t)) = 1, so every finite-dimensional distribution is unchanged; yet every path of W~\widetilde W jumps at UU, so no path of it is continuous. This is exactly why part 3 of the existence statement has content, and why the proof of it is the long one.

Normality, not merely independence, fixes the size of the fluctuation. Step 1 of the last proof uses E(Y4)=3v2\mathbb{E}(Y^{4}) = 3v^{2}, a property of the normal distribution; it is the normality supplied by condition 2, not merely independence, that gives var(Qn)=O(1/n)\mathrm{var}(Q_n) = O(1/n).

What the scaling-limit statement does not say. It is a statement about finitely many times at once. Convergence of the whole random path - as an element of the space of continuous functions, which would let one pass to the limit in quantities such as sup⁡0≤s≤1Wn(s)\sup_{0\le s\le 1}W_n(s) - is Donsker's invariance principle, and it is not treated in the sources used here; our claim should not be read as asserting it.

Method(Computing with a Wiener process)Original

Almost every elementary computation reduces to four moves.

  1. Re-express in increments. Rewrite the quantity in terms of W(t1)−W(0),W(t2)−W(t1),…W(t_1) - W(0), W(t_2) - W(t_1), \dots over disjoint intervals. These are independent and normal, so the joint law is a product of one-dimensional normals.
  2. Use the covariance for anything quadratic. For means, variances and covariances of linear or quadratic functionals, do not integrate densities; use linearity together with cov(W(s),W(t))=σ2min⁡{s,t}\mathrm{cov}(W(s),W(t)) = \sigma^{2}\min\{s,t\}. For instance var(W(t)−W(s))=σ2t−2σ2min⁡{s,t}+σ2s=σ2∣t−s∣\mathrm{var}(W(t)-W(s)) = \sigma^2 t - 2\sigma^2\min\{s,t\} + \sigma^2 s = \sigma^{2}\lvert t-s\rvert.
  3. Use linearity to stay Gaussian. Any finite linear combination ∑jθjW(tj)\sum_j \theta_j W(t_j) is a one-dimensional normal with mean 00 and variance ∑i,jθiθjσ2min⁡{ti,tj}\sum_{i,j}\theta_i\theta_j\sigma^{2}\min\{t_i,t_j\}; a limit in distribution of such combinations (for example a limit of Riemann sums) is normal too, since the normal family is closed under limits in distribution. So probabilities about such quantities are read off a single standard normal table.
  4. Use the scaling law to remove parameters. For standard WW and c>0c > 0, the process t↦c−1/2W(ct)t \mapsto c^{-1/2}W(ct) is again a standard Wiener process, because it is Gaussian with mean zero and covariance c−1min⁡{cs,ct}=min⁡{s,t}c^{-1}\min\{cs,ct\} = \min\{s,t\} and has continuous paths. (For a centred Gaussian process that covariance already forces the other two conditions: increments over disjoint intervals [u,v][u,v] and [s,t][s,t] with u≤v≤s≤tu\le v\le s\le t have covariance min⁡{v,t}−min⁡{v,s}−min⁡{u,t}+min⁡{u,s}=v−v−u+u=0\min\{v,t\}-\min\{v,s\}-\min\{u,t\}+\min\{u,s\} = v-v-u+u = 0, and jointly normal variables with zero covariance are independent, while var(W(t)−W(s))=∣t−s∣\mathrm{var}(W(t)-W(s)) = \lvert t-s\rvert by move 2.) Use it to reduce a question on [0,T][0,T] to one on [0,1][0,1].

A fifth move is to use the transition density when a genuine distribution function is wanted: conditionally on W(s)=xW(s) = x, W(t)W(t) is N(x,σ2(t−s))N(x, \sigma^{2}(t-s)) for t>st > s.

Example(The time-average of a Brownian path)Original

Let WW be a standard Wiener process (σ2=1\sigma^{2} = 1, W(0)=0W(0) = 0) and let

A = ∫01W(s) ds.A \ = \ \int_0^1 W(s)\,ds .

This integral makes sense path by path: every path is continuous by condition 3, hence Riemann integrable on [0,1][0,1]. We find the law of AA, its correlation with the endpoint W(1)W(1), and a numerical probability.

Step 1: AA is normal. Let An=1n∑r=1nW(r/n)A_n = \frac1n\sum_{r=1}^{n} W(r/n) be the right-endpoint Riemann sum. Each AnA_n is a finite linear combination of the W(r/n)W(r/n), hence normal with mean 00 by move 3 of the method. For each path, An→AA_n \to A as n→∞n \to \infty by Riemann integrability, so An→AA_n \to A almost surely and therefore in distribution. The variances converge, since var(An)=n−2∑r,s≤nmin⁡{r/n,s/n}\mathrm{var}(A_n) = n^{-2}\sum_{r,s \le n}\min\{r/n, s/n\} is a Riemann sum for the double integral evaluated in step 2, and a limit in distribution of N(0,vn)N(0,v_n) variables with vn→vv_n \to v is N(0,v)N(0,v). So AA is N(0,v)N(0,v) with vv as computed next.

Step 2: the variance. Using E(W(s)W(u))=min⁡{s,u}\mathbb{E}(W(s)W(u)) = \min\{s,u\} and exchanging expectation with the integrals,

v=E(A2)=∫01 ⁣ ⁣∫01min⁡{s,u} ds du=2∫01 ⁣ ⁣∫0us ds du=2∫01u22 du=13,v = \mathbb{E}(A^{2}) = \int_0^1\!\!\int_0^1 \min\{s,u\}\,ds\,du = 2\int_0^1\!\!\int_0^{u} s \,ds\,du = 2\int_0^1 \frac{u^{2}}{2}\,du = \frac13 ,

where the factor 22 comes from the symmetry of min⁡{s,u}\min\{s,u\} in the two variables. So

A ∼ N ⁣(0,13),sd(A)=1/3=0.577350.A \ \sim \ N\!\left(0, \tfrac13\right) , \qquad \mathrm{sd}(A) = 1/\sqrt3 = 0.577350 .

Step 3: correlation with the endpoint. Likewise

cov(A,W(1))=∫01min⁡{s,1} ds=∫01s ds=12,\mathrm{cov}\bigl(A, W(1)\bigr) = \int_0^1 \min\{s,1\}\,ds = \int_0^1 s\,ds = \tfrac12 ,

so, since sd(W(1))=1\mathrm{sd}(W(1)) = 1,

corr(A,W(1))=1/21/3⋅1=32=0.866025.\mathrm{corr}\bigl(A, W(1)\bigr) = \frac{1/2}{\sqrt{1/3}\cdot 1} = \frac{\sqrt3}{2} = 0.866025 .

The average over [0,1][0,1] and the final value are strongly but not perfectly correlated, as one expects: the average is dominated by the later part of the path, where the path has already moved.

Step 4: a probability. The chance that the path spends its first unit of time above the level 12\tfrac12 on average is

P(A>12)=P(A1/3>32)=1−Φ(32)=1−Φ(0.866025)=0.193238,\mathbb{P}\left( A > \tfrac12 \right) = \mathbb{P}\left( \frac{A}{1/\sqrt3} > \frac{\sqrt3}{2} \right) = 1 - \Phi\left(\tfrac{\sqrt3}{2}\right) = 1 - \Phi(0.866025) = 0.193238 ,

with Φ\Phi the standard normal distribution function.

Step 5: a check on the quadratic variation. For the same process on [0,3][0,3] with n=1000n = 1000 equal subintervals, the proof above gives E(Q1000)=σ2t=3\mathbb{E}(Q_{1000}) = \sigma^{2}t = 3 exactly and sd(Q1000)=2σ4t2/n=18/1000=0.134164\mathrm{sd}(Q_{1000}) = \sqrt{2\sigma^{4}t^{2}/n} = \sqrt{18/1000} = 0.134164. A simulated path should return a value of Q1000Q_{1000} within about 0.270.27 of 33 roughly 95%95\% of the time - a sharp and easily checked prediction, and one that fails for any process with differentiable paths, for which Qn→0Q_n \to 0.

Application(Diffusion, the heat equation, and measuring molecules)Original

The transition density is the diffusion kernel. Let u(y,t)u(y,t) be the probability density of the position at time tt of a particle whose displacement is a Wiener process with parameter σ2\sigma^{2}, started from a known point. By part 2 of the first statement, uu is the Gaussian kernel with variance σ2t\sigma^{2}t, which is exactly the fundamental solution of

∂u∂t=σ22 ∂2u∂y2,\frac{\partial u}{\partial t} = \frac{\sigma^{2}}{2}\,\frac{\partial^{2}u}{\partial y^{2}} ,

the diffusion equation with diffusion coefficient D=σ2/2D = \sigma^{2}/2 (see The heat kernel). Strauss states the correspondence in the other direction: the probability that a particle started at xx lies in (a,b)(a,b) at time tt is the integral of the source function over that interval, so a concentration profile transported by Brownian motion obeys the diffusion equation. The general version of this dictionary, for processes with drift and with a position-dependent diffusion coefficient, is The Fokker-Planck equation; the particular case in which the velocity rather than the position diffuses gives the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process of Stochastic differential equations.

Harmonic functions and the Dirichlet problem. Strauss gives the companion steady-state statement: for Brownian motion in a container DD, stopped the moment it reaches the boundary, the probability u(x)u(x) that the particle stops on a chosen boundary piece C1C_1 satisfies Δu=0\Delta u = 0 in DD with u=1u = 1 on C1C_1 and u=0u = 0 on the rest. This is a Dirichlet problem (Harmonic functions), and it is the basis of "walk on spheres" Monte Carlo solvers, which estimate the potential at a single point of a complicated domain by simulating paths rather than meshing the domain.

Einstein's relation and the size of a molecule. The physically measurable content of the model is E((W(t)−W(0))2)=σ2t=2Dt\mathbb{E}\bigl((W(t)-W(0))^{2}\bigr) = \sigma^{2}t = 2Dt: the mean square displacement grows linearly in time, not quadratically as it would for ballistic motion. For a sphere of radius aa in a fluid of viscosity η\eta at absolute temperature TT, the Stokes-Einstein relation gives D=kBT/(6πηa)D = k_{\mathrm{B}}T/(6\pi\eta a). For a bead of radius a=0.5 μma = 0.5\,\mu\mathrm{m} in water at 20 ∘C20\,^{\circ}\mathrm{C} (η=1.002×10−3 Pa s\eta = 1.002\times10^{-3}\,\mathrm{Pa\,s}, T=293 KT = 293\,\mathrm{K}, kB=1.380649×10−23 J K−1k_{\mathrm{B}} = 1.380649\times10^{-23}\,\mathrm{J\,K^{-1}}),

D=(1.380649×10−23)(293)6π(1.002×10−3)(0.5×10−6)=4.2836×10−13 m2 s−1=0.4284 μm2 s−1,D = \frac{(1.380649\times10^{-23})(293)}{6\pi(1.002\times10^{-3})(0.5\times10^{-6})} = 4.2836\times10^{-13}\ \mathrm{m^{2}\,s^{-1}} = 0.4284\ \mu\mathrm{m^{2}\,s^{-1}} ,

so after 1010 seconds the root-mean-square displacement along one axis is 2Dt=8.567×10−12=2.93 μm\sqrt{2Dt} = \sqrt{8.567\times10^{-12}} = 2.93\,\mu\mathrm{m}. Running this backwards - measure the displacements, infer DD, and read off kBk_{\mathrm{B}} and hence Avogadro's number - is Perrin's experiment, and it is why a theorem about path regularity has a place in a physics handbook.

Where the irregularity matters. The infinite total variation of part 2 of the path statement is not a curiosity. It means that integrals ∫H(s) dW(s)\int H(s)\,dW(s) cannot be defined path by path as Stieltjes integrals, which is why a stochastic integral must be built as a limit in mean square instead, and why its chain rule carries the extra second-order term supplied by the quadratic variation σ2t\sigma^{2}t. That is the subject of The Ito integral and Ito's formula. It also means that a numerical simulation on a time grid of size hh reproduces increments of size h\sqrt h, not hh: halving the step size reduces the step length only by a factor 2\sqrt2, which is also why the error analysis of a Monte Carlo estimate of such a path functional behaves differently from that of an ordinary quadrature (Monte Carlo methods).

Definition

Martingales

Adapted

Defines filtrations, martingales, sub- and supermartingales and stopping times, proves that a stopped martingale is a martingale and then the optional stopping theorem in two usable forms, shows by the doubling strategy exactly which hypothesis fails when the conclusion does, and uses the theorem to compute the mean waiting time for a pattern in coin tosses.

Prerequisites: Probability spaces, Random variables and distributions, Expectation, variance and covariance, Conditional expectation, Markov, Chebyshev, Jensen and Chernoff inequalities, Convergence of random variables, Monotone convergence and Fatou's lemma, Dominated convergence

Note(What a martingale is for)Original

A martingale is the mathematics of a fair game: whatever has happened so far, the expected change at the next step is zero. That single property is weaker than independence and weaker than the Markov property, and it is nonetheless enough to prove convergence theorems, concentration inequalities and - the subject of this unit - a rule for exchanging a random stopping time with an expectation.

The use is almost always the same. One wants a quantity attached to a random time: the chance of hitting one barrier before another, the mean number of steps until a pattern appears, the probability that a running statistic ever crosses a threshold. Direct computation means summing over all the ways the history could have gone. Instead one finds a martingale, argues that its mean cannot have changed by the time one stops, and reads off the answer from a single equation. The catch is that the mean can change: a gambler who can borrow without limit and who stops as soon as he is ahead is certain to end ahead. The theorems below say precisely which hypothesis that gambler violates.

Definition(Filtrations, martingales, and stopping times)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), Ch. 12, Definitions (12.1.1), (12.1.8) and (12.1.9), pp. 533-536, and Definition (12.4.1) with the construction of $\mathcal{F}_T$, p. 550

Throughout, (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal{F},\mathbb{P}) is a probability space and time runs over n=0,1,2,…n = 0,1,2,\dots.

Filtration, adapted. A filtration is a family F={Fn:n≥0}F = \{\mathcal{F}_n : n \ge 0\} of sub-σ\sigma-fields of F\mathcal{F} that increases, Fn⊆Fn+1\mathcal{F}_n \subseteq \mathcal{F}_{n+1}. Read Fn\mathcal{F}_n as everything an observer knows at time nn. A sequence Y={Yn}Y = \{Y_n\} is adapted to FF if each YnY_n is Fn\mathcal{F}_n-measurable, that is, if YnY_n is known at time nn. The natural filtration of a sequence X={Xn}X = \{X_n\} is Fn=σ(X0,X1,…,Xn)\mathcal{F}_n = \sigma(X_0, X_1,\dots,X_n).

Martingale. The adapted pair (Y,F)(Y,F) is a martingale if, for every n≥0n \ge 0,

E∣Yn∣<∞,E(Yn+1∣Fn)=Yn.\mathbb{E}\lvert Y_n \rvert < \infty , \qquad \mathbb{E}\bigl( Y_{n+1} \mid \mathcal{F}_n \bigr) = Y_n .

Here E( ⋅∣Fn)\mathbb{E}(\,\cdot \mid \mathcal{F}_n) is conditional expectation given a σ\sigma-field (Conditional expectation); it is a random variable, and the identity, like every identity between conditional expectations in this unit, is asserted up to an event of probability zero. Taking expectations in the defining identity gives E(Yn)=E(Y0)\mathbb{E}(Y_n) = \mathbb{E}(Y_0) for every nn: the mean of a martingale never moves.

When the filtration is the natural one of some observed sequence XX, one says that YY is a martingale with respect to XX; the condition is then E(Yn+1∣X0,…,Xn)=Yn\mathbb{E}(Y_{n+1} \mid X_0,\dots,X_n) = Y_n. A finite family {Yn:0≤n≤N}\{Y_n : 0 \le n \le N\} satisfying the same conditions is also called a martingale.

Submartingale, supermartingale. The adapted pair (Y,F)(Y,F) is a submartingale if E(Yn+)<∞\mathbb{E}(Y_n^{+}) < \infty and E(Yn+1∣Fn)≥Yn\mathbb{E}(Y_{n+1}\mid\mathcal{F}_n) \ge Y_n for all nn, and a supermartingale if E(Yn−)<∞\mathbb{E}(Y_n^{-}) < \infty and E(Yn+1∣Fn)≤Yn\mathbb{E}(Y_{n+1}\mid\mathcal{F}_n) \le Y_n for all nn, where x+=max⁡{0,x}x^{+} = \max\{0,x\} and x−=−min⁡{0,x}x^{-} = -\min\{0,x\}. Note that these moment conditions are one-sided, and so weaker than E∣Yn∣<∞\mathbb{E}\lvert Y_n\rvert<\infty. A sequence is a martingale exactly when it is both; YY is a submartingale exactly when −Y-Y is a supermartingale. The names are the opposite way round from what the inequalities suggest; they come from the theory of harmonic functions, where a subharmonic function lies below the harmonic one with the same boundary values.

Stopping time. A random variable TT with values in {0,1,2,… }∪{∞}\{0,1,2,\dots\}\cup\{\infty\} is a stopping time for FF if

{T=n}∈Fnfor every n≥0,\{T = n\} \in \mathcal{F}_n \qquad \text{for every } n \ge 0 ,

equivalently if {T≤n}∈Fn\{T \le n\} \in \mathcal{F}_n for every nn, and hence also {T>n}∈Fn\{T > n\} \in \mathcal{F}_n. The content is that the decision to stop at time nn may use the first nn observations and nothing later. A stopping time is allowed to be infinite: "never" is a permitted value.

The standard example is a first passage time: if XX is adapted and B⊆RB \subseteq \mathbb{R}, then TB=min⁡{n:Xn∈B}T_B = \min\{n : X_n \in B\} (with TB=∞T_B = \infty if XX never enters BB) is a stopping time, since {TB=n}\{T_B = n\} is decided by X0,…,XnX_0,\dots,X_n. By contrast "the last time XX visits BB" is not a stopping time: deciding it requires the whole future.

The σ\sigma-field at a stopping time. FT\mathcal{F}_T is the collection of events AA with A∩{T≤n}∈FnA \cap \{T \le n\} \in \mathcal{F}_n for every nn. It is a σ\sigma-field, and it is the information available at the random time TT.

We write a∧b=min⁡{a,b}a \wedge b = \min\{a,b\}, so YT∧nY_{T\wedge n} is the process watched until TT and then held fixed.

Definition(Stopping a martingale)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §12.4, Theorem (12.4.5) and the optional sampling theorem (12.4.11), pp. 551-552, and §12.5, Theorems (12.5.1) and (12.5.9) with Example (12.5.12), pp. 554-556

Throughout this statement TT is a stopping time for the filtration FF, and (Y,F)(Y,F) is a martingale.

A. The stopped process. Zn=YT∧nZ_n = Y_{T \wedge n} defines a martingale (Z,F)(Z,F); if (Y,F)(Y,F) is only a submartingale, the same holds with "submartingale" in place of "martingale". In particular

E(YT∧n) = E(Y0)for every finite n.\mathbb{E}\bigl( Y_{T\wedge n} \bigr) \ = \ \mathbb{E}(Y_0) \qquad \text{for every finite } n .

If moreover P(T≤N)=1\mathbb{P}(T \le N) = 1 for some deterministic NN, then T∧N=TT\wedge N = T and so E(YT)=E(Y0)\mathbb{E}(Y_T) = \mathbb{E}(Y_0): for a bounded stopping time no further hypothesis is needed. This last statement is the optional sampling theorem, and it has a sharper form that is where the σ\sigma-field FT\mathcal{F}_T earns its place: if T1≤T2≤⋯T_1 \le T_2 \le \cdots are stopping times, each bounded by a deterministic constant, then the sampled pairs (YTj,FTj)(Y_{T_j}, \mathcal{F}_{T_j}) again form a martingale. Watching a fair game at a sequence of bounded, non-anticipating times gives a fair game, with FTj\mathcal{F}_{T_j} as the information available at the jjth observation. The boundedness is essential: with YY the symmetric simple random walk and T1T_1 its first passage to level 11, a single unbounded sampling time already gives E(YT1)=1≠0=E(Y0)\mathbb{E}(Y_{T_1}) = 1 \ne 0 = \mathbb{E}(Y_0).

B. Optional stopping theorem. E(YT)=E(Y0)\mathbb{E}(Y_T) = \mathbb{E}(Y_0) provided all three of

  1. P(T<∞)=1\mathbb{P}(T<\infty) = 1,
  2. E∣YT∣<∞\mathbb{E}\lvert Y_T\rvert < \infty,
  3. E(Yn1{T>n})→0\mathbb{E}\bigl( Y_n \mathbf{1}_{\{T>n\}} \bigr) \to 0 as n→∞n \to \infty.

C. A sufficient condition that is easier to check. E(YT)=E(Y0)\mathbb{E}(Y_T) = \mathbb{E}(Y_0) provided

  1. P(T<∞)=1\mathbb{P}(T<\infty)=1 and E(T)<∞\mathbb{E}(T) < \infty, and
  2. there is a constant cc with E(∣Yn+1−Yn∣∣Fn)≤c\mathbb{E}\bigl( \lvert Y_{n+1}-Y_n \rvert \mid \mathcal{F}_n \bigr) \le c for all n<Tn < T.

D. Wald's equation. Let X1,X2,…X_1,X_2,\dots be independent and identically distributed with E∣X1∣<∞\mathbb{E}\lvert X_1\rvert < \infty and mean μ\mu, let Sn=X1+⋯+XnS_n = X_1+\cdots+X_n, and let TT be a stopping time with E(T)<∞\mathbb{E}(T)<\infty for the filtration Fn=σ(X1,…,Xn)\mathcal{F}_n = \sigma(X_1,\dots,X_n). Then

E(ST) = μ E(T).\mathbb{E}(S_T) \ = \ \mu\, \mathbb{E}(T) .

Grimmett and Stirzaker state this with the filtration generated by the martingale Yn=Sn−nμY_n = S_n - n\mu rather than by the data, that is with σ(Y1,…,Yn)\sigma(Y_1,\dots,Y_n) in place of σ(X1,…,Xn)\sigma(X_1,\dots,X_n). The two are the same σ\sigma-field: YnY_n is a function of X1,…,XnX_1,\dots,X_n, and conversely Sn=Yn+nμS_n = Y_n + n\mu and Xn=Sn−Sn−1X_n = S_n - S_{n-1} recover the data from the YY's. So nothing turns on the choice, and we use the natural filtration of the data throughout.

Version C is the one used in practice: both of its hypotheses are statements about the step sizes and about TT alone, and neither mentions YTY_T.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Stopping does not break fairness. Between times nn and n+1n+1 the stopped process either moves exactly as YY does, on the event {T>n}\{T>n\}, or does not move at all. Which of the two happens is decided by time nn, because TT is a stopping time; so, conditionally on Fn\mathcal{F}_n, the increment is either a fair increment or zero, and in both cases has conditional mean zero. Nothing is needed beyond the definition of a stopping time, which is exactly why this part is free.

Why that is not yet the theorem. Part A controls YY at the time T∧nT\wedge n, not at TT. The two differ only on the event {T>n}\{T>n\}, whose probability tends to zero; but "the event is unlikely" is not "the contribution is small", because YnY_n may be huge precisely there. The one-line identity

YT = YT∧n+(YT−Yn)1{T>n}Y_T \ = \ Y_{T\wedge n} + \bigl(Y_T - Y_n\bigr)\mathbf{1}_{\{T>n\}}

isolates the whole difficulty in the two terms E(YT1{T>n})\mathbb{E}(Y_T \mathbf{1}_{\{T>n\}}) and E(Yn1{T>n})\mathbb{E}(Y_n\mathbf{1}_{\{T>n\}}). The first dies automatically under hypothesis 2, being the tail of a convergent sum; the second is hypothesis 3, and the examples show it is a genuine extra demand.

Why bounded increments and a finite mean suffice. Hypothesis 3 is awkward to verify, so one looks for a single dominating random variable. The total movement of the stopped process never exceeds the sum of all the increments up to TT, so ∣YT∧n∣≤∣Y0∣+∑i≤T∣Yi−Yi−1∣\lvert Y_{T\wedge n}\rvert \le \lvert Y_0\rvert + \sum_{i\le T}\lvert Y_i - Y_{i-1}\rvert. Bounding each conditional increment by cc and summing over ii with the weights P(T≥i)\mathbb{P}(T \ge i) turns the right-hand side into c E(T)c\,\mathbb{E}(T), which is finite. A dominated sequence may be passed to the limit, and that is version C.

Proof(A: the stopped process is a martingale)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §12.4, proof of Theorem (12.4.5), p. 551

Let Zn=YT∧nZ_n = Y_{T\wedge n}.

Step 1: ZnZ_n is Fn\mathcal{F}_n-measurable. Split according to the value of TT:

Zn = ∑t=0n−1Yt1{T=t}+Yn1{T≥n}.Z_n \ = \ \sum_{t=0}^{n-1} Y_t \mathbf{1}_{\{T=t\}} + Y_n \mathbf{1}_{\{T \ge n\}} .

Each YtY_t with t≤nt \le n is Fn\mathcal{F}_n-measurable because YY is adapted and the filtration increases; each indicator is Fn\mathcal{F}_n-measurable because TT is a stopping time, using {T≥n}={T≤n−1}c\{T \ge n\} = \{T \le n-1\}^{c}. Hence so is the sum.

Step 2: ZnZ_n satisfies the moment condition. Here the two cases must be kept apart, because the definitions impose different moment conditions. If YY is a martingale, the display shows ∣Zn∣≤∑t=0n∣Yt∣\lvert Z_n\rvert \le \sum_{t=0}^{n}\lvert Y_t\rvert, a finite sum of integrable variables, so E∣Zn∣<∞\mathbb{E}\lvert Z_n\rvert<\infty. If YY is only a submartingale we may not assume E∣Yt∣<∞\mathbb{E}\lvert Y_t\rvert<\infty - a submartingale is required to satisfy only the one-sided condition E(Yt+)<∞\mathbb{E}(Y_t^{+})<\infty - and the bound above is unavailable. But ZnZ_n equals one of Y0,…,YnY_0,\dots,Y_n pointwise, so Zn+≤∑t=0nYt+Z_n^{+} \le \sum_{t=0}^{n} Y_t^{+}, whence

E(Zn+) ≤ ∑t=0nE(Yt+) < ∞,\mathbb{E}\bigl( Z_n^{+} \bigr) \ \le \ \sum_{t=0}^{n} \mathbb{E}\bigl( Y_t^{+} \bigr) \ < \ \infty ,

which is exactly the one-sided condition a submartingale must satisfy. This is the bound Grimmett and Stirzaker use, and it is the reason their theorem is stated for submartingales in the first place.

Step 3: the increment. Subtracting the displays for n+1n+1 and nn, every term cancels except on the event that TT has not yet occurred:

Zn+1−Zn = (Yn+1−Yn) 1{T>n}.Z_{n+1} - Z_n \ = \ \bigl( Y_{n+1} - Y_n \bigr)\, \mathbf{1}_{\{T > n\}} .

The indicator is Fn\mathcal{F}_n-measurable, so it may be taken outside the conditional expectation:

E(Zn+1−Zn∣Fn) = 1{T>n} E(Yn+1−Yn∣Fn) = 0,\mathbb{E}\bigl( Z_{n+1} - Z_n \mid \mathcal{F}_n \bigr) \ = \ \mathbf{1}_{\{T>n\}}\, \mathbb{E}\bigl( Y_{n+1}-Y_n \mid \mathcal{F}_n \bigr) \ = \ 0 ,

the last step by the martingale property of YY. (If YY is only a submartingale the final bracket is non-negative, and since the indicator is non-negative the product is too, which gives the submartingale version.) Taking expectations in E(Zn+1∣Fn)=Zn\mathbb{E}(Z_{n+1}\mid\mathcal{F}_n) = Z_n gives E(YT∧n)=E(Z0)=E(Y0)\mathbb{E}(Y_{T\wedge n}) = \mathbb{E}(Z_0) = \mathbb{E}(Y_0).

Step 4: bounded stopping times. If P(T≤N)=1\mathbb{P}(T\le N)=1 then YT∧N=YTY_{T\wedge N} = Y_T almost surely, and step 3 at n=Nn=N gives E(YT)=E(Y0)\mathbb{E}(Y_T) = \mathbb{E}(Y_0). □\square

Proof(B and C: the optional stopping theorem)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §12.5, proofs of Theorems (12.5.1) and (12.5.9), pp. 554-556

Part B. Assume hypotheses 1-3. Because P(T<∞)=1\mathbb{P}(T<\infty)=1, the variable YTY_T is defined almost surely, and splitting according to whether TT exceeds nn,

YT = YT∧n + (YT−Yn)1{T>n}.Y_T \ = \ Y_{T\wedge n} \ + \ \bigl( Y_T - Y_n \bigr)\mathbf{1}_{\{T>n\}} .

Every term is integrable - YTY_T by hypothesis 2, YnY_n and YT∧nY_{T\wedge n} by step 2 of the previous proof - so expectations may be taken term by term, and part A replaces E(YT∧n)\mathbb{E}(Y_{T\wedge n}) by E(Y0)\mathbb{E}(Y_0):

E(YT) = E(Y0)+E(YT1{T>n})−E(Yn1{T>n}).\mathbb{E}(Y_T) \ = \ \mathbb{E}(Y_0) + \mathbb{E}\bigl( Y_T\mathbf{1}_{\{T>n\}} \bigr) - \mathbb{E}\bigl( Y_n\mathbf{1}_{\{T>n\}} \bigr) .

This holds for every nn, so it holds in the limit. The third term tends to 00: that is hypothesis 3. For the second, decompose over the value of TT,

E(YT1{T>n}) = ∑k=n+1∞E(YT1{T=k}),\mathbb{E}\bigl( Y_T \mathbf{1}_{\{T>n\}} \bigr) \ = \ \sum_{k=n+1}^{\infty} \mathbb{E}\bigl( Y_T \mathbf{1}_{\{T=k\}}\bigr) ,

which is the nnth tail of the series ∑k≥0E(YT1{T=k})\sum_{k\ge0}\mathbb{E}(Y_T\mathbf{1}_{\{T=k\}}). Hypothesis 2 makes that series absolutely convergent (its absolute terms sum to E∣YT∣\mathbb{E}\lvert Y_T\rvert), and hypothesis 1 makes it sum to E(YT)\mathbb{E}(Y_T), so its tails tend to 00. Letting n→∞n\to\infty leaves E(YT)=E(Y0)\mathbb{E}(Y_T)=\mathbb{E}(Y_0).

Part C. Now assume instead that E(T)<∞\mathbb{E}(T)<\infty and that the conditional increments are bounded by cc before TT. Write Ri=∣Yi−Yi−1∣R_i = \lvert Y_i - Y_{i-1}\rvert for i≥1i \ge 1 and

R = ∑i=1TRi = ∑i=1∞Ri1{T≥i}.R \ = \ \sum_{i=1}^{T} R_i \ = \ \sum_{i=1}^{\infty} R_i \mathbf{1}_{\{T \ge i\}} .

Step 1: RR has finite mean. The event {T≥i}={T≤i−1}c\{T\ge i\} = \{T\le i-1\}^{c} lies in Fi−1\mathcal{F}_{i-1}, so the indicator comes outside the conditional expectation and hypothesis 2 applies on it:

E(Ri1{T≥i}∣Fi−1) = 1{T≥i} E(Ri∣Fi−1) ≤ c 1{T≥i}.\mathbb{E}\bigl( R_i \mathbf{1}_{\{T\ge i\}} \mid \mathcal{F}_{i-1}\bigr) \ = \ \mathbf{1}_{\{T \ge i\}}\, \mathbb{E}\bigl( R_i \mid \mathcal{F}_{i-1}\bigr) \ \le \ c\,\mathbf{1}_{\{T\ge i\}} .

Taking expectations and summing over ii, with monotone convergence (Monotone convergence and Fatou's lemma) to exchange the sum and the expectation of non-negative terms,

E(R) ≤ c∑i≥1P(T≥i) = c E(T) < ∞.\mathbb{E}(R) \ \le \ c\sum_{i\ge1} \mathbb{P}(T\ge i) \ = \ c\,\mathbb{E}(T) \ < \ \infty .

Step 2: domination. For every nn, the stopped process has moved from Y0Y_0 by at most the total of the increments it has used, so ∣YT∧n∣≤∣Y0∣+R\lvert Y_{T\wedge n}\rvert \le \lvert Y_0\rvert + R, and the dominating variable ∣Y0∣+R\lvert Y_0\rvert + R is integrable and does not depend on nn.

Step 3: pass to the limit. Since E(T)<∞\mathbb{E}(T)<\infty we have T<∞T<\infty almost surely, so YT∧n→YTY_{T\wedge n}\to Y_T almost surely. Dominated convergence (Dominated convergence) applies by step 2, so E(YT∧n)→E(YT)\mathbb{E}(Y_{T\wedge n}) \to \mathbb{E}(Y_T), while part A says every term of that sequence equals E(Y0)\mathbb{E}(Y_0). Hence E(YT)=E(Y0)\mathbb{E}(Y_T)=\mathbb{E}(Y_0).

Part D. Put Yn=Sn−nμY_n = S_n - n\mu with Y0=0Y_0 = 0 and Fn=σ(X1,…,Xn)\mathcal{F}_n = \sigma(X_1,\dots,X_n). Then E(Yn+1−Yn∣Fn)=E(Xn+1)−μ=0\mathbb{E}(Y_{n+1}-Y_n\mid\mathcal{F}_n) = \mathbb{E}(X_{n+1}) - \mu = 0 by independence, so (Y,F)(Y,F) is a martingale; and

E(∣Yn+1−Yn∣∣Fn) = E∣Xn+1−μ∣ = E∣X1−μ∣ ≤ 2 E∣X1∣ < ∞,\mathbb{E}\bigl(\lvert Y_{n+1}-Y_n\rvert \mid \mathcal{F}_n\bigr) \ = \ \mathbb{E}\lvert X_{n+1}-\mu\rvert \ = \ \mathbb{E}\lvert X_1 - \mu\rvert \ \le \ 2\,\mathbb{E}\lvert X_1\rvert \ < \ \infty ,

a constant, so hypothesis C2 holds with that constant. With E(T)<∞\mathbb{E}(T)<\infty, part C gives E(YT)=0\mathbb{E}(Y_T) = 0, which is E(ST)=μ E(T)\mathbb{E}(S_T) = \mu\,\mathbb{E}(T). □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used: the doubling strategy)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §12.1, Example (12.1.3), pp. 533-534, and §12.4, the symmetric random walk stopped at level 1 as an instance of failed optional sampling, p. 552

One example breaks every version of the theorem at once, and it is worth tracking exactly which hypothesis it violates.

A gambler stakes 11 on an even-money bet. After each loss he doubles: having lost the first nn plays, he stakes 2n2^{n} on play n+1n+1. He stops at TT, the first play he wins. Let YnY_n be his accumulated gain after nn plays, with Y0=0Y_0 = 0.

  • (Y,F)(Y,F) is a martingale: before stopping, the next play adds +2n+2^{n} or −2n-2^{n} with probability 12\tfrac12 each, so the conditional mean increment is zero; after stopping it is zero outright.
  • TT is a stopping time, P(T=n)=2−n\mathbb{P}(T=n) = 2^{-n} for n≥1n \ge 1, so P(T<∞)=1\mathbb{P}(T<\infty)=1 and even E(T)=∑nn2−n=2<∞\mathbb{E}(T) = \sum_n n2^{-n} = 2 < \infty. Hypotheses B1 and C1 hold.
  • YT=2T−1−(1+2+⋯+2T−2)=1Y_T = 2^{T-1} - (1+2+\cdots+2^{T-2}) = 1 with probability 11, so E∣YT∣=1<∞\mathbb{E}\lvert Y_T\rvert = 1 < \infty and hypothesis B2 holds.
  • And yet E(YT)=1≠0=E(Y0)\mathbb{E}(Y_T) = 1 \ne 0 = \mathbb{E}(Y_0).

So hypothesis B3 is what fails, and it fails by exactly the right amount. On {T>n}\{T>n\} the gambler has lost nn times, so Yn=−(1+2+⋯+2n−1)=−(2n−1)Y_n = -(1+2+\cdots+2^{n-1}) = -(2^{n}-1) there, while P(T>n)=2−n\mathbb{P}(T>n)=2^{-n}. Hence

E(Yn1{T>n}) = −(2n−1)2−n = −(1−2−n) ⟶ −1,\mathbb{E}\bigl( Y_n \mathbf{1}_{\{T>n\}}\bigr) \ = \ -\bigl(2^{n}-1\bigr)2^{-n} \ = \ -\bigl(1 - 2^{-n}\bigr) \ \longrightarrow \ -1 ,

not 00; substituting into the identity in the proof of part B gives E(YT)=0+0−(−1)=1\mathbb{E}(Y_T) = 0 + 0 - (-1) = 1, the right answer. A vanishingly unlikely event carrying an exponentially large debt contributes a finite amount in the limit, which is the whole phenomenon.

Hypothesis C2 fails too, and only C2. On {T>n}\{T>n\} the next stake is 2n2^{n}, so E(∣Yn+1−Yn∣∣Fn)=2n\mathbb{E}(\lvert Y_{n+1}-Y_n\rvert \mid \mathcal{F}_n) = 2^{n}, which no constant cc bounds. Since C1 holds, this isolates the bounded-increment condition as the one doing the work in version C. The practical reading is familiar: the strategy is a certainty only for a gambler with unbounded credit, and Grimmett and Stirzaker note that his mean accumulated loss just before the winning play is infinite.

A second counterexample, where C2 holds and C1 fails. Let YY be a symmetric simple random walk started at 00 and let T=min⁡{n:Yn=1}T = \min\{n : Y_n = 1\} (Random walks). The walk is recurrent, so T<∞T<\infty almost surely and B1 holds; YT=1Y_T = 1, so B2 holds; and the increments are bounded by 11, so C2 holds with c=1c = 1. Yet E(YT)=1≠0=E(Y0)\mathbb{E}(Y_T) = 1 \ne 0 = \mathbb{E}(Y_0). What fails is E(T)<∞\mathbb{E}(T)<\infty, that is C1, and with it B3: since YT∧nY_{T\wedge n} has mean 00 and equals 11 on {T≤n}\{T\le n\}, we get E(Yn1{T>n})=−P(T≤n)→−1\mathbb{E}(Y_n\mathbf{1}_{\{T>n\}}) = -\mathbb{P}(T\le n) \to -1. Put beside the doubling strategy, where C1 held and C2 failed, this shows that neither of the two hypotheses of version C can be dropped in favour of the other.

Condition B1 is of a different kind. It is not traded against B2 and B3; it is what makes the conclusion mean anything, because if P(T=∞)>0\mathbb{P}(T=\infty)>0 then YTY_T is undefined on an event of positive probability. The gap is not always repairable by a convention. Take X1,X2,…X_1,X_2,\dots independent with P(Xi=1)=p<12\mathbb{P}(X_i=1) = p < \tfrac12 and P(Xi=−1)=q=1−p\mathbb{P}(X_i=-1) = q = 1-p, let Sn=X1+⋯+XnS_n = X_1+\cdots+X_n with S0=0S_0=0, and let Mn=Sn−(p−q)nM_n = S_n - (p-q)n, a martingale with M0=0M_0 = 0. Let TT be the first passage of SS to level 11. This walk drifts downwards, and the first-passage probability is P(T<∞)=p/q<1\mathbb{P}(T<\infty) = p/q < 1, so {T=∞}\{T=\infty\} has probability 1−p/q>01 - p/q > 0. Now MM is itself a random walk whose steps Xi−(p−q)X_i - (p-q) are bounded, non-degenerate and of mean zero, and such a walk oscillates: almost surely lim sup⁡nMn=+∞\limsup_n M_n = +\infty and lim inf⁡nMn=−∞\liminf_n M_n = -\infty. Hence on {T=∞}\{T=\infty\} the sequence MnM_n has no limit, no value can be assigned to MTM_T there by any limiting convention, and the statement E(MT)=E(M0)\mathbb{E}(M_T)=\mathbb{E}(M_0) cannot even be formulated, let alone rescued. B1 is a condition of well-posedness, while B2, B3, C1 and C2 are conditions that make a well-posed conclusion true.

What is never needed. Nothing in part A: for a bounded stopping time the conclusion is unconditional. Every counterexample must therefore use a stopping time that is unbounded, even if it is finite with probability one.

Method(Using optional stopping to compute a hitting quantity)Original

To find a hitting probability, a mean hitting time, or the mean value of some functional at a random time:

  1. Name the filtration and the stopping time. Usually Fn\mathcal{F}_n is generated by the observations up to time nn, and TT is a first passage time, which is automatically a stopping time.
  2. Find a martingale whose value at TT encodes the answer. For a hitting probability, look for a function ψ\psi of the state with E(ψ(Xn+1)∣Fn)=ψ(Xn)\mathbb{E}(\psi(X_{n+1})\mid\mathcal{F}_n) = \psi(X_n) - a harmonic function for the dynamics - so that ψ(XT)\psi(X_T) takes one known value on each possible stopping set. For a mean time, look for a compensated quantity such as ψ(Xn)−αn\psi(X_n) - \alpha n, whose value at TT contains TT itself.
  3. Verify one sufficient condition. Check E(T)<∞\mathbb{E}(T)<\infty and a uniform bound cc on the conditional absolute increments before TT (version C). The most common way to get E(T)<∞\mathbb{E}(T)<\infty is a geometric tail: exhibit mm and ϵ>0\epsilon>0 such that, from any history, the event occurs within the next mm steps with probability at least ϵ\epsilon; then P(T>km)≤(1−ϵ)k\mathbb{P}(T > km) \le (1-\epsilon)^{k} and so E(T)<∞\mathbb{E}(T)<\infty.
  4. Write E(YT)=E(Y0)\mathbb{E}(Y_T) = \mathbb{E}(Y_0) and expand the left side over the possible values of YTY_T. One martingale gives one linear equation; if there are two unknowns, find a second martingale.
  5. Sanity-check the answer in a limiting or symmetric case where it is known independently, and - if the hypotheses were only sufficient - against a direct recursion.
Example(How long until HH appears?)Original

A fair coin is tossed repeatedly, giving independent outcomes C1,C2,…C_1, C_2, \dots, each equal to H\mathrm{H} or T\mathrm{T} with probability 12\tfrac12. Let

T = min⁡{n≥2:Cn−1=Cn=H}T \ = \ \min\{ n \ge 2 : C_{n-1}=C_n=\mathrm{H} \}

be the first time the block HH\mathrm{HH} is complete. We compute E(T)\mathbb{E}(T).

Step 1: build the martingale. Imagine a casino that pays fair odds: a stake of ss on a correctly guessed letter returns 2s2s, and nothing otherwise. Before toss kk, and only while the game is still running (that is, if k≤Tk \le T), a new gambler GkG_k arrives, stakes 11 on "Ck=HC_k = \mathrm{H}", and thereafter follows one rule: if she wins, she stakes her entire holding on the next letter of the pattern HH\mathrm{HH}; if she loses, she is broke and plays no more; if she has matched the whole pattern, she keeps her holding and retires.

Let Fn=σ(C1,…,Cn)\mathcal{F}_n = \sigma(C_1,\dots,C_n), let HnH_n be the total holding of all gamblers after toss nn (so H0=0H_0=0), and set

Yn = Hn−(T∧n),Y_n \ = \ H_n - (T\wedge n) ,

the gamblers' total wealth minus the total 11 per gambler they have paid in.

YY is a martingale. The event {T>n}\{T>n\} lies in Fn\mathcal{F}_n, since TT is a first passage time and hence a stopping time, so the two cases may be treated separately. On {T≤n}\{T \le n\} no new gambler arrives, no stake is placed and nothing is paid in, so Hn+1=HnH_{n+1}=H_n and T∧(n+1)=T∧nT\wedge(n+1) = T\wedge n: both terms of YY are frozen and the increment is zero. On {T>n}\{T>n\} gambler Gn+1G_{n+1} adds 11 to the holdings and 11 to the amount paid in, retired gamblers' holdings are unchanged, and each active gambler's holding is doubled or wiped out with probability 12\tfrac12 each, so its conditional mean is unchanged. Hence

E(Hn+1−Hn∣Fn) = 1{T>n} = E((T∧(n+1))−(T∧n)∣Fn),\mathbb{E}\bigl( H_{n+1} - H_n \mid \mathcal{F}_n \bigr) \ = \ \mathbf{1}_{\{T>n\}} \ = \ \mathbb{E}\bigl( (T\wedge(n+1)) - (T\wedge n) \mid \mathcal{F}_n \bigr) ,

the two displayed quantities being equal because T∧(n+1)−T∧nT\wedge(n+1) - T\wedge n is the indicator of {T>n}\{T>n\} outright. Subtracting, E(Yn+1∣Fn)=Yn\mathbb{E}(Y_{n+1}\mid\mathcal{F}_n)=Y_n, with Y0=0Y_0 = 0. (The unconditional identity E(Hn+1∣Fn)=Hn+1\mathbb{E}(H_{n+1}\mid\mathcal{F}_n) = H_n+1 would be wrong: it holds only while the game is still running.)

Step 2: check the hypotheses of version C. At most two gamblers can hold anything at once (one who has matched H\mathrm{H}, holding 22, and one who has just matched HH\mathrm{HH}, holding 44), so 0≤Hn≤60 \le H_n \le 6 and ∣Yn+1−Yn∣≤7\lvert Y_{n+1}-Y_n\rvert \le 7 always; condition C2 holds with c=7c = 7. For C1, split the tosses into disjoint pairs: each pair is HH\mathrm{HH} with probability 14\tfrac14 independently of the others, so P(T>2m)≤(3/4)m\mathbb{P}(T>2m) \le (3/4)^{m} and E(T)<∞\mathbb{E}(T)<\infty. Also E∣Yn∣≤6+n<∞\mathbb{E}\lvert Y_n\rvert \le 6+n<\infty.

Step 3: evaluate at TT. At the moment HH\mathrm{HH} is complete, gambler GT−1G_{T-1} guessed both letters and holds 22=42^{2}=4; gambler GTG_{T} guessed the first letter H\mathrm{H} correctly (it is the second H\mathrm{H} of the block) and holds 21=22^{1}=2; every other gambler is broke. So HT=4+2=6H_T = 4+2 = 6, a constant, and T∧T=TT\wedge T = T. Optional stopping gives

0 = E(Y0) = E(YT) = E(HT)−E(T) = 6−E(T),0 \ = \ \mathbb{E}(Y_0) \ = \ \mathbb{E}(Y_T) \ = \ \mathbb{E}(H_T) - \mathbb{E}(T) \ = \ 6 - \mathbb{E}(T) ,

so

 E(T)=6 \boxed{\ \mathbb{E}(T) = 6 \ }

Step 4: the same calculation for HT\mathrm{HT}. Let T′T' be the first completion of the block HT\mathrm{HT}. Now GT′−1G_{T'-1} has matched both letters and holds 44, but GT′G_{T'} staked on "CT′=HC_{T'}=\mathrm{H}" and the toss was T\mathrm{T}, so she is broke: HT′=4H_{T'}=4 and E(T′)=4\mathbb{E}(T')=4. Two patterns of the same length have different mean waiting times, and the difference is caused entirely by whether the pattern overlaps itself - HH\mathrm{HH} does, HT\mathrm{HT} does not. Conditioning on the first step gives the same answers, but needs a separate recursion for each pattern; the martingale reads the answer straight off the overlap structure.

Step 5: check against a direct recursion. Track the length of the current match: let e0e_0 and e1e_1 be the mean remaining number of tosses when the current match has length 00 and 11. For HH\mathrm{HH},

e0=1+12e1+12e0,e1=1+12⋅0+12e0,e_0 = 1 + \tfrac12 e_1 + \tfrac12 e_0 , \qquad e_1 = 1 + \tfrac12\cdot 0 + \tfrac12 e_0 ,

whose solution is e1=4e_1 = 4, e0=6e_0 = 6, confirming step 3. The corresponding pair for HT\mathrm{HT} gives e0=4e_0 = 4.

Step 6: a biased check. If the coin shows H\mathrm{H} with probability pp, fair odds return s/ps/p on a correct guess of H\mathrm{H} and s/qs/q on a correct guess of T\mathrm{T}, where q=1−pq = 1-p. The argument is unchanged, and the holdings at TT become p−2+p−1p^{-2}+p^{-1} for HH\mathrm{HH} and (pq)−1(pq)^{-1} for HT\mathrm{HT}, so

E(THH)=1p2+1p,E(THT)=1pq.\mathbb{E}(T_{\mathrm{HH}}) = \frac{1}{p^{2}}+\frac1p , \qquad \mathbb{E}(T_{\mathrm{HT}}) = \frac{1}{pq} .

At p=12p=\tfrac12 these give 66 and 44 as before. At p=13p=\tfrac13 they give 9+3=129+3=12 and 1/(13⋅23)=4.51/(\tfrac13\cdot\tfrac23) = 4.5, and the recursion of step 5 with p=13p=\tfrac13 returns e0=12e_0 = 12 and e0=4.5e_0 = 4.5 respectively. The ranking of the two patterns is not universal. At p=23p=\tfrac23 the formulas give 94+32=3.75\tfrac94+\tfrac32 = 3.75 for HH\mathrm{HH} against 1/(23⋅13)=4.51/(\tfrac23\cdot\tfrac13) = 4.5 for HT\mathrm{HT}, so with a coin biased towards heads the self-overlapping pattern is the faster of the two.

Application(Anytime-valid testing, and fair games)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §12.8, Example (12.8.7), p. 568, §12.4, Exercise (12.4.4), p. 553, and §12.5, Example (12.5.5), p. 555

A non-negative martingale rarely gets large, ever. Let (Y,F)(Y,F) be a non-negative martingale with E(Y0)=1\mathbb{E}(Y_0)=1 and let a>0a>0 (the interesting case being a>1a>1). Put T=min⁡{n:Yn≥a}T = \min\{n : Y_n \ge a\}, a stopping time. By part A, E(YT∧n)=1\mathbb{E}(Y_{T\wedge n}) = 1 for every nn; since Y≥0Y\ge0 we may throw away the part of that expectation on {T>n}\{T>n\} and bound the rest below by aa:

1 = E(YT∧n) ≥ E(YT1{T≤n}) ≥ a P(T≤n).1 \ = \ \mathbb{E}\bigl(Y_{T\wedge n}\bigr) \ \ge \ \mathbb{E}\bigl( Y_T \mathbf{1}_{\{T\le n\}}\bigr) \ \ge \ a\,\mathbb{P}(T \le n) .

For each fixed nn the event {T≤n}\{T \le n\} is {max⁡0≤m≤nYm≥a}\{\max_{0\le m\le n} Y_m \ge a\}, which is the form in which Grimmett and Stirzaker record the bound, with E(Y0)/x\mathbb{E}(Y_0)/x on the right, for non-negative supermartingales. Letting n→∞n\to\infty and using that {T≤n}\{T\le n\} increases to {T<∞}\{T<\infty\},

P(Yn≥a for some n≥0) = P(T<∞) ≤ 1a.\mathbb{P}\bigl( Y_n \ge a \ \text{for some } n \ge 0 \bigr) \ = \ \mathbb{P}(T<\infty) \ \le \ \frac1a .

This is the martingale form of Markov's inequality (Markov, Chebyshev, Jensen and Chernoff inequalities): it bounds the chance of ever reaching the level aa, over all time, by what Markov's inequality would give at a single time.

The level must be attained on the left: the event {sup⁡nYn≥a}\{\sup_n Y_n \ge a\} is strictly larger, since a path may climb towards aa without ever reaching it, and the two probabilities can differ. (Take Y0=1Y_0=1 and let YY either jump to 00 and stay there or survive, with the surviving value at time nn equal to cn=2−2−nc_n = 2 - 2^{-n} and the survival probability from time nn chosen as cn/cn+1c_n/c_{n+1} to keep the mean at 11. The total survival probability is ∏n≥0cn/cn+1=c0/lim⁡cn=12\prod_{n\ge0} c_n/c_{n+1} = c_0/\lim c_n = \tfrac12, and on the survival event Yn<2Y_n < 2 for every nn while sup⁡nYn=2\sup_n Y_n = 2; so with a=2a = 2 we have P(T<∞)=0\mathbb{P}(T<\infty) = 0 but P(sup⁡nYn≥2)=12\mathbb{P}(\sup_n Y_n \ge 2) = \tfrac12.) The supremum form of the bound is nevertheless true, by one extra line: for 0<b<a0 < b < a the event {sup⁡nYn≥a}\{\sup_n Y_n \ge a\} is contained in {Yn≥b\{Y_n \ge b for some n}n\}, whose probability is at most 1/b1/b, and letting b↑ab \uparrow a gives P(sup⁡n≥0Yn≥a)≤1/a\mathbb{P}(\sup_{n\ge0} Y_n \ge a) \le 1/a as well. The example above, with P(sup⁡nYn≥2)=12=1/a\mathbb{P}(\sup_n Y_n \ge 2) = \tfrac12 = 1/a, shows that this bound is attained.

Why this matters for sequential experiments. Suppose data X1,X2,…X_1,X_2,\dots arrive one at a time and are independent and identically distributed with density either qq (the null hypothesis) or pp. Assume q>0q > 0 wherever p>0p > 0, so that the ratio p/qp/q is defined and finite at every point the data can reach under either hypothesis, and the set {q=0}\{q = 0\} is null under both. The likelihood ratio

Ln = ∏i=1np(Xi)q(Xi),L0=1,L_n \ = \ \prod_{i=1}^{n} \frac{p(X_i)}{q(X_i)} , \qquad L_0 = 1 ,

is a martingale under the null, because the XiX_i are independent and, almost surely under qq,

Eq(p(Xn+1)q(Xn+1) ∣ Fn)=∫{q>0}p(x)q(x) q(x) dx=∫{q>0}p(x) dx=1,\mathbb{E}_q\left( \frac{p(X_{n+1})}{q(X_{n+1})} \,\Bigm|\, \mathcal{F}_n \right) = \int_{\{q>0\}} \frac{p(x)}{q(x)}\,q(x)\,dx = \int_{\{q>0\}} p(x)\,dx = 1 ,

the cancellation being legitimate exactly because the integral runs over {q>0}\{q>0\}, and the last equality holding because pp vanishes off that set. It is also non-negative, so the bound above applies: if the rule is "reject the null the first time Ln≥100L_n \ge 100", then the probability of ever rejecting a true null is at most 0.010.01 no matter how long one watches, and no matter how the decision to stop is made. This is the formal content of the modern "anytime-valid" or "safe" testing methods, and it is why they are immune to the usual objection to repeatedly peeking at accumulating data: a fixed-sample test loses its guarantee when the stopping rule is data-dependent, and a martingale test does not.

A concrete instance: to detect a unit shift in the mean of standard normal noise, q=N(0,1)q = N(0,1) and p=N(1,1)p = N(1,1), so log⁡Ln=∑i≤nXi−n/2\log L_n = \sum_{i\le n} X_i - n/2, and the rule "stop and reject when ∑i≤nXi≥n/2+log⁡100=n/2+4.6052\sum_{i\le n} X_i \ge n/2 + \log 100 = n/2 + 4.6052" has false-alarm probability at most 0.010.01 over an unlimited run. The same quantity, watched under pp instead, grows at rate 12\tfrac12 per observation, so the detection delay is about 9.29.2 observations.

Elsewhere. Martingales are the natural language wherever a quantity is conserved in conditional mean. For a Markov chain with a bounded harmonic function ψ\psi (one satisfying ∑jpijψ(j)=ψ(i)\sum_j p_{ij}\psi(j)=\psi(i)), the sequence ψ(Xn)\psi(X_n) is a martingale, and optional stopping at a first passage time shows that on an irreducible recurrent chain such a ψ\psi must be constant - the discrete Liouville theorem, which is Grimmett and Stirzaker's Example (12.5.5); see Discrete-time Markov chains. In continuous time the Wiener process and its compensated square W(t)2−tW(t)^{2}-t are martingales, and the stochastic integral of The Ito integral and Ito's formula is built so as to be one; the pricing of a financial derivative, and the "fluctuation-dissipation" bookkeeping of a driven physical system, are both statements that a suitably discounted quantity is a fair game.

Theorem

The Ito integral and Ito's formula

Adapted

Builds the Ito integral against a Wiener process by extending the elementary sum over predictable step functions along the Ito isometry, shows that the resulting integral is a martingale with second moment equal to the mean integrated square of the integrand, and states and sketches Ito's formula, the chain rule with its extra second-derivative term.

Prerequisites: Brownian motion, Martingales, Conditional expectation, Convergence of random variables, Hilbert spaces

Note(What goes wrong with the ordinary chain rule)Original

Write δW=Wt+δt−Wt\delta W = W_{t+\delta t} - W_t for an increment of a standard Wiener process. The whole of this unit turns on one fact about that increment: it is of size δt\sqrt{\delta t}, not δt\delta t, because E[(δW)2]=δt\mathbb{E}\bigl[(\delta W)^2\bigr] = \delta t.

In ordinary calculus a second-order Taylor term is negligible because (δx)2(\delta x)^2 is small compared with δx\delta x. Here (δW)2(\delta W)^2 is comparable with δt\delta t, so the second-order term of a Taylor expansion survives the limit and contributes a drift. Everything below is the bookkeeping that makes this precise: a definition of ∫ψ dW\int \psi \, dW that is stable under the limit, and a chain rule that carries the extra term.

A reader who wants only the operational rule can take away one line, to be used inside any smooth function of an Itô process: (dW)2=dt(dW)^2 = dt, dW dt=0dW\,dt = 0, (dt)2=0(dt)^2 = 0.

Definition(Admissible integrands, predictable step functions, and the integral)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §13.8, pp. 605-608, including (13.8.1), (13.8.2), (13.8.3) and the definition of $I(\psi)$

Let WW be a standard Wiener process on a complete probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega, \mathcal{F}, \mathbb{P}). For t≥0t \ge 0 let Ft\mathcal{F}_t be the smallest sub-σ\sigma-field of F\mathcal{F} that contains every null event and with respect to which each of WsW_s, 0≤s≤t0 \le s \le t, is measurable, and write F={Ft:t≥0}\mathbf{F} = \{\mathcal{F}_t : t \ge 0\} for the filtration so obtained.

A process ψ\psi is measurable if the map (t,ω)↦ψt(ω)(t, \omega) \mapsto \psi_t(\omega) is measurable for the product σ\sigma-field B⊗F\mathcal{B} \otimes \mathcal{F}, where B\mathcal{B} is the Borel σ\sigma-field on [0,∞)[0,\infty); a measurable ψ\psi is adapted if ψt\psi_t is Ft\mathcal{F}_t-measurable for every tt. Let

A={ ψ adapted : E(∫0∞∣ψt∣2 dt)<∞ },∥ψ∥=E(∫0∞∣ψt∣2 dt).(1)\mathcal{A} = \Bigl\{\, \psi \text{ adapted} \ :\ \mathbb{E}\Bigl(\int_0^\infty |\psi_t|^2 \, dt\Bigr) < \infty \,\Bigr\} , \qquad \|\psi\| = \sqrt{\mathbb{E}\Bigl(\int_0^\infty |\psi_t|^2\, dt\Bigr)} . \tag{1}

With ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| as its norm, A\mathcal{A} is a Hilbert space, and therefore complete. (Strictly, ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| is a norm on the equivalence classes of processes that agree with probability one, since ∥ψ∥=0\|\psi\| = 0 only forces ψ\psi to vanish almost everywhere.)

A predictable step function is a process of the form

φt=∑j=0n−1Cj 1(aj, aj+1](t),0=a0<a1<⋯<an,(2)\varphi_t = \sum_{j=0}^{n-1} C_j \, \mathbf{1}_{(a_j,\, a_{j+1}]}(t) , \qquad 0 = a_0 < a_1 < \cdots < a_n , \tag{2}

where each CjC_j has a finite second moment and is Faj\mathcal{F}_{a_j}-measurable — the height on an interval is decided before the interval begins. Its integral is the obvious sum,

I(φ)=∑j=0n−1Cj (Waj+1−Waj),(3)I(\varphi) = \sum_{j=0}^{n-1} C_j \,\bigl(W_{a_{j+1}} - W_{a_j}\bigr) , \tag{3}

and II is linear on predictable step functions.

For general ψ∈A\psi \in \mathcal{A} the Itô integral I(ψ)I(\psi) is the mean-square limit of I(φ(n))I(\varphi^{(n)}) along any sequence {φ(n)}\{\varphi^{(n)}\} of predictable step functions with ∥φ(n)−ψ∥→0\|\varphi^{(n)} - \psi\| \to 0. The statement below says that such a sequence exists and that the limit does not depend on which one is used. We write

∫0∞ψs dWs:=I(ψ),∫0tψs dWs:=I(ψ 1(0,t]).\int_0^\infty \psi_s \, dW_s := I(\psi) , \qquad \int_0^t \psi_s \, dW_s := I\bigl(\psi \,\mathbf{1}_{(0,t]}\bigr) .

Finally, a continuous process XX is an Itô process, or a diffusion, with infinitesimal mean μ(t,x)\mu(t,x) and infinitesimal variance σ(t,x)2\sigma(t,x)^2 if

Xt=X0+∫0tμ(s,Xs) ds+∫0tσ(s,Xs) dWs,(4)X_t = X_0 + \int_0^t \mu(s, X_s)\, ds + \int_0^t \sigma(s, X_s)\, dW_s , \tag{4}

for which the shorthand is dXt=μ(t,Xt) dt+σ(t,Xt) dWtdX_t = \mu(t,X_t)\,dt + \sigma(t,X_t)\,dW_t. Grimmett and Stirzaker state that the existence of such a process is beyond the scope of their account; see Stochastic differential equations.

Theorem(The Ito isometry, and the integral it defines)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §13.8, Lemma (13.8.4) and Theorem (13.8.6), p. 606, the uniqueness argument on p. 608, Theorem (13.8.11), p. 608, Theorem (13.8.13), p. 609, and Exercises (13.8.4) and (13.8.6), p. 610

Let WW be a standard Wiener process and F\mathbf{F} the filtration above. Write ∥U∥2=E∣U∣2\|U\|_2 = \sqrt{\mathbb{E}|U|^2} for a random variable UU.

  1. Isometry on step functions. If φ\varphi is a predictable step function then ∥I(φ)∥2=∥φ∥\|I(\varphi)\|_2 = \|\varphi\|.
  2. Approximation. If ψ∈A\psi \in \mathcal{A} has continuous sample paths, there is a sequence {φ(n)}\{\varphi^{(n)}\} of predictable step functions with ∥φ(n)−ψ∥→0\|\varphi^{(n)} - \psi\| \to 0. (Grimmett and Stirzaker prove this under the continuity assumption and record that continuity is not necessary.)
  3. The limit exists and is unique. For such a ψ\psi the random variables I(φ(n))I(\varphi^{(n)}) converge in mean square, and any two approximating sequences give limits that agree with probability one. This limit is I(ψ)I(\psi).
  4. The isometry persists. For an adapted ψ\psi with ∥ψ∥<∞\|\psi\| < \infty, ∥I(ψ)∥2=∥ψ∥\|I(\psi)\|_2 = \|\psi\|. The source also records the bilinear version E(I(ψ1)I(ψ2))=E(∫0∞ψ1(t)ψ2(t) dt),\mathbb{E}\bigl(I(\psi_1) I(\psi_2)\bigr) = \mathbb{E}\Bigl(\int_0^\infty \psi_1(t)\psi_2(t)\,dt\Bigr) , whenever both sides exist, for ψ1\psi_1 and ψ2\psi_2 predictable step functions. It extends to ψ1,ψ2∈A\psi_1,\psi_2 \in \mathcal{A} at once by polarisation, since II is linear and the norm identity holds throughout A\mathcal{A}: four applications of ∥I(⋅)∥2=∥⋅∥\|I(\cdot)\|_2 = \|\cdot\| to ψ1±ψ2\psi_1\pm\psi_2 give it. (That last deduction is ours, not the source's.) In particular E I(ψ)=0\mathbb{E}\,I(\psi) = 0.
  5. Martingale property. If ψ∈A\psi \in \mathcal{A} has continuous sample paths then Jt=∫0tψu dWuJ_t = \int_0^t \psi_u\,dW_u is a martingale with respect to F\mathbf{F}.
  6. Converse (martingale representation). If MM is a martingale with respect to F\mathbf{F}, there is an adapted process ψ\psi with Mt=M0+∫0tψu dWuM_t = M_0 + \int_0^t \psi_u \, dW_u for all t≥0t \ge 0. Grimmett and Stirzaker state this without proof.

Item 4 is the identity usually called the Itô isometry. It is the workhorse: it turns a question about the second moment of a stochastic integral into an ordinary deterministic integral of a second moment.

Theorem(Ito's formula)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §13.9, Theorem (13.9.2), p. 610, and Theorem (13.9.4), p. 611

General form. Let dX=μ(t,X) dt+σ(t,X) dWdX = \mu(t,X)\,dt + \sigma(t,X)\,dW and let Yt=f(t,Xt)Y_t = f(t, X_t), where f:[0,∞)×R→Rf : [0,\infty) \times \mathbb{R} \to \mathbb{R} is twice continuously differentiable. Then YY is again an Itô process, and

dY=[fx(t,X) μ(t,X)  +  ft(t,X)  +  12fxx(t,X) σ2(t,X)] dt  +  fx(t,X) σ(t,X) dW.(5)dY = \Bigl[ f_x(t,X)\,\mu(t,X) \;+\; f_t(t,X) \;+\; \tfrac12 f_{xx}(t,X)\,\sigma^2(t,X) \Bigr]\,dt \;+\; f_x(t,X)\,\sigma(t,X)\,dW . \tag{5}

Grimmett and Stirzaker state (5) with the proof omitted, and record that it extends to multivariate diffusions.

The case X=WX = W. Under the name Itô's simple formula, the source states the following. Suppose WW is standard, and let the function f(s,w)f(s,w) possess continuous partial derivatives up to the third order on the half-plane s≥0s \ge 0. Then Yt=f(t,Wt)Y_t = f(t, W_t) is an Itô process, and

dY=[ft(t,W)+12fww(t,W)] dt  +  fw(t,W) dW.(6)dY = \Bigl[ f_t(t,W) + \tfrac12 f_{ww}(t,W) \Bigr]\,dt \;+\; f_w(t,W)\,dW . \tag{6}

This is (5) with μ=0\mu = 0 and σ=1\sigma = 1. Grimmett and Stirzaker give a sketch proof of (6) and note that its differentiability assumption may be weakened; the extra derivative is an artefact of that proof, not of the result. The term 12fww\tfrac12 f_{ww}, absent from the Newton-Leibniz chain rule, is the Itô correction.

Idea of the proofOriginal

The integral is built by isometric extension, exactly as the Fourier transform is extended from nice functions to L2L^2. For a step function whose heights are fixed before each interval starts, the sum (3) is a sum of uncorrelated terms, so its second moment is the sum of the individual second moments — which is precisely ∥φ∥2\|\varphi\|^2. So II is an isometry from a subset of the Hilbert space A\mathcal{A} into L2(Ω)L^2(\Omega). An isometry is uniformly continuous, so it carries Cauchy sequences to Cauchy sequences; since both spaces are complete, II extends uniquely and isometrically to the closure of the step functions, and the remaining work is to show that this closure is all of A\mathcal{A}.

The martingale property is the same cancellation looked at from one step back. Condition on Fs\mathcal{F}_s. Each term Cj(Waj+1−Waj)C_j(W_{a_{j+1}} - W_{a_j}) of the sum that lies wholly after ss contributes nothing, because the increment is independent of Faj\mathcal{F}_{a_j} and has zero mean while CjC_j is known at time aja_j; each term wholly before ss is already known. This is exactly where adaptedness is spent.

Itô's formula is a second-order Taylor expansion in which the second-order term does not die. Expand ff over a short interval: the first-order terms reproduce the ordinary chain rule, and the second-order term in ww carries (δW)2(\delta W)^2. That quantity has mean δt\delta t and fluctuations small enough that, summed over t/δtt/\delta t intervals, it may be replaced by δt\delta t in the limit. Third-order terms carry (δW)3∼(δt)3/2(\delta W)^3 \sim (\delta t)^{3/2} and do vanish. So one extra term survives, and only one.

Proof(The isometry, and the construction of the integral)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §13.8, proof of Lemma (13.8.4), p. 606, and the argument following Theorem (13.8.6), pp. 607-608

We prove items 1 and 3, and then item 5; items 2, 4 and 6 are quoted from the source as stated.

Step 1: square the elementary sum. For a predictable step function φ\varphi as in (2), write Δj=Waj+1−Waj\Delta_j = W_{a_{j+1}} - W_{a_j}. Multiplying out,

E(∣I(φ)∣2)=∑j=0n−1E(Cj2Δj2)  +  2∑0≤j<k≤n−1E(CjCkΔjΔk).\mathbb{E}\bigl(|I(\varphi)|^2\bigr) = \sum_{j=0}^{n-1} \mathbb{E}\bigl(C_j^2 \Delta_j^2\bigr) \;+\; 2 \sum_{0 \le j < k \le n-1} \mathbb{E}\bigl(C_j C_k \Delta_j \Delta_k\bigr) .

Step 2: the diagonal terms. Fix jj and condition on Faj\mathcal{F}_{a_j}. Because φ\varphi is a predictable step function, CjC_j is Faj\mathcal{F}_{a_j}-measurable, so it comes out of the conditional expectation; and Δj\Delta_j is independent of Faj\mathcal{F}_{a_j} with E(Δj2)=aj+1−aj\mathbb{E}(\Delta_j^2) = a_{j+1} - a_j, since WW has independent increments of variance equal to their length. By the tower property,

E(Cj2Δj2)=E(Cj2 E(Δj2∣Faj))=E(Cj2) (aj+1−aj).\mathbb{E}\bigl(C_j^2\Delta_j^2\bigr) = \mathbb{E}\Bigl( C_j^2 \,\mathbb{E}\bigl(\Delta_j^2 \mid \mathcal{F}_{a_j}\bigr)\Bigr) = \mathbb{E}\bigl(C_j^2\bigr)\,(a_{j+1} - a_j) .

Step 3: the off-diagonal terms vanish. Let j<kj < k. Condition on Fak\mathcal{F}_{a_k}. The three factors CjC_j, CkC_k and Δj\Delta_j are all Fak\mathcal{F}_{a_k}-measurable, again by predictability and because aj<aj+1≤aka_j < a_{j+1} \le a_k; the remaining factor Δk\Delta_k is independent of Fak\mathcal{F}_{a_k} and has mean zero. Hence each such term has expectation 00.

Step 4: recognise the answer. Combining Steps 1-3,

E(∣I(φ)∣2)=∑jE(Cj2)(aj+1−aj)=E(∫0∞∣φt∣2 dt)=∥φ∥2,\mathbb{E}\bigl(|I(\varphi)|^2\bigr) = \sum_{j} \mathbb{E}\bigl(C_j^2\bigr)(a_{j+1}-a_j) = \mathbb{E}\Bigl(\int_0^\infty |\varphi_t|^2\,dt\Bigr) = \|\varphi\|^2 ,

the middle equality because φ\varphi takes the constant value CjC_j on an interval of length aj+1−aja_{j+1}-a_j. This is item 1.

Step 5: the approximating integrals form a Cauchy sequence. Let ψ∈A\psi \in \mathcal{A} have continuous sample paths and take {φ(n)}\{\varphi^{(n)}\} from item 2. The difference φ(m)−φ(n)\varphi^{(m)} - \varphi^{(n)} is again a predictable step function, so by linearity of II, by Step 4 applied to that difference, and by the triangle inequality in A\mathcal{A},

∥I(φ(m))−I(φ(n))∥2=∥φ(m)−φ(n)∥≤∥φ(m)−ψ∥+∥φ(n)−ψ∥ ⟶ 0\bigl\|I(\varphi^{(m)}) - I(\varphi^{(n)})\bigr\|_2 = \bigl\|\varphi^{(m)} - \varphi^{(n)}\bigr\| \le \bigl\|\varphi^{(m)} - \psi\bigr\| + \bigl\|\varphi^{(n)} - \psi\bigr\| \ \longrightarrow\ 0

as m,n→∞m, n \to \infty. The space L2(Ω)L^2(\Omega) is complete, so I(φ(n))I(\varphi^{(n)}) converges in mean square to some random variable.

Step 6: the limit does not depend on the sequence. Let {ρ(n)}\{\rho^{(n)}\} be a second sequence of predictable step functions with ∥ρ(n)−ψ∥→0\|\rho^{(n)} - \psi\| \to 0, with limit I(ρ)I(\rho). Insert both approximations:

∥I(φ)−I(ρ)∥2≤∥I(φ)−I(φ(n))∥2+∥I(φ(n))−I(ρ(n))∥2+∥I(ρ(n))−I(ρ)∥2.\|I(\varphi) - I(\rho)\|_2 \le \|I(\varphi) - I(\varphi^{(n)})\|_2 + \|I(\varphi^{(n)}) - I(\rho^{(n)})\|_2 + \|I(\rho^{(n)}) - I(\rho)\|_2 .

The outer two terms tend to 00 by the definition of the limits. The middle term equals ∥φ(n)−ρ(n)∥\|\varphi^{(n)} - \rho^{(n)}\| by Step 4 and linearity, and that is at most ∥φ(n)−ψ∥+∥ρ(n)−ψ∥→0\|\varphi^{(n)} - \psi\| + \|\rho^{(n)} - \psi\| \to 0. So the left-hand side, which does not depend on nn, is 00: the two limits agree with probability one. This is item 3.

Step 7: the martingale property. Let 0<s<t0 < s < t and choose a partition 0=a0<⋯<am=s<⋯<an=t0 = a_0 < \cdots < a_m = s < \cdots < a_n = t that includes ss as a partition point. Let ψu(n)=∑jψaj1(aj,aj+1](u)\psi^{(n)}_u = \sum_j \psi_{a_j}\mathbf{1}_{(a_j, a_{j+1}]}(u) and Jv(n)=∫0vψu(n) dWuJ^{(n)}_v = \int_0^v \psi^{(n)}_u\,dW_u. Conditioning the sum (3) on Fs\mathcal{F}_s term by term:

  • a term with j<mj < m lies entirely in [0,s][0,s], and is Fs\mathcal{F}_s-measurable, so it is unchanged;
  • a term with j≥mj \ge m has aj≥sa_j \ge s; conditioning first on Faj\mathcal{F}_{a_j} and using that ψaj\psi_{a_j} is Faj\mathcal{F}_{a_j}-measurable while Waj+1−WajW_{a_{j+1}} - W_{a_j} is independent of Faj\mathcal{F}_{a_j} with zero mean, the term has conditional expectation 00.

Hence E(Jt(n)∣Fs)=Js(n)\mathbb{E}(J^{(n)}_t \mid \mathcal{F}_s) = J^{(n)}_s. Now refine the partition so that its mesh tends to 00. By the approximation of item 2, ∥ψ(n)1(0,v]−ψ1(0,v]∥→0\|\psi^{(n)}\mathbf{1}_{(0,v]} - \psi \mathbf{1}_{(0,v]}\| \to 0 for v=sv = s and v=tv = t, so Js(n)→JsJ^{(n)}_s \to J_s and Jt(n)→JtJ^{(n)}_t \to J_t in mean square. Mean-square convergence is preserved by conditional expectation, so the identity passes to the limit: E(Jt∣Fs)=Js\mathbb{E}(J_t \mid \mathcal{F}_s) = J_s almost surely. □\square

Proof(Sketch of Ito's simple formula)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §13.9, sketch proof of Theorem (13.9.4), p. 611, with Exercise (13.7.2), p. 604

This is a sketch; the source itself gives only a summary, and the estimates behind items (i), (ii) and (iv) below are omitted there and here. Fix t>0t > 0, put δ=t/n\delta = t/n, write tj=jδt_j = j\delta and Δj=Wtj+1−Wtj\Delta_j = W_{t_{j+1}} - W_{t_j}.

Step 1: telescope, splitting each step into a time move and a space move. Write the total increment as

f(t,Wt)−f(0,W0)=∑j=0n−1[f(tj+1,Wtj+1)−f(tj,Wtj+1)]  +  ∑j=0n−1[f(tj,Wtj+1)−f(tj,Wtj)].f(t, W_t) - f(0, W_0) = \sum_{j=0}^{n-1}\Bigl[ f(t_{j+1}, W_{t_{j+1}}) - f(t_j, W_{t_{j+1}}) \Bigr] \;+\; \sum_{j=0}^{n-1}\Bigl[ f(t_j, W_{t_{j+1}}) - f(t_j, W_{t_j}) \Bigr] .

Each bracket in the first sum moves only in time, each in the second only in space; the two sums are handled by different arguments, which is the reason for the split.

Step 2: Taylor-expand each sum. By the mean value theorem there are random θj∈[tj,tj+1]\theta_j \in [t_j, t_{j+1}] making the first sum ∑jft(θj,Wtj+1)δ\sum_j f_t(\theta_j, W_{t_{j+1}})\delta. By Taylor's theorem with Lagrange remainder in the space variable there are random Ξj\Xi_j between WtjW_{t_j} and Wtj+1W_{t_{j+1}} making the second sum

∑jfw(tj,Wtj)Δj  +  12∑jfww(tj,Wtj)Δj2  +  16∑jfwww(tj,Ξj)Δj3.\sum_{j} f_w(t_j, W_{t_j})\Delta_j \;+\; \tfrac12 \sum_{j} f_{ww}(t_j, W_{t_j})\Delta_j^2 \;+\; \tfrac16 \sum_{j} f_{www}(t_j, \Xi_j)\Delta_j^3 .

The third derivative appears here, and nowhere else; this is why the hypothesis of (6) asks for three derivatives.

Step 3: the time sum becomes an ordinary integral. WW has continuous sample paths and ftf_t is continuous, so along almost every path the integrand is continuous and the sum is a Riemann sum: ∑jft(θj,Wtj+1)δ→∫0tft(s,Ws) ds\sum_j f_t(\theta_j, W_{t_{j+1}})\delta \to \int_0^t f_t(s,W_s)\,ds almost surely.

Step 4: the first space sum becomes the Itô integral. The summand is the elementary integral (3) of the predictable step function with heights fw(tj,Wtj)f_w(t_j, W_{t_j}), which is exactly the approximating step function of the construction above; it converges in mean square to ∫0tfw(s,Ws) dWs\int_0^t f_w(s, W_s)\,dW_s.

Step 5: the quadratic sum becomes a time integral — the Itô correction. Here is the one genuinely stochastic step. Each Δj2\Delta_j^2 has mean δ\delta, and Δj2\Delta_j^2 and Δk2\Delta_k^2 are independent for j≠kj \ne k because WW has independent increments. Replacing Δj2\Delta_j^2 by its mean δ\delta therefore introduces an error that is a sum of nn independent-in-the-relevant-sense, mean-zero terms each of size δ\delta; the variance of that error is of order nδ2=tδ→0n\delta^2 = t\delta \to 0. (For fww≡1f_{ww} \equiv 1 this is the statement that ∑jΔj2→t\sum_j \Delta_j^2 \to t in mean square, the quadratic variation of the Wiener process.) Hence

12∑jfww(tj,Wtj)Δj2−12∑jfww(tj,Wtj) δ ⟶ 0\tfrac12\sum_j f_{ww}(t_j, W_{t_j})\Delta_j^2 - \tfrac12\sum_j f_{ww}(t_j, W_{t_j})\,\delta \ \longrightarrow\ 0

in mean square, and the second of these is a Riemann sum converging to 12∫0tfww(s,Ws) ds\tfrac12\int_0^t f_{ww}(s,W_s)\,ds.

Step 6: the cubic sum is negligible. E∣Δj∣3\mathbb{E}|\Delta_j|^3 is of order δ3/2\delta^{3/2}, so nn such terms total order nδ3/2=t δ1/2→0n\delta^{3/2} = t\,\delta^{1/2} \to 0; the source states that this term converges to zero in mean square.

Step 7: assemble. Adding the limits of Steps 3-6 gives the integrated form of (6), and tt was arbitrary. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original

Predictability (the height CjC_j is Faj\mathcal{F}_{a_j}-measurable) is what makes the isometry true, and it is used twice, in Steps 2 and 3. Drop it and both fail. Take the single-interval step function with a0=0a_0 = 0, a1=ta_1 = t and height C0=WtC_0 = W_t, which is Ft\mathcal{F}_t-measurable but not F0\mathcal{F}_0-measurable. Then I(φ)=Wt(Wt−W0)=Wt2I(\varphi) = W_t(W_t - W_0) = W_t^2, whose mean is tt, not 00, and whose second moment is E(Wt4)=3t2\mathbb{E}(W_t^4) = 3t^2, while ∥φ∥2=E∫0tWt2 ds=t2\|\varphi\|^2 = \mathbb{E}\int_0^t W_t^2\,ds = t^2. Both item 4 and the martingale property are destroyed.

This is the same thing as the dependence of the limit on the evaluation point. Partition (0,t](0,t] into nn equal pieces and form ∑jWθj(Wtj+1−Wtj)\sum_j W_{\theta_j}(W_{t_{j+1}} - W_{t_j}). Taking θj=tj\theta_j = t_j, the left endpoint, gives 12(Wt2−t)\tfrac12(W_t^2 - t) in mean square — the Itô value; taking θj=tj+1\theta_j = t_{j+1} gives 12(Wt2+t)\tfrac12(W_t^2 + t). A Riemann integral would not notice the difference. The Wiener process has unbounded total variation on every non-trivial interval, and that is exactly why it does. The midpoint rule gives a third answer and a different calculus, discussed in Stochastic differential equations.

The square-integrability condition (1) is what makes JtJ_t a martingale rather than only a local martingale. Grimmett and Stirzaker record in a footnote that without it one obtains a local martingale, and that in a more general theory the correct condition on the integrand is not adaptedness but local boundedness and predictability, with WW replaced by a semimartingale.

Continuity of the sample paths of ψ\psi is used only in item 2 and in item 5, and only because the proof given for the density of step functions uses uniform continuity on compact time intervals. The source states that this condition is not necessary.

Two derivatives in Itô's formula (5) are not a technicality. The term 12fxxσ2\tfrac12 f_{xx}\sigma^2 is a leading term, not a remainder. With ff only once continuously differentiable there is no formula of this shape at all, because the first-order Taylor remainder is of size (δW)2∼δt(\delta W)^2 \sim \delta t and does not vanish on summation. The simplest instance is f(w)=w2f(w) = w^2: the Newton-Leibniz rule would give d(W2)=2W dWd(W^2) = 2W\,dW and hence ∫0tWs dWs=12Wt2\int_0^t W_s\,dW_s = \tfrac12 W_t^2, whereas the correct value is 12(Wt2−t)\tfrac12(W_t^2 - t). The two differ by a quantity, t/2t/2, that is not small.

The simple formula (6) asks for three derivatives where the general formula (5) asks for two. This looks backwards, since (6) is a special case of (5). It is an honest feature of the source: (5) is quoted there without proof, while (6) is given the sketch proof above, and that sketch spends a third derivative on the Taylor remainder in Step 2. Grimmett and Stirzaker say explicitly that the assumption may be weakened. Use (5) when two derivatives are all you have.

Method(Evaluating a stochastic integral by reversing Ito's formula)Original

There is no fundamental theorem of calculus for ∫ψ dW\int \psi\,dW with a general adapted ψ\psi. When the integrand has the form g(s,Ws)g(s, W_s), however, the following works.

  1. Find an antiderivative in the space variable. Choose f(s,w)f(s,w) with fw(s,w)=g(s,w)f_w(s,w) = g(s,w), three times continuously differentiable (or use (5) if you can justify two).
  2. Compute the drift ft+12fwwf_t + \tfrac12 f_{ww}.
  3. Write down Itô's formula in integrated form. f(t,Wt)−f(0,W0)=∫0t[ft(s,Ws)+12fww(s,Ws)]ds+∫0tg(s,Ws) dWs.f(t, W_t) - f(0, W_0) = \int_0^t \Bigl[f_t(s,W_s) + \tfrac12 f_{ww}(s,W_s)\Bigr]ds + \int_0^t g(s,W_s)\,dW_s .
  4. Rearrange to isolate the stochastic integral. If the drift in Step 2 vanishes identically, the stochastic integral is simply f(t,Wt)−f(0,W0)f(t,W_t) - f(0,W_0) and is a martingale.
  5. Check admissibility before using the isometry or the martingale property. Both need g(⋅,W⋅)1(0,t]∈Ag(\cdot, W_\cdot)\mathbf{1}_{(0,t]} \in \mathcal{A}, that is ∫0tE(g(s,Ws)2) ds<∞\int_0^t \mathbb{E}\bigl(g(s,W_s)^2\bigr)\,ds < \infty. For a polynomial gg this is automatic, because all moments of a normal variable are finite.
  6. Take second moments with the isometry. E[(∫0tg dW)2]=∫0tE(g(s,Ws)2) ds\mathbb{E}\bigl[\bigl(\int_0^t g\,dW\bigr)^2\bigr] = \int_0^t \mathbb{E}\bigl(g(s,W_s)^2\bigr)\,ds, an ordinary one-dimensional integral. Step 1 has already given the first moment, which is 00.
  7. Check the answer independently whenever the left-hand side has a known distribution; see the example.
Example(A cubic martingale, and its second moment two ways)Original

Take f(t,w)=w3−3twf(t,w) = w^3 - 3tw, a polynomial and so as smooth as required, and let WW be a standard Wiener process with W0=0W_0 = 0.

Step 1: the derivatives.

ft=−3w,fw=3w2−3t,fww=6w.f_t = -3w , \qquad f_w = 3w^2 - 3t , \qquad f_{ww} = 6w .

Step 2: the drift cancels.

ft+12fww=−3w+12(6w)=0.f_t + \tfrac12 f_{ww} = -3w + \tfrac12(6w) = 0 .

So by Itô's simple formula (6), Yt=Wt3−3tWtY_t = W_t^3 - 3tW_t has dY=(3Wt2−3t) dWtdY = (3W_t^2 - 3t)\,dW_t: a pure stochastic integral, with no drift.

Step 3: read off the integral. Since f(0,0)=0f(0,0) = 0,

∫0t(3Ws2−3s) dWs=Wt3−3t Wt.\int_0^t \bigl(3W_s^2 - 3s\bigr)\,dW_s = W_t^3 - 3t\,W_t .

Step 4: check admissibility. With g(s,w)=3w2−3sg(s,w) = 3w^2 - 3s and Ws∼N(0,s)W_s \sim N(0,s),

E(g(s,Ws)2)=9 E(Ws4−2sWs2+s2)=9(3s2−2s2+s2)=18s2,\mathbb{E}\bigl(g(s,W_s)^2\bigr) = 9\,\mathbb{E}\bigl(W_s^4 - 2sW_s^2 + s^2\bigr) = 9\bigl(3s^2 - 2s^2 + s^2\bigr) = 18 s^2 ,

using E(Ws2)=s\mathbb{E}(W_s^2) = s and E(Ws4)=3s2\mathbb{E}(W_s^4) = 3s^2. This is integrable on [0,t][0,t], so g(⋅,W⋅)1(0,t]∈Ag(\cdot,W_\cdot)\mathbf{1}_{(0,t]} \in \mathcal{A} and items 4 and 5 of the statement apply. In particular YY is a martingale, so E(Wt3−3tWt)=0\mathbb{E}(W_t^3 - 3tW_t) = 0 for every tt.

Step 5: second moment by the isometry.

E[(Wt3−3tWt)2]=∫0t18s2 ds=6t3.\mathbb{E}\Bigl[\bigl(W_t^3 - 3tW_t\bigr)^2\Bigr] = \int_0^t 18 s^2\,ds = 6t^3 .

Step 6: the same number directly. Expand the square and use the moments of Wt∼N(0,t)W_t \sim N(0,t), namely E(Wt2)=t\mathbb{E}(W_t^2) = t, E(Wt4)=3t2\mathbb{E}(W_t^4) = 3t^2 and E(Wt6)=15t3\mathbb{E}(W_t^6) = 15t^3:

E(Wt6−6t Wt4+9t2Wt2)=15t3−18t3+9t3=6t3.\mathbb{E}\bigl(W_t^6 - 6t\,W_t^4 + 9t^2 W_t^2\bigr) = 15t^3 - 18t^3 + 9t^3 = 6t^3 .

The two routes agree, which checks the isometry on this example.

A number. At t=2t = 2,  E[(W23−6W2)2]=6⋅23=48\ \mathbb{E}\bigl[(W_2^3 - 6W_2)^2\bigr] = 6 \cdot 2^3 = \boxed{48}.

Note how badly the naive chain rule would do here. Treating dWdW as an ordinary differential would give ∫0t3Ws2 dWs=Wt3\int_0^t 3W_s^2\,dW_s = W_t^3, and Wt3W_t^3 is not a martingale in any useful sense — it has the right mean, 00, but the compensating −3tWt-3tW_t is exactly what the Itô correction supplies.

Application(Multiplicative noise and the gap between the mean and the typical path)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §13.9, Example (13.9.9), p. 612, and §13.10, equation (13.10.2), p. 614

A quantity that grows by random proportional increments — a population, the size of an aerosol droplet under random coagulation, the price of a traded asset — is modelled by geometric Brownian motion,

dSt=St(μ dt+σ dWt).dS_t = S_t\bigl(\mu\,dt + \sigma\,dW_t\bigr) .

Apply Itô's simple formula to Yt=exp⁡(μt+σWt)Y_t = \exp(\mu t + \sigma W_t): with f(t,w)=eμt+σwf(t,w) = e^{\mu t + \sigma w} one has ft=μff_t = \mu f, fw=σff_w = \sigma f, fww=σ2ff_{ww} = \sigma^2 f, so dY=(μ+12σ2)Y dt+σY dWdY = (\mu + \tfrac12\sigma^2)Y\,dt + \sigma Y\,dW. Therefore the solution of the displayed equation with S0=1S_0 = 1 is not eμt+σWte^{\mu t + \sigma W_t} but

St=exp⁡[(μ−12σ2)t+σWt],S_t = \exp\Bigl[\bigl(\mu - \tfrac12\sigma^2\bigr)t + \sigma W_t\Bigr] ,

which is the form in which the Black-Scholes model of §13.10 of the source states it, σ\sigma there being called the volatility.

The consequence is one that is easy to get wrong in practice. Since E eσWt=eσ2t/2\mathbb{E}\,e^{\sigma W_t} = e^{\sigma^2 t/2}, the mean grows at rate μ\mu:

E(St)=eμt.\mathbb{E}(S_t) = e^{\mu t} .

But log⁡St\log S_t is normal with mean (μ−12σ2)t(\mu - \tfrac12\sigma^2)t, so the median, and the almost sure long-run growth rate of a single realisation, is governed by μ−12σ2\mu - \tfrac12\sigma^2. The two differ by exactly the Itô correction.

Take μ=0.05\mu = 0.05 and σ=0.4\sigma = 0.4 per year. Then μ−12σ2=0.05−0.08=−0.03\mu - \tfrac12\sigma^2 = 0.05 - 0.08 = -0.03. After ten years the mean of the ensemble is e0.5=1.6487e^{0.5} = 1.6487 times its initial value, while the median path is at e−0.3=0.7408e^{-0.3} = 0.7408 of it, and

P(S10<S0)=Φ ⁣(0.03×100.410)=Φ(0.2372)=0.5937,\mathbb{P}(S_{10} < S_0) = \Phi\!\left(\frac{0.03 \times 10}{0.4\sqrt{10}}\right) = \Phi(0.2372) = 0.5937 ,

so a clear majority of realisations have gone down while the ensemble mean has gone up by nearly two thirds. The mean is carried by a thin tail of very large values. Whenever a quantity fluctuates multiplicatively, the average over an ensemble and the behaviour of a typical member are different questions, and Itô's formula is what converts between them. The same term reappears as the drift of the Fokker-Planck equation for log⁡S\log S; see The Fokker-Planck equation.

Method

Stochastic differential equations

Adapted

Gives a recipe for solving a linear stochastic differential equation with additive noise by an integrating factor, proves that its solution is Gaussian with an explicit mean, variance and autocovariance, applies this to the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process and the Langevin equation, and explains how the Ito and Stratonovich readings of the same equation differ and how to convert between them.

Prerequisites: The Ito integral and Ito's formula, Brownian motion, Stationary processes and spectral densities, The central limit theorem, Solving first-order equations, Dependence on initial data and Gronwall's inequality

Note(What an equation driven by noise can mean)Original

A physicist writes mv˙=−γv+ξ(t)m\dot v = -\gamma v + \xi(t) and calls ξ\xi "white noise". Nothing in ordinary analysis supports this: the intended ξ\xi is the derivative of a Wiener process, and Brownian motion has nowhere differentiable paths. The repair is to multiply through by dtdt and read the equation as an integral equation in which the noise appears only inside a stochastic integral, never differentiated.

Once that is done, a second question appears that has no analogue in ordinary differential equations: which stochastic integral? The Itô integral and the Stratonovich integral give different answers to the same written equation. This unit gives the method for the case that is solvable in closed form — linear drift and additive noise — and then says what the two readings are and how to pass between them.

Definition(Stochastic differential equations, and the two readings)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §13.8, equations (13.8.9)-(13.8.10), p. 608, §13.9, equation (13.9.1), p. 610, and §13.7, pp. 603-604

Let WW be a standard Wiener process, with the filtration F\mathbf{F} built in The Ito integral and Ito's formula. A stochastic differential equation (an SDE) is written

dXt=μ(t,Xt) dt+σ(t,Xt) dWt(1)dX_t = \mu(t, X_t)\,dt + \sigma(t, X_t)\,dW_t \tag{1}

and is shorthand for the integral equation

Xt=X0+∫0tμ(s,Xs) ds+∫0tσ(s,Xs) dWs,t≥0,(2)X_t = X_0 + \int_0^t \mu(s,X_s)\,ds + \int_0^t \sigma(s,X_s)\,dW_s , \qquad t \ge 0 , \tag{2}

in which the second integral is an Itô integral. A continuous adapted process XX satisfying (2) is called a solution, and is an Itô process, or diffusion, with infinitesimal mean μ\mu and infinitesimal variance σ2\sigma^2.

The last integral in (2) is the mean-square limit of sums ∑jσ(tj,Xtj)(Wtj+1−Wtj)\sum_j \sigma(t_j, X_{t_j})(W_{t_{j+1}} - W_{t_j}) in which the integrand is evaluated at the left endpoint of each partition interval. Evaluating instead at the midpoint produces a different limit, and that limit defines the Stratonovich integral, written ∫0tσ∘dW\int_0^t \sigma \circ dW. An equation written with ∘ dW\circ\,dW in place of dWdW,

dXt=μ~(t,Xt) dt+σ(t,Xt)∘dWt,(3)dX_t = \tilde\mu(t,X_t)\,dt + \sigma(t,X_t)\circ dW_t , \tag{3}

is a Stratonovich SDE: a different equation, with different solutions, not a different notation for (1). The remark below gives the dictionary between them.

Throughout, linear with additive noise means the special case

dXt=(α(t)Xt+ν(t)) dt+δ(t) dWt,(4)dX_t = \bigl(\alpha(t)X_t + \nu(t)\bigr)\,dt + \delta(t)\,dW_t , \tag{4}

in which α,ν,δ\alpha, \nu, \delta are deterministic functions of tt alone. (The letter ν\nu is used for the affine forcing because β\beta is reserved below for the relaxation rate of the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process.) Because σ=δ\sigma = \delta does not depend on xx, equations (1) and (3) coincide for (4) — the two readings differ only when the noise is multiplicative.

Method(Existence and uniqueness: what the source asserts)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §13.9, opening paragraph, p. 610, and §13.12, Problem (13.12.21), p. 629

Grimmett and Stirzaker assert the following about equation (1). Provided μ\mu, σ\sigma and X0X_0 satisfy conditions that they describe as rather weak, there is exactly one solution; it is a Markov process, and its sample paths are continuous. They do not list the conditions, and they declare the proof beyond the scope of their book. We report the assertion in that form rather than substituting the Lipschitz and linear-growth hypotheses familiar from other accounts, which are not the hypotheses the source gives.

That some condition is needed is shown by their Problem (13.12.21), Tanaka's example. Let sign⁡(x)=1\operatorname{sign}(x) = 1 for x>0x > 0 and −1-1 otherwise, and consider

dXt=sign⁡(Xt) dWt,X0=0.dX_t = \operatorname{sign}(X_t)\,dW_t , \qquad X_0 = 0 .

The process Vt=∫0tsign⁡(Ws) dWsV_t = \int_0^t \operatorname{sign}(W_s)\,dW_s is itself a standard Wiener process and solves this equation; so does −V-V. (The source writes the same letter WW for the process used to build VV and for the process driving the equation; the driving process is the one reconstructed from VV itself, namely ∫0⋅sign⁡(Vs) dVs\int_0^\cdot \operatorname{sign}(V_s)\,dV_s, which is again a standard Wiener process. Nothing below depends on which reading is taken.) Solutions are therefore not unique path by path, although every solution has the finite-dimensional distributions of a Wiener process. The coefficient sign⁡\operatorname{sign} is bounded, measurable and non-zero, but discontinuous at the one point the process keeps returning to.

For the linear equation (4) there is no such difficulty, and the next statement settles existence, uniqueness and the law of the solution outright.

Method(Linear SDE with additive noise: closed form and law)Original

Let ν\nu and δ\delta be continuous real functions on [0,∞)[0,\infty), let α\alpha be a continuously differentiable real function on [0,∞)[0,\infty), let X0X_0 be a constant, and set

Φt=exp⁡(−∫0tα(r) dr).\Phi_t = \exp\left(-\int_0^t \alpha(r)\,dr\right) .

Then equation (4) has one and only one continuous adapted solution, namely

Xt=Φt−1(X0+∫0tΦs ν(s) ds+∫0tΦs δ(s) dWs).(5)X_t = \Phi_t^{-1}\left( X_0 + \int_0^t \Phi_s\,\nu(s)\,ds + \int_0^t \Phi_s\,\delta(s)\,dW_s \right) . \tag{5}

The solution is a Gaussian process, with the usual convention that a constant counts as normal with variance 00 (if δ≡0\delta \equiv 0 the equation has no noise and the solution is the deterministic function (5)), and

E(Xt)=Φt−1(X0+∫0tΦsν(s) ds),var⁡(Xt)=Φt−2∫0tΦs2 δ(s)2 ds,(6)\mathbb{E}(X_t) = \Phi_t^{-1}\left(X_0 + \int_0^t \Phi_s \nu(s)\,ds\right) , \qquad \operatorname{var}(X_t) = \Phi_t^{-2}\int_0^t \Phi_s^2\,\delta(s)^2\,ds , \tag{6}

and, for s≤ts \le t,

cov⁡(Xs,Xt)=Φs−1Φt−1∫0sΦu2 δ(u)2 du.(7)\operatorname{cov}(X_s, X_t) = \Phi_s^{-1}\Phi_t^{-1}\int_0^{s} \Phi_u^2\,\delta(u)^2\,du . \tag{7}

A random initial value. Suppose instead that X0X_0 is a random variable with finite variance, independent of WW. Then no process starting at X0X_0 is adapted to F\mathbf{F} at all, because F0\mathcal{F}_0 contains only the null events and their complements and so cannot carry a non-degenerate X0X_0. The filtration must be enlarged to G\mathbf{G}, where Gt=Ft∨σ(X0)\mathcal{G}_t = \mathcal{F}_t \vee \sigma(X_0). This costs nothing: since X0X_0 is independent of WW, the increments of WW after time tt are still independent of Gt\mathcal{G}_t, so WW is a Wiener process for G\mathbf{G} too and the Itô integral in (5) is the same object as before. With "adapted" read as adapted to G\mathbf{G}, formula (5) is again the unique continuous adapted solution, and (6) and (7) hold conditionally on X0X_0. Unconditionally, var⁡(X0)\operatorname{var}(X_0) is added to the integral in each of (6) and (7):

var⁡(Xt)=Φt−2(var⁡(X0)+∫0tΦs2δ(s)2 ds),cov⁡(Xs,Xt)=Φs−1Φt−1(var⁡(X0)+∫0sΦu2δ(u)2 du)\operatorname{var}(X_t) = \Phi_t^{-2}\left(\operatorname{var}(X_0) + \int_0^t\Phi_s^2\delta(s)^2\,ds\right) , \qquad \operatorname{cov}(X_s,X_t) = \Phi_s^{-1}\Phi_t^{-1}\left(\operatorname{var}(X_0) + \int_0^{s}\Phi_u^2\delta(u)^2\,du\right)

for s≤ts \le t (both follow from (5) and the independence of X0X_0 and WW, which makes the two contributions uncorrelated), and XX is a Gaussian process whenever X0X_0 is normal.

This is our own statement; it is proved in full below, and the special case α≡−β\alpha \equiv -\beta, ν≡0\nu \equiv 0, δ≡σ\delta \equiv \sigma recovers the law of the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process that the source states in Problem (13.12.4).

Method(The Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §13.3, Example (13.3.11), p. 584, the representations on p. 603, Exercise (13.8.5), p. 610, and §13.12, Problems (13.12.3) and (13.12.4), p. 627

Fix β>0\beta > 0 and σ>0\sigma > 0. The Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process is the diffusion VV with instantaneous mean and variance

a(t,x)=−βx,b(t,x)=σ2,a(t,x) = -\beta x , \qquad b(t,x) = \sigma^2 ,

that is, the solution of

dVt=−βVt dt+σ dWt.(8)dV_t = -\beta V_t\,dt + \sigma\,dW_t . \tag{8}

Items 1-4, and the two representations displayed in item 5, are what the source records; the covariance computation in item 5 and the identifications of σ\sigma that it yields are ours.

  1. Law at time tt. If V0=uV_0 = u then Vt ∼ N ⁣(ue−βt, σ2(1−e−2βt)2β).V_t \ \sim\ N\!\left(u e^{-\beta t},\ \frac{\sigma^2\bigl(1 - e^{-2\beta t}\bigr)}{2\beta}\right) .
  2. Limit law. VtV_t is asymptotically N(0,12σ2/β)N\bigl(0, \tfrac12\sigma^2/\beta\bigr) as t→∞t \to \infty.
  3. Stationarity. If V0∼N(0,12σ2/β)V_0 \sim N\bigl(0, \tfrac12\sigma^2/\beta\bigr) then VV is strongly stationary; see Stationary processes and spectral densities.
  4. Characterisation. Among processes that are at once Gaussian, Markov, stationary and equipped with an autocovariance function that is continuous, this one is the only one.
  5. Representations. With WW standard, each of U1(t)=e−βtW(e2βt−1),U3(t)=Wt−β∫0te−β(t−s)Ws dsU_1(t) = e^{-\beta t}W\bigl(e^{2\beta t} - 1\bigr) , \qquad U_3(t) = W_t - \beta\int_0^t e^{-\beta(t-s)}W_s\,ds is an Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process, but not with the same σ\sigma; the source does not say which σ\sigma, and the rest of this item, which settles it, is ours. For s≤ts \le t, cov⁡(U1(s),U1(t))=e−β(s+t)min⁡(e2βs−1,e2βt−1)=e−β(t−s)−e−β(t+s)\operatorname{cov}\bigl(U_1(s),U_1(t)\bigr) = e^{-\beta(s+t)}\min\bigl(e^{2\beta s}-1, e^{2\beta t}-1\bigr) = e^{-\beta(t-s)} - e^{-\beta(t+s)}, which by (7) is the case σ2=2β\sigma^2 = 2\beta, V0=0V_0 = 0; U3U_3 is the case σ=1\sigma = 1, V0=0V_0 = 0, and is what integrating (8) with those values produces. Because these are built from WW by continuous operations, the sample paths of VV inherit continuity from those of WW.
Idea of the proofOriginal

The integrating factor of ordinary linear theory still works, and Itô's formula says why nothing extra appears. For the deterministic equation x˙=αx+ν\dot x = \alpha x + \nu one multiplies by the integrating factor Φt=e−∫α\Phi_t = e^{-\int\alpha}, which turns the terms in xx and x˙\dot x into the derivative of the single product Φx\Phi x. Here we must apply Itô's formula, not the product rule, to ΦtXt\Phi_t X_t. Itô's formula adds a term 12fxxσ2\tfrac12 f_{xx}\sigma^2; but f(t,x)=Φtxf(t,x) = \Phi_t x is linear in xx, so fxx=0f_{xx} = 0 and the correction is absent. That is the whole reason the classical recipe survives for additive noise, and the whole reason it fails for multiplicative noise.

Once the equation is integrated, Gaussianity is free. What is left on the right is a deterministic function plus an Itô integral of a deterministic integrand. Such an integral is, at each stage of its construction, a linear combination of independent normal increments of WW, hence normal; and a mean-square limit of normals is normal. Its mean is zero and its variance is given by the Itô isometry, which here is an ordinary integral.

For the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process the two terms in (5) have a clean physical reading. The factor e−βte^{-\beta t} damps the memory of the initial value; the stochastic integral accumulates kicks, each discounted by e−β(t−s)e^{-\beta(t-s)} according to how long ago it arrived. The variance is a balance between the two, and settles at σ2/(2β)\sigma^2/(2\beta): more noise raises it, more friction lowers it.

Proof(Of the linear statement)Original

Write Ft\mathcal{F}_t for the filtration of WW, and assume throughout that X0X_0 is constant. For a random X0X_0 independent of WW, every step below is read with F\mathbf{F} replaced by the enlarged filtration G\mathbf{G} of the statement, which changes nothing in Steps 1-4 and 6, because WW is a Wiener process for G\mathbf{G} as well and the Itô integral of a deterministic integrand is built from the same increments; Step 5 is the one step that needs X0X_0 to be constant (or normal).

Step 1: the integrating factor is smooth and deterministic. α\alpha is continuously differentiable, so t↦∫0tαt \mapsto \int_0^t\alpha is twice continuously differentiable and Φ\Phi is a positive, twice continuously differentiable, deterministic function with Φt′=−α(t)Φt\Phi'_t = -\alpha(t)\Phi_t, Φt′′=(α(t)2−α′(t))Φt\Phi''_t = \bigl(\alpha(t)^2 - \alpha'(t)\bigr)\Phi_t and Φ0=1\Phi_0 = 1. The same holds for Φ−1\Phi^{-1}, with (Φ−1)′=αΦ−1(\Phi^{-1})' = \alpha\Phi^{-1} and (Φ−1)′′=(α2+α′)Φ−1(\Phi^{-1})'' = (\alpha^2+\alpha')\Phi^{-1}. This is the only place α′\alpha' is wanted, and the remark below says why it is wanted at all.

Step 2: apply Itô's formula to the product. Suppose XX solves (4) and put f(t,x)=Φtxf(t,x) = \Phi_t x, so that ft=Φt′x=−α(t)Φtxf_t = \Phi'_t x = -\alpha(t)\Phi_t x, fx=Φtf_x = \Phi_t and fxx=0f_{xx} = 0. By Step 1 the function ff is twice continuously differentiable on [0,∞)×R[0,\infty)\times\mathbb{R} — ftt=Φt′′xf_{tt} = \Phi''_tx exists and is continuous because α∈C1\alpha \in C^1, and ftx=Φt′f_{tx} = \Phi'_t, fxx=0f_{xx} = 0 — so Itô's formula in the general form of The Ito integral and Ito's formula, which asks for exactly that, applies, with μ(t,x)=α(t)x+ν(t)\mu(t,x) = \alpha(t)x + \nu(t) and σ(t,x)=δ(t)\sigma(t,x) = \delta(t):

d(ΦtXt)=[Φt(αXt+ν)⏟fxμ−αΦtXt⏟ft+12⋅0⋅δ2⏟12fxxσ2]dt+Φt δ(t) dWt=Φtν(t) dt+Φtδ(t) dWt.d\bigl(\Phi_t X_t\bigr) = \Bigl[\underbrace{\Phi_t\bigl(\alpha X_t + \nu\bigr)}_{f_x\mu} \underbrace{- \alpha\Phi_t X_t}_{f_t} + \underbrace{\tfrac12 \cdot 0 \cdot \delta^2}_{\frac12 f_{xx}\sigma^2}\Bigr]dt + \Phi_t\,\delta(t)\,dW_t = \Phi_t\nu(t)\,dt + \Phi_t\delta(t)\,dW_t .

The two terms containing XtX_t cancel, which is what the factor was chosen for, and the Itô correction is zero because ff is linear in xx.

Step 3: integrate and solve. In integrated form, ΦtXt−X0=∫0tΦsν ds+∫0tΦsδ dWs\Phi_tX_t - X_0 = \int_0^t\Phi_s\nu\,ds + \int_0^t\Phi_s\delta\,dW_s. The Itô integral on the right is defined because Φδ\Phi\delta is continuous and deterministic, so ∫0tΦs2δ(s)2 ds<∞\int_0^t \Phi_s^2\delta(s)^2\,ds < \infty and the admissibility condition of The Ito integral and Ito's formula holds. Dividing by Φt>0\Phi_t > 0 gives (5). Conversely — and this is a second application of Itô's formula, not Step 2 run backwards — set

Yt=X0+∫0tΦsν(s) ds+∫0tΦsδ(s) dWs,Y_t = X_0 + \int_0^t\Phi_s\nu(s)\,ds + \int_0^t\Phi_s\delta(s)\,dW_s ,

a continuous adapted Itô process with dYt=Φtν(t) dt+Φtδ(t) dWtdY_t = \Phi_t\nu(t)\,dt + \Phi_t\delta(t)\,dW_t, and apply Itô's formula to g(t,y)=Φt−1yg(t,y) = \Phi_t^{-1}y along YY, which is again twice continuously differentiable by Step 1. Again gyy=0g_{yy} = 0, so there is no Itô correction, and since ∂t(Φt−1)=α(t)Φt−1\partial_t\bigl(\Phi_t^{-1}\bigr) = \alpha(t)\Phi_t^{-1},

d(Φt−1Yt)=α(t)Φt−1Yt dt+Φt−1(Φtν(t) dt+Φtδ(t) dWt)=(α(t)Xt+ν(t))dt+δ(t) dWt,d\bigl(\Phi_t^{-1}Y_t\bigr) = \alpha(t)\Phi_t^{-1}Y_t\,dt + \Phi_t^{-1}\bigl(\Phi_t\nu(t)\,dt + \Phi_t\delta(t)\,dW_t\bigr) = \bigl(\alpha(t)X_t + \nu(t)\bigr)dt + \delta(t)\,dW_t ,

where Xt=Φt−1YtX_t = \Phi_t^{-1}Y_t is exactly the process (5). So (5) is continuous, adapted and solves (4): a solution exists.

Step 4: uniqueness. Let XX and X~\tilde X both solve (4) with the same X0X_0 and put Z=X−X~Z = X - \tilde X. Subtracting the two copies of (2), the stochastic integrals cancel — they do not involve the solution, since δ\delta does not depend on xx — and Zt=∫0tα(s)Zs dsZ_t = \int_0^t \alpha(s)Z_s\,ds for every tt, pathwise, with Z0=0Z_0 = 0. Fix TT and let A=max⁡[0,T]∣α∣A = \max_{[0,T]}|\alpha|, finite by continuity. Then ∣Zt∣≤A∫0t∣Zs∣ ds|Z_t| \le A\int_0^t|Z_s|\,ds on [0,T][0,T]. Both solutions are continuous, so K=max⁡[0,T]∣Z∣K = \max_{[0,T]}|Z| is finite, and feeding the bound into itself gives

∣Zt∣≤K (At)nn!,0≤t≤T,|Z_t| \le K\,\frac{(At)^n}{n!} , \qquad 0 \le t \le T ,

for every n≥0n \ge 0: the case n=0n = 0 is the definition of KK, and if the bound holds for nn then ∣Zt∣≤A∫0tK(As)n/n! ds=K(At)n+1/(n+1)!|Z_t| \le A\int_0^t K(As)^n/n!\,ds = K(At)^{n+1}/(n+1)!. Letting n→∞n \to \infty gives Zt=0Z_t = 0. (This is the zero-constant case of Gronwall's inequality, which Dependence on initial data and Gronwall's inequality proves in general; the iteration is spelled out here so that the step needs nothing beyond calculus.) Hence Z≡0Z \equiv 0 on [0,T][0,T] for every TT.

Step 5: the solution is Gaussian. Only the term Mt=∫0tΦsδ(s) dWsM_t = \int_0^t\Phi_s\delta(s)\,dW_s is random. By construction it is the mean-square limit of the elementary sums ∑jcj(Wtj+1−Wtj)\sum_j c_j (W_{t_{j+1}} - W_{t_j}) with deterministic coefficients cjc_j, and such a sum is a linear combination of independent normal variables, hence normal with mean 00. Mean-square convergence implies convergence in distribution, and the normal family is closed under limits in distribution (move 3 of the method of Brownian motion), so MtM_t is normal; its variance is lim⁡nvn\lim_n v_n, since mean-square convergence carries second moments with it. The same argument applied to a finite linear combination ∑kλkMtk\sum_k \lambda_k M_{t_k} shows every such combination is normal, which is to say that (Mt1,…,Mtn)(M_{t_1},\dots,M_{t_n}) is multivariate normal; so MM, and therefore XX, is a Gaussian process.

Step 6: mean, variance and autocovariance. Taking expectations in (5), and using E(Mt)=0\mathbb{E}(M_t) = 0, gives the first half of (6). The Itô isometry gives

var⁡(Mt)=E(Mt2)=∫0tΦs2δ(s)2 ds,\operatorname{var}(M_t) = \mathbb{E}\bigl(M_t^2\bigr) = \int_0^t \Phi_s^2\delta(s)^2\,ds ,

and dividing by Φt2\Phi_t^2 gives the second half of (6). For s≤ts \le t, apply the bilinear form of the isometry to ψ1=Φδ1(0,s]\psi_1 = \Phi\delta\mathbf{1}_{(0,s]} and ψ2=Φδ1(0,t]\psi_2 = \Phi\delta\mathbf{1}_{(0,t]}, whose pointwise product is Φ2δ21(0,s]\Phi^2\delta^2\mathbf{1}_{(0,s]}:

cov⁡(Ms,Mt)=E(MsMt)=∫0sΦu2δ(u)2 du.\operatorname{cov}(M_s, M_t) = \mathbb{E}(M_sM_t) = \int_0^{s}\Phi_u^2\delta(u)^2\,du .

Dividing by ΦsΦt\Phi_s\Phi_t gives (7). □\square

Deduction of the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck law. Put α≡−β\alpha \equiv -\beta, ν≡0\nu \equiv 0, δ≡σ\delta \equiv \sigma and V0=uV_0 = u. Then Φt=eβt\Phi_t = e^{\beta t}, and (5) reads Vt=ue−βt+σ∫0te−β(t−s) dWsV_t = ue^{-\beta t} + \sigma\int_0^te^{-\beta(t-s)}\,dW_s. By (6) the mean is ue−βtue^{-\beta t} and the variance is

σ2e−2βt∫0te2βs ds=σ2e−2βt⋅e2βt−12β=σ2(1−e−2βt)2β,\sigma^2e^{-2\beta t}\int_0^te^{2\beta s}\,ds = \sigma^2 e^{-2\beta t}\cdot\frac{e^{2\beta t}-1}{2\beta} = \frac{\sigma^2\bigl(1-e^{-2\beta t}\bigr)}{2\beta} ,

which is item 1 of the statement above. Letting t→∞t \to \infty gives item 2, and (7) gives, for s≤ts \le t,

cov⁡(Vs,Vt)=σ22β(e−β(t−s)−e−β(t+s)) ⟶ σ22βe−β(t−s)\operatorname{cov}(V_s,V_t) = \frac{\sigma^2}{2\beta}\Bigl(e^{-\beta(t-s)} - e^{-\beta(t+s)}\Bigr) \ \longrightarrow\ \frac{\sigma^2}{2\beta}e^{-\beta(t-s)}

as s,t→∞s,t \to \infty with t−st - s fixed, which is the stationary autocovariance of item 3.

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original

Additive noise (δ\delta independent of xx) is used in Steps 2 and 4, and nowhere can it be dropped. In Step 2 it is what makes fxxσ2=0f_{xx}\sigma^2 = 0; in Step 4 it is what makes the stochastic integrals cancel between two solutions. For multiplicative noise the integrating factor must itself be corrected: the equation dS=S(μ dt+σ dW)dS = S(\mu\,dt+\sigma\,dW) is solved not by exp⁡(μt+σWt)\exp(\mu t + \sigma W_t) but by exp⁡((μ−12σ2)t+σWt)\exp\bigl((\mu-\tfrac12\sigma^2)t+\sigma W_t\bigr), as Grimmett and Stirzaker (Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §13.9, Example (13.9.9), p. 612) show. The missing −12σ2t-\tfrac12\sigma^2 t is exactly the term that Step 2 was able to discard.

Deterministic coefficients are used only in Step 5 — but Steps 1-2 have to be reread. If α,ν,δ\alpha, \nu, \delta are adapted processes with suitable integrability then (5) is still the solution and uniqueness still holds, but the route to it changes: Φt=exp⁡(−∫0tα)\Phi_t = \exp(-\int_0^t\alpha) is then a continuous adapted process, not a deterministic function, so Step 1 gives it as a process of finite variation rather than a differentiable function, and Step 2 cannot apply Itô's formula to a deterministic ff. One uses instead the product rule for a finite-variation factor times an Itô process, d(ΦtXt)=Φt dXt+Xt dΦtd(\Phi_tX_t) = \Phi_t\,dX_t + X_t\,d\Phi_t, in which there is no cross-variation term precisely because Φ\Phi has finite variation; the two terms in XtX_t cancel as before. Step 4 goes through with A=max⁡[0,T]∣α∣A = \max_{[0,T]}|\alpha| replaced by a pathwise bound. What does not survive is Step 5: MtM_t is no longer a combination of normals, and nothing in (6)-(7) holds.

Continuous differentiability of α\alpha is used in Step 1 only, and only to make f(t,x)=Φtxf(t,x) = \Phi_tx twice continuously differentiable in both variables, which is what the general Itô formula of The Ito integral and Ito's formula demands. Continuity of α\alpha alone makes Φ\Phi merely C1C^1, so fttf_{tt} need not exist; the conclusions are unchanged under that weaker hypothesis, but reaching them needs the C1,2C^{1,2} form of Itô's formula (once continuously differentiable in tt, twice in xx), which this handbook does not state, so we assume α∈C1\alpha \in C^1 rather than appeal to it. Mere continuity of α\alpha is all that Step 4 wants, where it bounds ∣α∣|\alpha| on a compact interval and so makes the iterated bound converge; local integrability and a local bound would suffice there.

∫0tΦs2δ(s)2 ds<∞\int_0^t\Phi_s^2\delta(s)^2\,ds < \infty is the admissibility condition of the Itô integral, used in Step 3. Without it the stochastic integral in (5) need not exist and (6) is meaningless.

β>0\beta > 0 in the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process is what makes items 1-4 of that statement true. At β=0\beta = 0 equation (8) is dV=σ dWdV = \sigma\,dW, whose solution is a Wiener process: the variance σ2t\sigma^2 t grows without bound, there is no limit law and no stationary version. For β<0\beta < 0 the mean ue−βtue^{-\beta t} and the variance σ2(e2∣β∣t−1)/(2∣β∣)\sigma^2(e^{2|\beta|t}-1)/(2|\beta|) both diverge. Only a restoring drift produces a balance.

The existence and uniqueness assertion for the general equation (1) rests on conditions the source does not state. Tanaka's example above shows that the pathwise part of the conclusion genuinely fails for a discontinuous σ\sigma, so "rather weak" cannot be read as "none".

Remark(Ito versus Stratonovich)Original

Partition (0,t](0,t] into nn equal intervals with endpoints tj=jt/nt_j = jt/n and write Δj=Wtj+1−Wtj\Delta_j = W_{t_{j+1}}-W_{t_j}. For the integrand WW itself, the three natural evaluation points give three different limits in mean square:

evaluation point limit of ∑jWθjΔj\sum_j W_{\theta_j}\Delta_j
left, θj=tj\theta_j = t_j (Itô) 12(Wt2−t)\tfrac12\bigl(W_t^2 - t\bigr)
midpoint, θj=12(tj+tj+1)\theta_j = \tfrac12(t_j+t_{j+1}) (Stratonovich) 12Wt2\tfrac12 W_t^2
right, θj=tj+1\theta_j = t_{j+1} 12(Wt2+t)\tfrac12\bigl(W_t^2 + t\bigr)

The midpoint row is checked as follows. Split Δj=Aj+Bj\Delta_j = A_j + B_j into its halves, which are independent and each N(0,t/(2n))N(0, t/(2n)). Then Wθj=12(Wtj+Wtj+1)+12(Aj−Bj)W_{\theta_j} = \tfrac12\bigl(W_{t_j}+W_{t_{j+1}}\bigr) + \tfrac12(A_j - B_j). The first part telescopes exactly:

∑j12(Wtj+Wtj+1)(Wtj+1−Wtj)=12∑j(Wtj+12−Wtj2)=12Wt2.\sum_j \tfrac12\bigl(W_{t_j}+W_{t_{j+1}}\bigr)\bigl(W_{t_{j+1}}-W_{t_j}\bigr) = \tfrac12\sum_j\bigl(W_{t_{j+1}}^2 - W_{t_j}^2\bigr) = \tfrac12 W_t^2 .

The second part contributes ∑j12(Aj−Bj)(Aj+Bj)=12∑j(Aj2−Bj2)\sum_j\tfrac12(A_j-B_j)(A_j+B_j) = \tfrac12\sum_j(A_j^2-B_j^2), a sum of nn independent mean-zero terms each of variance of order (t/n)2(t/n)^2, so of total variance of order t2/n→0t^2/n \to 0. Hence the midpoint limit is 12Wt2\tfrac12W_t^2 in mean square. A note on the source: the prose of Grimmett and Stirzaker (Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §13.7, p. 604, the paragraph after (13.7.5)) names the midpoint value as Wt2W_t^2; their own Exercise (13.7.3)(c) on the same page, which asks for the limit of ∑j12(Vj+1+Vj)Δj\sum_j\tfrac12(V_{j+1}+V_j)\Delta_j, telescopes to 12Wt2\tfrac12W_t^2, and that is the value consistent with the two flanking entries of the table. We use 12Wt2\tfrac12 W_t^2.

The dictionary. Let XX solve dX=μ dt+σ(t,X) dWdX = \mu\,dt + \sigma(t,X)\,dW with σ\sigma continuously differentiable in xx, and let the integrand be h(Xs)h(X_s) for a continuously differentiable hh. Repeat the splitting above with h(Xθj)h(X_{\theta_j}) in place of WθjW_{\theta_j}. Expanding

h(Xθj)≈h(Xtj)+h′(Xtj)(Xθj−Xtj),Xθj−Xtj≈σ(tj,Xtj) Ajh(X_{\theta_j}) \approx h(X_{t_j}) + h'(X_{t_j})\bigl(X_{\theta_j}-X_{t_j}\bigr) , \qquad X_{\theta_j}-X_{t_j} \approx \sigma(t_j, X_{t_j})\,A_j

to leading order, the midpoint sum exceeds the left-endpoint sum by

∑j(h′σ)(tj,Xtj) Aj(Aj+Bj),\sum_j \bigl(h'\sigma\bigr)(t_j,X_{t_j})\,A_j\bigl(A_j+B_j\bigr) ,

whose conditional mean is ∑j(h′σ)(tj,Xtj)⋅12(t/n)\sum_j(h'\sigma)(t_j,X_{t_j})\cdot\tfrac12\bigl(t/n\bigr), since E(Aj2)=t/(2n)\mathbb{E}(A_j^2) = t/(2n) and E(AjBj)=0\mathbb{E}(A_jB_j) = 0. In the limit this is 12∫0t(h′σ)(s,Xs) ds\tfrac12\int_0^t(h'\sigma)(s,X_s)\,ds. So, formally,

∫0th(Xs)∘dWs  =  ∫0th(Xs) dWs  +  12∫0t(h′σ)(s,Xs) ds.\int_0^t h(X_s)\circ dW_s \;=\; \int_0^t h(X_s)\,dW_s \;+\; \tfrac12\int_0^t \bigl(h'\sigma\bigr)(s,X_s)\,ds .

Two checks and one consequence.

  • The table above is the case h(x)=xh(x) = x and X=WX = W, so that h′≡1h' \equiv 1 and σ≡1\sigma \equiv 1. The correction is 12∫0tds=t/2\tfrac12\int_0^t ds = t/2, which is exactly the gap 12Wt2−12(Wt2−t)\tfrac12W_t^2 - \tfrac12(W_t^2-t) between the midpoint and left rows.
  • If the integrand does not depend on the state then h′≡0h' \equiv 0 and there is no correction at all. Additive noise is unambiguous.
  • In the Stratonovich equation (3) the integrand is the diffusion coefficient, h=σh = \sigma. So the correction is 12∫0t(σxσ)(s,Xs) ds\tfrac12\int_0^t(\sigma_x\sigma)(s,X_s)\,ds, and (3) describes the same process as the Itô equation (1) with μ=μ~+12 σxσ.\mu = \tilde\mu + \tfrac12\,\sigma_x\sigma .

This derivation is formal — it discards remainders without estimating them — and is ours, not the source's; the source gives only the case tabulated above. Where it matters, verify the conversion against a case with a known answer.

Which to use. Three practical points. The Itô integral is a martingale and obeys the isometry, which is why every result in this unit is stated for it. The Stratonovich integral obeys the ordinary chain rule, which makes it the convenient one when a change of variables or a coordinate-free formulation is wanted. And when the noise is additive, σx=0\sigma_x = 0 and the two coincide — so the Langevin equation below, and every linear equation (4), is unambiguous.

Method(Solving a linear SDE with additive noise)Original

To solve dXt=(α(t)Xt+ν(t)) dt+δ(t) dWtdX_t = (\alpha(t)X_t+\nu(t))\,dt + \delta(t)\,dW_t with X0X_0 given:

  1. Check the form. The diffusion coefficient δ\delta must not depend on XX. If it does, the method does not apply; try instead a substitution such as Y=log⁡XY = \log X, remembering that Itô's formula, not the chain rule, governs the substitution.
  2. Build the integrating factor Φt=exp⁡(−∫0tα(r) dr)\Phi_t = \exp\bigl(-\int_0^t\alpha(r)\,dr\bigr), exactly as for the deterministic equation x˙=αx+ν\dot x = \alpha x + \nu.
  3. Differentiate the product with Itô's formula, not with the product rule. Confirm that f(t,x)=Φtxf(t,x) = \Phi_tx has fxx=0f_{xx} = 0, so that the Itô correction vanishes and d(ΦtXt)=Φtν dt+Φtδ dWtd(\Phi_tX_t) = \Phi_t\nu\,dt + \Phi_t\delta\,dW_t.
  4. Integrate and divide to get (5).
  5. Read off the mean by deleting the stochastic integral, whose expectation is zero.
  6. Read off the variance with the Itô isometry: square the coefficient of dWdW inside the integral, integrate it against dsds, and divide by Φt2\Phi_t^2. For the autocovariance at two times, integrate only up to the earlier one, as in (7).
  7. Declare the law. With deterministic coefficients and constant X0X_0, the answer is Gaussian, so steps 5 and 6 determine it completely; any probability is then a normal-tail evaluation.
  8. Sanity-check the limits. As t→0t \to 0 the mean should return X0X_0 and the variance should vanish; as t→∞t \to \infty a stable equation (∫tα→−∞\int^t\alpha \to -\infty) should give a finite limiting variance.
Example(An Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process, with numbers)Original

Take β=12\beta = \tfrac12, σ2=3\sigma^2 = 3 and X0=2X_0 = 2 in equation (8); the time unit is whatever makes the relaxation rate 12\tfrac12.

Step 1: integrating factor. α≡−12\alpha \equiv -\tfrac12, so Φt=et/2\Phi_t = e^{t/2}.

Step 2: solve. By (5) with ν≡0\nu \equiv 0,

Xt=2e−t/2+3∫0te−(t−s)/2 dWs.X_t = 2e^{-t/2} + \sqrt3\int_0^t e^{-(t-s)/2}\,dW_s .

Step 3: mean.

E(Xt)=2e−t/2,so at t=4:2e−2=0.270671.\mathbb{E}(X_t) = 2e^{-t/2} , \qquad \text{so at } t = 4 : \quad 2e^{-2} = 0.270671 .

Step 4: variance by the isometry.

var⁡(Xt)=3∫0te−(t−s) ds=3(1−e−t),so at t=4:3(1−e−4)=2.945053,\operatorname{var}(X_t) = 3\int_0^te^{-(t-s)}\,ds = 3\bigl(1-e^{-t}\bigr) , \qquad \text{so at } t=4 : \quad 3\bigl(1-e^{-4}\bigr) = 2.945053 ,

using e−4=0.0183156e^{-4} = 0.0183156. The standard deviation is 2.945053=1.716116\sqrt{2.945053} = 1.716116.

Step 5: check against the general formula. Item 1 of the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck statement predicts variance σ2(1−e−2βt)/(2β)=3(1−e−4)/1\sigma^2(1-e^{-2\beta t})/(2\beta) = 3(1-e^{-4})/1, which agrees. The limiting variance is σ2/(2β)=3\sigma^2/(2\beta) = 3, and 2.9450532.945053 is already short of it by only 1.83%1.83\%: after four time units, that is two relaxation times, the process has nearly forgotten where it started.

Step 6: a probability. X4X_4 is normal, so

P(X4>3)=1−Φ ⁣(3−0.2706711.716116)=1−Φ(1.590411)=0.055871.\mathbb{P}(X_4 > 3) = 1 - \Phi\!\left(\frac{3 - 0.270671}{1.716116}\right) = 1 - \Phi(1.590411) = 0.055871 .

In the stationary state the same question would give 1−Φ(3/3)=1−Φ(1.732051)=0.0416321 - \Phi(3/\sqrt3) = 1-\Phi(1.732051) = 0.041632; the process is still slightly displaced towards its starting value 22, which raises the probability.

Step 7: autocovariance. By (7), cov⁡(Xs,Xt)=31(e−(t−s)/2−e−(t+s)/2)\operatorname{cov}(X_s,X_t) = \tfrac{3}{1}\bigl(e^{-(t-s)/2} - e^{-(t+s)/2}\bigr) for s≤ts \le t. At s=4s=4, t=6t=6 this is 3(e−1−e−5)=1.0834243(e^{-1}-e^{-5}) = 1.083424, and with var⁡(X6)=3(1−e−6)=2.992564\operatorname{var}(X_6) = 3(1-e^{-6}) = 2.992564 the correlation is

1.0834242.945053×2.992564=0.364947,\frac{1.083424}{\sqrt{2.945053 \times 2.992564}} = 0.364947 ,

against the stationary value e−β⋅2=e−1=0.367879e^{-\beta\cdot 2} = e^{-1} = 0.367879. The correlation time, the lag at which the stationary correlation falls to e−1e^{-1}, is 1/β=21/\beta = 2 time units.

Application(The Langevin equation, equipartition and a colloidal bead)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §13.2, pp. 579-580

Grimmett and Stirzaker introduce the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process as a repair of the Wiener process as a model of Brownian motion. The objection is physical: a Wiener path is nowhere differentiable, so it is not a path a particle of non-zero mass can follow. Their remedy is to let the velocity, not the position, be the fluctuating variable, with the increment of velocity made of two parts, a frictional drift proportional to the current velocity and a random kick from collisions; this is what they call the Langevin equation. The position is then recovered by integrating the velocity, and so is continuously differentiable.

In continuum form, for a particle of mass mm in a fluid of drag coefficient γ\gamma,

m dVt=−γVt dt+c dWt,that isdVt=−γmVt dt+cm dWt,m\,dV_t = -\gamma V_t\,dt + c\,dW_t , \qquad\text{that is}\qquad dV_t = -\frac{\gamma}{m}V_t\,dt + \frac{c}{m}\,dW_t ,

which is (8) with β=γ/m\beta = \gamma/m and σ=c/m\sigma = c/m. The noise is additive, so there is no Itô-Stratonovich ambiguity, and the method above applies unchanged. By item 2 of the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck statement the velocity settles to

V∞∼N ⁣(0,σ22β)=N ⁣(0,c22γm).V_\infty \sim N\!\left(0, \frac{\sigma^2}{2\beta}\right) = N\!\left(0, \frac{c^2}{2\gamma m}\right) .

Fixing the noise strength (this part is ours, not the source's). Thermal equilibrium at temperature TT requires equipartition, 12m⟨V2⟩=12kBT\tfrac12 m\langle V^2\rangle = \tfrac12 k_BT, so ⟨V2⟩=kBT/m\langle V^2\rangle = k_BT/m. Comparing with the display above forces

c2=2γkBT.c^2 = 2\gamma k_B T .

The strength of the random kicks is tied to the strength of the friction: the same molecular collisions cause both. This is the simplest fluctuation-dissipation relation, and it is a consequence of the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck variance formula plus one thermodynamic input.

A number. Take a silica sphere of radius a=0.5 μma = 0.5\,\mu\mathrm{m} and density 2200 kg m−32200\,\mathrm{kg\,m^{-3}} in water at T=300 KT = 300\,\mathrm{K}, with viscosity η=8.9×10−4 Pa s\eta = 8.9\times10^{-4}\,\mathrm{Pa\,s}. Then

m=43πa3ρ=1.152×10−15 kg,γ=6πηa=8.388×10−9 kg s−1,m = \tfrac43\pi a^3\rho = 1.152\times10^{-15}\,\mathrm{kg} , \qquad \gamma = 6\pi\eta a = 8.388\times10^{-9}\,\mathrm{kg\,s^{-1}} ,

by Stokes' law. The velocity relaxation time is

1β=mγ=1.373×10−7 s≈0.14 μs,\frac1\beta = \frac m\gamma = 1.373\times10^{-7}\,\mathrm{s} \approx 0.14\,\mu\mathrm{s} ,

and the root-mean-square thermal velocity is

kBTm=1.380649×10−23×3001.152×10−15 m s−1=1.896×10−3 m s−1≈1.9 mm s−1.\sqrt{\frac{k_BT}{m}} = \sqrt{\frac{1.380649\times10^{-23}\times 300}{1.152\times10^{-15}}}\ \mathrm{m\,s^{-1}} = 1.896\times10^{-3}\,\mathrm{m\,s^{-1}} \approx 1.9\,\mathrm{mm\,s^{-1}} .

Both numbers explain why the Wiener process is nevertheless an excellent model of what a microscope sees. The velocity decorrelates in a tenth of a microsecond; on any observable timescale the position is the integral of an already-decorrelated velocity, which by The central limit theorem is approximately a Wiener process, with diffusion constant kBT/γk_BT/\gamma. Resolving the ballistic regime below 0.14 μs0.14\,\mu\mathrm{s}, and so seeing the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck velocity directly, needs an optical trap and nanosecond timing.

The evolution of the probability density of such a process is treated in The Fokker-Planck equation.

Sources

Theorem

The Fokker-Planck equation

Adapted

States the forward (Fokker-Planck) and backward Kolmogorov equations satisfied by the transition density of a one-dimensional diffusion, derives each from Ito's formula - the forward equation by testing against compactly supported functions and integrating by parts, the backward equation from the martingale property of the conditional expectation - and gives the zero-flux recipe for the stationary density, which produces the Boltzmann distribution.

Prerequisites: Stochastic differential equations, The heat kernel, The Ito integral and Ito's formula

Definition(Diffusions, transition densities, and the two operators)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §13.3, pp. 581 and 583

Let D={D(t):t≥0}D = \{D(t) : t \ge 0\} be a process with almost surely continuous sample paths. Suppose there are functions a(t,x)a(t,x) and b(t,x)b(t,x) such that, for every ϵ>0\epsilon > 0,

P(∣D(t+h)−D(t)∣>ϵ  ∣  D(t)=x)=o(h),(1)\mathbb{P}\bigl(|D(t+h) - D(t)| > \epsilon \;\big|\; D(t) = x\bigr) = o(h) , \tag{1}E(D(t+h)−D(t)  ∣  D(t)=x)=a(t,x) h+o(h),(2)\mathbb{E}\bigl(D(t+h) - D(t) \;\big|\; D(t) = x\bigr) = a(t,x)\,h + o(h) , \tag{2}E([D(t+h)−D(t)]2  ∣  D(t)=x)=b(t,x) h+o(h).(3)\mathbb{E}\bigl([D(t+h) - D(t)]^2 \;\big|\; D(t) = x\bigr) = b(t,x)\,h + o(h) . \tag{3}

Then aa is the instantaneous mean, or drift, and bb the instantaneous variance of DD. For s≤ts \le t the transition density is

f(t,y∣s,x)=∂∂y P(D(t)≤y  ∣  D(s)=x),f(t,y \mid s,x) = \frac{\partial}{\partial y}\,\mathbb{P}\bigl(D(t) \le y \;\big|\; D(s) = x\bigr) ,

a function of four variables: the pair (t,y)(t,y) is forward data, the pair (s,x)(s,x) backward data.

A solution of the stochastic differential equation dXt=μ(t,Xt) dt+σ(t,Xt) dWtdX_t = \mu(t,X_t)\,dt + \sigma(t,X_t)\,dW_t of Stochastic differential equations is such a process, with a=μa = \mu and b=σ2b = \sigma^2; conditions (2) and (3) are the infinitesimal mean and variance of the increment read off from that equation. Condition (1) is not read off in the same way, but it holds as soon as μ\mu and σ\sigma are bounded, say by KK. Split the increment as Xt+h−Xt=Ah+MhX_{t+h}-X_t = A_h + M_h with Ah=∫tt+hμ drA_h = \int_t^{t+h}\mu\,dr and Mh=∫tt+hσ dWM_h = \int_t^{t+h}\sigma\,dW. The drift part is bounded pathwise, ∣Ah∣≤Kh|A_h| \le Kh, so Ah4≤K4h4A_h^4 \le K^4h^4. For the Itô part, apply Itô's formula to y↦y4y \mapsto y^4 along MM: Mh4=4∫0hMr3σ dW+6∫0hMr2σ2 drM_h^4 = 4\int_0^h M_r^3\sigma\,dW + 6\int_0^hM_r^2\sigma^2\,dr. The stochastic integral has mean zero, and the isometry gives E(Mr2)≤K2r\mathbb{E}(M_r^2) \le K^2r, so E(Mh4)≤6K2∫0hK2r dr=3K4h2\mathbb{E}(M_h^4) \le 6K^2\int_0^hK^2r\,dr = 3K^4h^2. Since (u+v)4≤8(u4+v4)(u+v)^4 \le 8(u^4+v^4), this gives E([Xt+h−Xt]4∣Xt=x)=O(h2)\mathbb{E}\bigl([X_{t+h}-X_t]^4 \mid X_t = x\bigr) = O(h^2), and Markov's inequality applied to the fourth power gives P(∣Xt+h−Xt∣>ϵ∣Xt=x)≤O(h2)/ϵ4=o(h)\mathbb{P}(|X_{t+h}-X_t| > \epsilon \mid X_t = x) \le O(h^2)/\epsilon^4 = o(h). Associated with (a,b)(a,b) is the second-order differential operator

(Lt g)(x)=a(t,x) g′(x)+12 b(t,x) g′′(x),(4)(\mathcal{L}_t\,g)(x) = a(t,x)\,g'(x) + \tfrac12\,b(t,x)\,g''(x) , \tag{4}

called the generator, and its formal adjoint

(Lt∗ p)(y)=−∂∂y[a(t,y) p(y)]+12∂2∂y2[b(t,y) p(y)].(5)(\mathcal{L}^{*}_t\,p)(y) = -\frac{\partial}{\partial y}\bigl[a(t,y)\,p(y)\bigr] + \frac12\frac{\partial^2}{\partial y^2}\bigl[b(t,y)\,p(y)\bigr] . \tag{5}

"Formal adjoint" means that ∫(Ltg) p dy=∫g (Lt∗p) dy\int (\mathcal{L}_tg)\,p\,dy = \int g\,(\mathcal{L}^*_tp)\,dy for gg smooth and compactly supported — integration by parts, twice, with no boundary terms. The discrete-state analogue of this pair is the generator of a continuous-time chain and its transpose; see Continuous-time Markov chains.

Theorem(The forward and backward Kolmogorov equations)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §13.3, equations (13.3.7) and (13.3.8) with the surrounding hypotheses, pp. 583-584

Let DD be a diffusion satisfying (1), (2) and (3), and suppose in addition that DD has the Markov property, so that the conditional law of D(t)D(t) given the whole history up to time ss depends on that history only through D(s)D(s); let f(t,y∣s,x)f(t,y\mid s,x) be its transition density. The Markov property is a hypothesis of both equations, not a by-product: it is what makes ff a function of the four variables alone, it is the route by which the source reaches (6) and (7), and it is used in Step B2 of the proof below. Subject to further technical conditions, for which Grimmett and Stirzaker refer to Feller (1971), pp. 332-335, and which they do not reproduce, ff satisfies the following two partial differential equations.

Forward equation (Fokker-Planck). A note on the name before the equation: Grimmett and Stirzaker call (6) simply the forward equation, and the words "Fokker-Planck" do not appear in their chapter on diffusions. The name is the one used in physics and in the partial-differential-equations literature, where Evans (Evans (2010), §1.2, items 7 and 8, p. 4) lists it as a standard linear equation alongside Kolmogorov's equation; both names are used here, for the same equation. In the forward variables, with (s,x)(s,x) held fixed,

∂f∂t=−∂∂y[a(t,y) f]+12∂2∂y2[b(t,y) f],that is∂tf=Lt∗f.(6)\frac{\partial f}{\partial t} = -\frac{\partial}{\partial y}\bigl[a(t,y)\,f\bigr] + \frac12\frac{\partial^2}{\partial y^2}\bigl[b(t,y)\,f\bigr] , \qquad\text{that is}\qquad \partial_t f = \mathcal{L}^*_t f . \tag{6}

Backward equation. In the backward variables, with (t,y)(t,y) held fixed,

∂f∂s=−a(s,x) ∂f∂x−12 b(s,x) ∂2f∂x2,that is∂sf=−Lsf.(7)\frac{\partial f}{\partial s} = -a(s,x)\,\frac{\partial f}{\partial x} - \frac12\,b(s,x)\,\frac{\partial^2 f}{\partial x^2} , \qquad\text{that is}\qquad \partial_s f = -\mathcal{L}_s f . \tag{7}

Two consequences are worth stating separately.

  1. The pair (a,b)(a,b) determines everything. The source emphasises that no further information about the distribution of an increment is needed: once the instantaneous mean and variance are known, the transition density is pinned down (subject to boundary conditions, which the source does not specify at this point). This is convenient in applications, where aa and bb are usually what the physical description supplies.
  2. The density of the process itself obeys (6). Fix the initial state, write p(t,y)=f(t,y∣0,x0)p(t,y) = f(t,y\mid 0,x_0); then pp solves (6) with initial condition the point mass at x0x_0. More generally, if D(0)D(0) has density p0p_0, then p(t,⋅)=∫f(t,⋅∣0,x)p0(x) dxp(t,\cdot) = \int f(t,\cdot\mid 0,x)p_0(x)\,dx solves (6) with p(0,⋅)=p0p(0,\cdot) = p_0, by linearity.

Three instances, as the source gives them. With a≡0a \equiv 0, b≡σ2b \equiv \sigma^2 the process is a Wiener process and (6) is the heat equation ∂tf=12σ2∂y2f\partial_t f = \tfrac12\sigma^2\partial_y^2 f, whose solution is the Gaussian transition density; see The heat kernel. With a≡ma \equiv m, b≡σ2b \equiv \sigma^2 it is a Wiener process with drift, D(t)=σW(t)+mtD(t) = \sigma W(t) + mt. With a(t,x)=−βxa(t,x) = -\beta x, b≡σ2b \equiv \sigma^2 it is the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process and the forward equation reads ∂tf=β ∂y(yf)+12σ2∂y2f\partial_t f = \beta\,\partial_y(yf) + \tfrac12\sigma^2\partial^2_yf.

Idea of the proofOriginal

The two equations answer two different questions, and that is the whole content of the words "forward" and "backward". The forward equation propagates a distribution: given where the process is now, where will the probability be later? The backward equation propagates an observable: given a payoff to be collected at a fixed future time, what is its expected value as a function of where and when you start? The first acts on densities and uses L∗\mathcal{L}^*; the second acts on functions of the state and uses L\mathcal{L}. They are adjoint because total probability is conserved.

Both come out of Itô's formula, in one line each, once the right thing is differentiated. Apply Itô's formula to g(Xt)g(X_t) for a smooth compactly supported gg and take expectations. The stochastic integral drops out, because it is a martingale with mean zero, and what remains says

ddt E g(Xt)=E[(Ltg)(Xt)].\frac{d}{dt}\,\mathbb{E}\,g(X_t) = \mathbb{E}\bigl[(\mathcal{L}_tg)(X_t)\bigr] .

Written out with the density this is ∫g ∂tp=∫(Ltg) p\int g\,\partial_tp = \int(\mathcal{L}_tg)\,p. Move the derivatives off gg and onto pp by integrating by parts — which is legitimate precisely because gg has compact support — and the identity becomes ∫g ∂tp=∫g Lt∗p\int g\,\partial_t p = \int g\,\mathcal{L}^*_tp for every test function gg. Two functions with the same integral against every test function are equal, and that is the forward equation.

The backward equation is the statement that a conditional expectation of a fixed future quantity is a martingale. Freeze a terminal time tt and a payoff gg, and let u(s,x)u(s,x) be the expected payoff started from xx at time ss. By the tower property and the Markov property, u(s,Xs)u(s,X_s) is a martingale in ss. Apply Itô's formula to it: a martingale that is also an Itô process can have no dtdt term, so its drift us+Lsuu_s + \mathcal{L}_su must vanish identically. That is (7), tested against gg.

Proof(Of the forward and backward equations)AdaptedAdapted from Grimmett & Stirzaker (2020), §13.9, Theorem (13.9.2), p. 610, §13.8, Theorem (13.8.11), p. 608, and §13.12, Problem (13.12.24), p. 629

We derive (6) and (7) for a diffusion given as the solution of dXt=a(t,Xt) dt+σ(t,Xt) dWtdX_t = a(t,X_t)\,dt + \sigma(t,X_t)\,dW_t with b=σ2b = \sigma^2. Grimmett and Stirzaker instead obtain the equations directly from the Markov property and the moment conditions (1)-(3), deferring the technical conditions to Feller; the route below buys concreteness by assuming more, and we list the assumptions rather than hide them.

Standing assumptions. aa and σ\sigma are continuous and bounded, with bounded continuous first and second derivatives in xx; XtX_t has a density p(t,⋅)p(t,\cdot) for each t>0t > 0, jointly continuously differentiable once in tt and twice in yy, together with apa p and bpbp; differentiation under the integral sign in tt is permitted; the equation has, for every starting point (s0,x0)(s_0,x_0), a solution on [s0,∞)[s_0,\infty) with Xs0=x0X_{s_0} = x_0, and that solution is a Markov process with transition density ff; and the function uu of Part B below is twice continuously differentiable on [0,t]×R[0,t]\times\mathbb{R}, with bounded derivatives — twice in ss as well as twice in xx, because Step B3 applies the general Itô formula of The Ito integral and Ito's formula to u(v,Xv)u(v,X_v) and that formula asks for a C2C^2 function of the pair (s,x)(s,x); the weaker C1,2C^{1,2} regularity that the equation itself delivers would do, but this handbook states Itô's formula only in the C2C^2 form. These are the sort of conditions Feller's list supplies; none of them is proved here.


Part A: the forward equation.

Step A1: apply Itô's formula to a test function. Let g∈Cc∞(R)g \in C_c^\infty(\mathbb{R}), that is, smooth with compact support, and set Yt=g(Xt)Y_t = g(X_t). Since gg does not depend on tt, Itô's formula gives

g(Xt)=g(X0)+∫0t[a(r,Xr)g′(Xr)+12b(r,Xr)g′′(Xr)]dr+∫0tσ(r,Xr)g′(Xr) dWr.g(X_t) = g(X_0) + \int_0^t \Bigl[a(r,X_r)g'(X_r) + \tfrac12 b(r,X_r)g''(X_r)\Bigr]dr + \int_0^t \sigma(r,X_r)g'(X_r)\,dW_r .

Step A2: the stochastic integral has mean zero. Its integrand σ(r,Xr)g′(Xr)\sigma(r,X_r)g'(X_r) is adapted and bounded, because σ\sigma is bounded by assumption and g′g' is continuous with compact support; so ∫0tE[(σg′)2]dr<∞\int_0^t\mathbb{E}\bigl[(\sigma g')^2\bigr]dr < \infty and the integrand is admissible. By the martingale property of the Itô integral, the last term has expectation 00 for every tt.

Step A3: take expectations and differentiate in tt. Take expectations in Step A1 and interchange E\mathbb{E} with ∫0tdr\int_0^t dr. The interchange is Fubini's theorem, licensed because the integrand (Lrg)(Xr)(\mathcal{L}_rg)(X_r) is bounded — aa and bb are bounded by the standing assumptions and g′g', g′′g'' are continuous with compact support — and the region [0,t]×Ω[0,t]\times\Omega has finite measure. Writing Lr\mathcal{L}_r for the generator (4),

E g(Xt)=E g(X0)+∫0tE[(Lrg)(Xr)] dr.\mathbb{E}\,g(X_t) = \mathbb{E}\,g(X_0) + \int_0^t \mathbb{E}\bigl[(\mathcal{L}_rg)(X_r)\bigr]\,dr .

The integrand is bounded and continuous in rr, so the right-hand side is differentiable in tt and

ddt E g(Xt)=E[(Ltg)(Xt)].(8)\frac{d}{dt}\,\mathbb{E}\,g(X_t) = \mathbb{E}\bigl[(\mathcal{L}_tg)(X_t)\bigr] . \tag{8}

Step A4: write (8) with the density. By the definition of pp, equation (8) says

∫−∞∞g(y) ∂p∂t(t,y) dy=∫−∞∞[a(t,y)g′(y)+12b(t,y)g′′(y)] p(t,y) dy,\int_{-\infty}^{\infty} g(y)\,\frac{\partial p}{\partial t}(t,y)\,dy = \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\Bigl[a(t,y)g'(y) + \tfrac12 b(t,y)g''(y)\Bigr]\,p(t,y)\,dy ,

differentiation under the integral sign on the left being permitted by assumption.

Step A5: move the derivatives onto pp. Integrate the first term on the right by parts once and the second twice. The support of gg is compact, so every boundary term vanishes, and we get

∫g(y) ∂tp dy=∫g(y)[−∂∂y(a(t,y)p)+12∂2∂y2(b(t,y)p)]dy=∫g(y) (Lt∗p)(y) dy.\int g(y)\,\partial_t p\,dy = \int g(y)\left[-\frac{\partial}{\partial y}\bigl(a(t,y)p\bigr) + \frac12\frac{\partial^2}{\partial y^2}\bigl(b(t,y)p\bigr)\right]dy = \int g(y)\,\bigl(\mathcal{L}^*_tp\bigr)(y)\,dy .

Step A6: remove the test function. The difference h=∂tp−Lt∗ph = \partial_tp - \mathcal{L}^*_tp is continuous and satisfies ∫gh=0\int gh = 0 for every g∈Cc∞g \in C_c^\infty. If h(y0)≠0h(y_0) \ne 0 for some y0y_0, then by continuity hh keeps its sign on an interval around y0y_0, and choosing a non-negative gg supported in that interval and positive at y0y_0 makes ∫gh≠0\int gh \ne 0, a contradiction. Hence h≡0h \equiv 0, which is (6). Applying the argument to the conditional law given Xs=xX_s = x gives the same equation for f(t,y∣s,x)f(t,y\mid s,x).


Part B: the backward equation.

Step B1: the conditional expectation of a terminal payoff. Fix tt and g∈Cc∞(R)g \in C^\infty_c(\mathbb{R}) and put, for 0≤s≤t0 \le s \le t and every x∈Rx \in \mathbb{R},

u(s,x)=E(g(Xt)∣Xs=x)=∫g(y) f(t,y∣s,x) dy.u(s,x) = \mathbb{E}\bigl(g(X_t) \mid X_s = x\bigr) = \int g(y)\,f(t,y\mid s,x)\,dy .

This defines uu at every point of [0,t]×R[0,t]\times\mathbb{R}, because the transition density is given for every starting point, not only for the points one particular trajectory visits.

Step B2: fix a starting point and run the diffusion from it. Fix (s0,x0)(s_0,x_0) with 0≤s0<t0 \le s_0 < t, and let XX be the solution on [s0,t][s_0,t] with the deterministic initial value Xs0=x0X_{s_0} = x_0, which the standing assumptions provide. Put Mv=u(v,Xv)M_v = u(v,X_v) for v∈[s0,t]v \in [s_0,t]. By the Markov property, E(g(Xt)∣Fv)=u(v,Xv)\mathbb{E}(g(X_t)\mid\mathcal{F}_v) = u(v,X_v), so for r≤vr \le v the tower property gives

E(Mv∣Fr)=E(E(g(Xt)∣Fv)∣Fr)=E(g(Xt)∣Fr)=Mr,\mathbb{E}\bigl(M_v\mid\mathcal{F}_r\bigr) = \mathbb{E}\bigl(\mathbb{E}(g(X_t)\mid\mathcal{F}_v)\mid\mathcal{F}_r\bigr) = \mathbb{E}\bigl(g(X_t)\mid\mathcal{F}_r\bigr) = M_r ,

that is, MM is a martingale on [s0,t][s_0,t].

Step B3: compute its drift with Itô's formula. On [s0,t][s_0,t],

dMv=[us(v,Xv)+a(v,Xv)ux(v,Xv)+12b(v,Xv)uxx(v,Xv)]dv+σ(v,Xv)ux(v,Xv) dWv.dM_v = \Bigl[u_s(v,X_v) + a(v,X_v)u_x(v,X_v) + \tfrac12 b(v,X_v)u_{xx}(v,X_v)\Bigr]dv + \sigma(v,X_v)u_x(v,X_v)\,dW_v .

Write αv\alpha_v for the bracket; by the standing assumptions it is bounded, and it is continuous in vv along almost every path.

Step B4: the drift vanishes at the starting point. The stochastic integral in Step B3 has a bounded adapted integrand, so it is a martingale and has mean zero. Taking expectations in Step B3 between s0s_0 and ss, and using EMs=EMs0=u(s0,x0)\mathbb{E}M_s = \mathbb{E}M_{s_0} = u(s_0,x_0),

E(1s−s0∫s0sαv dv)=0,s0<s≤t.\mathbb{E}\left(\frac{1}{s-s_0}\int_{s_0}^{s}\alpha_v\,dv\right) = 0 , \qquad s_0 < s \le t .

Now let s↓s0s \downarrow s_0. Along almost every path the average inside tends to αs0\alpha_{s_0}, because v↦αvv \mapsto \alpha_v is continuous at v=s0v = s_0; and Xs0=x0X_{s_0} = x_0 is deterministic, so that limit is the number (us+aux+12buxx)(s0,x0)\bigl(u_s + au_x + \tfrac12 bu_{xx}\bigr)(s_0,x_0). The averages are bounded uniformly, so bounded convergence lets the limit pass through the expectation. (The source states this zero-drift criterion for the special case of the heat equation in its Problem (13.12.24).)

Step B5: identify the equation. Step B4 says

us(s0,x0)+a(s0,x0)ux(s0,x0)+12b(s0,x0)uxx(s0,x0)=0.u_s(s_0,x_0) + a(s_0,x_0)u_x(s_0,x_0) + \tfrac12 b(s_0,x_0)u_{xx}(s_0,x_0) = 0 .

The point (s0,x0)(s_0,x_0) was fixed before the process was started and was arbitrary in [0,t)×R[0,t)\times\mathbb{R} — this is why Step B2 starts the diffusion afresh from each point instead of following one trajectory, which would deliver the identity only where the law of Xs0X_{s_0} lives. So the identity holds at every (s,x)(s,x) with s<ts < t, and at s=ts = t by continuity in ss.

Step B6: remove the test function. Substituting u(s,x)=∫g(y)f(t,y∣s,x) dyu(s,x) = \int g(y)f(t,y\mid s,x)\,dy and differentiating under the integral sign,

∫g(y)[∂f∂s+a(s,x)∂f∂x+12b(s,x)∂2f∂x2]dy=0\int g(y)\left[\frac{\partial f}{\partial s} + a(s,x)\frac{\partial f}{\partial x} + \tfrac12 b(s,x)\frac{\partial^2f}{\partial x^2}\right]dy = 0

for every g∈Cc∞g \in C_c^\infty. By the argument of Step A6 the bracket vanishes, which is (7). □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used, and two conventions)Original

Compact support of the test function is used three times, in Steps A2, A3 and A5. In A2 and A3 it is one half of the boundedness of gg and its first two derivatives, which is what makes the integrand of the stochastic integral admissible and what licenses the Fubini interchange. In A5 it is what kills the boundary terms of the integration by parts, and that is the use that shapes the statement. On a bounded interval with reflecting or absorbing barriers the boundary terms do not vanish, and (6) must be supplemented by boundary conditions; Grimmett and Stirzaker note at this point that they avoid specifying boundary conditions. Zero flux at the ends is the reflecting condition, f=0f = 0 at the ends the absorbing one.

Boundedness of σ\sigma and the compact support of g′g' are used in Step A2 to put the integrand in the admissible class, so that the stochastic integral is a martingale and not merely a local martingale. Without this the mean of the last term in Step A1 need not be zero, and (8) fails.

The continuity of the drift α\alpha at the starting time is used in Step B4. The zero-drift conclusion is read off from a limit of averages over [s0,s][s_0,s] as s↓s0s \downarrow s_0, so v↦αvv \mapsto \alpha_v must be right-continuous at v=s0v = s_0; it is, because uu has continuous derivatives, aa and bb are continuous, and XX has continuous paths. For merely measurable coefficients one gets the identity only for almost every ss, which is enough for (7) to hold almost everywhere but not pointwise.

Starting the process afresh from each fixed point is what lets Step B5 reach every xx. Had we followed one trajectory, Step B4 would give the identity at the random points (r,Xr)(r,X_r), that is, on the support of the law of XrX_r, and continuity would extend it only to the closure of that support. Nothing here makes that support the whole line — the next paragraph points out that bb may vanish, and then the law of XrX_r can be confined to part of the line. Fixing (s0,x0)(s_0,x_0) in advance avoids the question.

Non-degeneracy of bb is not needed for the derivation but is needed for the equations to behave like diffusion equations. In the language of The heat kernel and of Evans (Evans (2010), §7.1, equations (2)-(4), pp. 349-350), the operator ∂t−L\partial_t - \mathcal{L} is uniformly parabolic exactly when 12b(t,x)≥θ>0\tfrac12 b(t,x) \ge \theta > 0 for some constant θ\theta. Where bb vanishes the equation degenerates: for Feller's branching diffusion, a(t,x)=αxa(t,x) = \alpha x and b(t,x)=βxb(t,x) = \beta x (Example (13.3.12) of the source, which calls the two constants aa and bb; those letters are already spoken for here, as the instantaneous mean and variance, so we write α\alpha and β\beta for them), bb vanishes at the origin, which is exactly the absorbing state of the branching process, and no smoothing occurs there.

Two sign conventions, and the dictionary between them. The partial-differential-equations literature writes the same pair of equations with different letters and a different sign. Evans (Evans (2010), §1.2, items 7 and 8, p. 4) lists, among the standard linear equations, Kolmogorov's equation

ut−∑i,jaijuxixj+∑ibiuxi=0u_t - \sum_{i,j} a^{ij}u_{x_ix_j} + \sum_i b^iu_{x_i} = 0

and the Fokker-Planck equation

ut−∑i,j(aiju)xixj−∑i(biu)xi=0.u_t - \sum_{i,j}\bigl(a^{ij}u\bigr)_{x_ix_j} - \sum_i\bigl(b^iu\bigr)_{x_i} = 0 .

In one dimension these become ut=a uxx−b uxu_t = a\,u_{xx} - b\,u_x and ut=(au)xx+(bu)xu_t = (au)_{xx} + (bu)_x. Comparing the second with (6) gives the dictionary

aEvans=12 bG&S,bEvans=− aG&S,a^{\text{Evans}} = \tfrac12\,b^{\text{G\&S}} , \qquad b^{\text{Evans}} = -\,a^{\text{G\&S}} ,

so that Evans's first-order coefficient is the negative of the probabilists' drift, and his second-order coefficient is half the instantaneous variance. With that substitution his Kolmogorov equation is (7) run forward in time, τ=−s\tau = -s. The two sources agree; only the normalisation differs. Everything in this unit follows the probabilists' convention of (6) and (7). The nn-dimensional forms are Evans's as displayed, with aij=12σσTa^{ij} = \tfrac12\sigma\sigma^{\mathsf T} built from the diffusion matrix.

Method(Finding a stationary density)Original

Suppose aa and bb do not depend on tt and b>0b > 0. A stationary density is a probability density p∞p_\infty with L∗p∞=0\mathcal{L}^*p_\infty = 0; a process started from it has the same law at every time.

  1. Write the forward equation as a conservation law. Define the probability flux

    J(y)=a(y)p(y)−12ddy[b(y)p(y)],J(y) = a(y)p(y) - \tfrac12\frac{d}{dy}\bigl[b(y)p(y)\bigr] ,

    so that (6) reads ∂tp=−∂yJ\partial_tp = -\partial_yJ. A stationary density therefore has JJ constant in yy.

  2. Set the constant to zero when the state space is the whole line, pp is to be integrable, and

    a(y)p(y)→0andb(y)p(y)→0(y→±∞).a(y)p(y) \to 0 \quad\text{and}\quad b(y)p(y) \to 0 \qquad (y \to \pm\infty) .

    Suppose J≡cJ \equiv c. Then 12(bp)′=ap−J=ap−c→−c\tfrac12(bp)' = ap - J = ap - c \to -c, so a non-zero cc would force bpbp to grow linearly, contradicting bp→0bp \to 0. Hence c=0c = 0. (On a finite interval with a current driven through it, keep the constant; that is the non-equilibrium case.)

    The decay hypothesis, not boundedness of aa and bb, is what the argument needs. When aa and bb are bounded it is automatic, since an integrable pp with integrable derivative has limits at ±∞\pm\infty and those limits must be 00. When they are not — the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck drift a(y)=−βya(y) = -\beta y of step 5 is unbounded — it has to be checked on the candidate density produced by step 3, and there it holds, because that density decays like a Gaussian and so kills any polynomial factor.

  3. Solve the first-order equation J≡0J \equiv 0. Put q=bpq = bp. Then 12q′=(a/b) q\tfrac12 q' = (a/b)\,q, a separable linear equation, so

    q(y)=Cexp⁡(∫y2a(z)b(z) dz),hencep∞(y)=Cb(y)exp⁡(∫y2a(z)b(z) dz).(9)q(y) = C\exp\left(\int^y \frac{2a(z)}{b(z)}\,dz\right) , \qquad\text{hence}\qquad p_\infty(y) = \frac{C}{b(y)}\exp\left(\int^y\frac{2a(z)}{b(z)}\,dz\right) . \tag{9}
  4. Normalise. Fix CC by ∫p∞=1\int p_\infty = 1. If the integral diverges there is no stationary density, and that is the correct answer: a Wiener process with or without drift has none.

  5. Check against a known case. For the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process, a=−βya = -\beta y and b=σ2b = \sigma^2, the exponent is −βy2/σ2-\beta y^2/\sigma^2 and (9) gives a centred normal density of variance σ2/(2β)\sigma^2/(2\beta), matching the limit law quoted in the statement above.

  6. Recognise the Boltzmann form. Whenever b≡2κb \equiv 2\kappa is constant and a=−V′a = -V' is a gradient, (9) collapses to

    p∞(y)=1Z e−V(y)/κ,p_\infty(y) = \frac1Z\,e^{-V(y)/\kappa} ,

    with ZZ the normalising constant. The letter κ\kappa is used here, not DD, because DD already names the process. The next block identifies κ\kappa with kBTk_BT divided by the friction, and the exponent with the Boltzmann factor.

Example(A Wiener process with drift, from the equation)Original

Take a≡ma \equiv m and b≡σ2b \equiv \sigma^2, both constant, with D(0)=0D(0) = 0. We solve the forward equation rather than quoting the process.

Step 1: the equation. By (6), with aa and bb constant the derivatives pass through:

∂p∂t=−m ∂p∂y+σ22 ∂2p∂y2,p(0,⋅)=δ0.\frac{\partial p}{\partial t} = -m\,\frac{\partial p}{\partial y} + \frac{\sigma^2}{2}\,\frac{\partial^2 p}{\partial y^2} , \qquad p(0,\cdot) = \delta_0 .

Step 2: remove the drift by moving with it. Put z=y−mtz = y - mt and p~(t,z)=p(t,z+mt)\tilde p(t,z) = p(t,z+mt). By the chain rule ∂tp~=∂tp+m ∂yp\partial_t\tilde p = \partial_tp + m\,\partial_yp, so the first-order term cancels and

∂p~∂t=σ22∂2p~∂z2,\frac{\partial\tilde p}{\partial t} = \frac{\sigma^2}{2}\frac{\partial^2\tilde p}{\partial z^2} ,

the heat equation with diffusivity κ=σ2/2\kappa = \sigma^2/2.

Step 3: quote the heat kernel. By The heat kernel, the solution from a point mass at the origin is p~(t,z)=(4πκt)−1/2e−z2/(4κt)\tilde p(t,z) = (4\pi\kappa t)^{-1/2}e^{-z^2/(4\kappa t)}. With κ=σ2/2\kappa = \sigma^2/2 this is (2πσ2t)−1/2exp⁡(−z2/(2σ2t))(2\pi\sigma^2t)^{-1/2}\exp\bigl(-z^2/(2\sigma^2t)\bigr).

Step 4: transform back.

p(t,y)=12πσ2texp⁡(−(y−mt)22σ2t),p(t,y) = \frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi\sigma^2t}}\exp\left(-\frac{(y-mt)^2}{2\sigma^2 t}\right) ,

that is, D(t)∼N(mt, σ2t)D(t) \sim N(mt,\ \sigma^2t) — which is the law of σW(t)+mt\sigma W(t) + mt, as the source records in its Example (13.3.10). Substituting this pp back into the equation of Step 1 confirms it. Writing u=y−mtu = y - mt, one finds ∂yp=−p u/(σ2t)\partial_yp = -p\,u/(\sigma^2t) and ∂y2p=p[u2/(σ4t2)−1/(σ2t)]\partial_y^2p = p\bigl[u^2/(\sigma^4t^2) - 1/(\sigma^2t)\bigr], while differentiating in tt (remembering that uu depends on tt) gives the same thing: both sides equal

p[muσ2t+u22σ2t2−12t].p\left[\frac{mu}{\sigma^2 t} + \frac{u^2}{2\sigma^2t^2} - \frac{1}{2t}\right] .

Step 5: no stationary density. Run the method: a/b=m/σ2a/b = m/\sigma^2 is constant, so (9) gives p∞∝e2my/σ2p_\infty \propto e^{2my/\sigma^2}, which is not integrable for any mm, including m=0m = 0. There is no stationary density, as there should not be: the process wanders off.

Step 6: a number. Take m=0.8m = 0.8 and σ2=0.25\sigma^2 = 0.25 in their respective units. At t=4t = 4 the mean is mt=3.2mt = 3.2 and the variance is σ2t=1.0\sigma^2t = 1.0, so

P(D(4)>5)=1−Φ ⁣(5−3.21.0)=1−Φ(1.8)=0.035930.\mathbb{P}\bigl(D(4) > 5\bigr) = 1 - \Phi\!\left(\frac{5 - 3.2}{1.0}\right) = 1 - \Phi(1.8) = 0.035930 .
Application(Boltzmann statistics and a bistable colloid)Original

An overdamped particle at position XX in a potential UU, in a fluid of friction coefficient γ\gamma at temperature TT, obeys the Smoluchowski equation: the drift is the force divided by the friction and the diffusion constant is κ=kBT/γ\kappa = k_BT/\gamma, so

dXt=−U′(Xt)γ dt+2κ dWt,a(y)=−U′(y)γ,b(y)=2κ.dX_t = -\frac{U'(X_t)}{\gamma}\,dt + \sqrt{2\kappa}\,dW_t , \qquad a(y) = -\frac{U'(y)}{\gamma} ,\quad b(y) = 2\kappa .

The forward equation is ∂tp=∂y[(U′/γ)p+κ ∂yp]\partial_tp = \partial_y\bigl[(U'/\gamma)p + \kappa\,\partial_yp\bigr], whose bracket is minus the flux: the first term is the drift down the potential, the second is Fick diffusion. Step 6 of the method applies with V=U/γV = U/\gamma and gives

p∞(y)=1Zexp⁡(−U(y)γκ)=1Zexp⁡(−U(y)kBT),p_\infty(y) = \frac1Z\exp\left(-\frac{U(y)}{\gamma \kappa}\right) = \frac1Z\exp\left(-\frac{U(y)}{k_BT}\right) ,

the Boltzmann distribution, once κ=kBT/γ\kappa = k_BT/\gamma is inserted. This is worth pausing on: equilibrium statistical mechanics is here a one-line consequence of the stationary Fokker-Planck equation plus the Einstein relation between diffusion and mobility. It is also a consistency check on that relation — any other choice of κ\kappa would give the wrong equilibrium.

A bistable trap, with numbers. A colloidal bead in a double optical trap sees, in reduced units, the potential

U(y)=y4−2y2,U(y) = y^4 - 2y^2 ,

with minima at y=±1y = \pm1 of depth U(±1)=−1U(\pm1) = -1 and a barrier at y=0y = 0 of height 11. Take γκ=kBT=0.25\gamma\kappa = k_BT = 0.25, that is a barrier of four times the thermal energy. Then p∞(y)=Z−1e−4(y4−2y2)p_\infty(y) = Z^{-1}e^{-4(y^4-2y^2)} with, by numerical quadrature, Z=51.7502Z = 51.7502.

  • Barrier suppression. p∞(0)p∞(1)=e−[U(0)−U(1)]/(γκ)=e−4=0.018316\dfrac{p_\infty(0)}{p_\infty(1)} = e^{-[U(0)-U(1)]/(\gamma\kappa)} = e^{-4} = 0.018316: the bead is found at the barrier about one fiftieth as often as at a minimum.
  • Occupation of the barrier region. P(∣X∣<0.5)=Z−1∫−0.50.5e−4(y4−2y2) dy=0.041655\mathbb{P}\bigl(|X| < 0.5\bigr) = Z^{-1}\int_{-0.5}^{0.5}e^{-4(y^4-2y^2)}\,dy = 0.041655, so the bead spends about 4%4\% of its time within half a unit of the barrier top, and the rest in the two wells.
  • Mean square displacement. E(X2)=0.917671\mathbb{E}\bigl(X^2\bigr) = 0.917671 in the stationary state, close to the 11 it would be if the bead sat exactly in one well or the other.
  • Symmetry. P(X>0)=12\mathbb{P}(X > 0) = \tfrac12 exactly, by the evenness of UU.

The last point is the one to be careful with in practice. The stationary density is symmetric, but a single experimental run of finite length is not: the bead sits in one well for a long time, hops, and sits in the other. The time between hops grows like eΔU/(kBT)e^{\Delta U/(k_BT)} — Kramers' law, which the stationary density alone does not give, since it is a statement about first passage rather than about the equilibrium distribution. With the barrier only four thermal units high the hops are frequent enough to see; at ten thermal units they are not, and the measured histogram over any feasible run would be one well, not two.